Audio

273: How Nuun Life Grew To An 8 Figure Business With CEO Kevin Rutherford

273: How Nuun Life Grew To An 8 Figure Business With CEO Kevin Rutherford

Today I’m thrilled to have Kevin Rutherford on the show. Kevin is the CEO of Nuun life, a company that sells hydration tablets that turn water into a Gatorade like drink with very few carbs.

Nuun is a product that I personally use every single day to stay hydrated and feel productive. And today, we’ll learn how Kevin has grown Nuun into a behemoth of a company.

Enjoy the show!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Nuun got started
  • How Nuun grew to an 8 figure company
  • What were the primary strategies to grow the business
  • How does Nuun generate its sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners, and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I am happy to have the CEO of Nuun life on the show. Now, Nuun spelled N U U N– is a product that I personally use every single day to stay hydrated and feel productive. So I’m really excited to talk to you Kevin Rutherford about how they’ve grown their company over the years.

But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, whether you’re just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale, Klaviyo offers fast, simple, and repeatable ways to grow. And with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing, build your customer relationships, and automate your online sales. And it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. Now I want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneur growth guide, packed with must read blog post, case studies, and getting started content. This guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth. Now moving to a new marketing platform can be intimidating, but Klaviyo helps you get up and growing fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now I encourage you to check out this free content now over at klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again that is K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/my wife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what is Privy do, well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms. And I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now, I’m using privy to display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up. Basically, user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form, email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. I’m also using their new cart saver pop-up feature as well to recover abandoned carts. So bottom line, privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So, head on over to preview.com/steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou!

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have Kevin Rutherford on the show Now Kevin is the CEO of Nuun life a company that sells hydration tablets that turn water into a Gatorade like drink with very few carbs, and I’m actually addicted to these tablets actually take them twice per day and I can’t really describe the feeling that I get but after drinking Nuun for some reason that I instantly feel better and perhaps it’s because I am dehydrated for most of the day and I don’t even realize it but the stuff works amazing. I always take it before I start my day. Now in any case Kevin has grown noon into a behemoth of a company and I’m excited to hear his story and how he’s grown it and with that welcome to show Kevin. How you doing today?

Kevin: it’s great to be here. Thanks for having me.

Steve: So Kevin. I’d like to start with kind of the origin story. I know you kind of took over the company after it was established, but I was wondering how Nuun got started to begin with and how did the name happen to be like Nuun as a pretty unique name.

Kevin: Yeah, well, there’s a few parts that question. Let me break it down and tell you a little bit how it started and then I’ll finally get back to the brand names here point. So Nuun was started roughly 15 years ago and it was formed by a couple of triathletes that were in training and they were they were really looking for a better solution. So if you go back 15 years just think about this for a moment there were really not very many Alternatives when it came to hydration and sports drinks really the most known still to this day of course is Gatorade. And so what they did is they were there trying to find an optimal solution oddly enough. They’re also going to school like it was Dartmouth if I’m not mistaken. I apologize if I’m off on that data point,

Steve: It’s okay.

Kevin: but I’m it’s a certain and it was actually a business case meets personal need and they came up with this idea of creating this noon tablet. It was based on some research that suggested the optimal way to hydrate and fuel yourself for training long Distance races is you need to separate your hydration from their fuel. And so if you think about that for just a moment the way that you if you’re taking in a sports drink a traditional sports drink like a Gatorade, It’s a combination. There’s a lot of carbs and sugars in there which is meant to be fuel to go with your hydration. So let me let me just kind of give the give the audience a little more detail on this time in its then you go will hold on so that seems to make sense because that’s easier to take in it is easier to take in but it’s harder for your body to work with it.

This is what the research suggested and so if you think about if you actually go back to I think it’s 1964 when you actually Gatorade was invented at the University of Florida in Gainesville, from what I understand back then the product was actually closer and composition to what Nuun is terms of electrolytes and carbohydrates than what the traditional Gatorade product is today. And so yeah, so it’s evolved over time and I think it’s evolved over time both for taste palate because it’s much sweeter with the sugars. There is a book written on it also suggests that there was an artificial sweetener in it back in the time to keep the calorie count down and then when that was banned by the FDA, then I think that’s when they put in different heights, you know, basically some high sugar content.

Steve: So basically, it’s very high fructose corn syrup

Kevin: Right. Yeah, exactly. So that’s the challenge now so enter in Founders at the time and when they were looking at this and they’re going okay. Well, there’s got to be a better way in the science says, oh by the way, I didn’t finish on the physiology. I meant to do that. So in the physiology of your body when you’re consuming liquid some over simplifying this but when you’re consuming liquids, it goes eventually down to your stomach like to your small intestine and that’s what it wants to go and in Balance of 95 percent water. So if you take concentrated sugars and put that there over time that’s going to cause intestinal distress plus when you think about when you’re working out you’re putting stress on your intestine and just like just bodily functions. And so you would want to use a different pathway for fuel. That’s what you want when you want to use food potentially poles and other methods that people use for when they’re working out and hydration is all about electrolytes.

You do need a little bit of sugar to help you absorb the electrolytes but not a lot and when again when you combine the two it wreaks Havoc so long story short these guys basically said this is a better way. Let’s just develop this on our own obviously did very well in the business case to the way. They said let’s just launched. Once this product the name Nuun. So, the truth be told it’s defined as nutrition uncompromised. It’s a made-up word N U U N will tell you I have talked with the founder of the past on this and I think he actually likes to leave it up to mystery. And so what’s funny is there’s stories that have shown up on this one woman on our team that to me Kevin, do you know what Nuun means in Nepal and I’m like what? Yeah, then the Polly’s translation for it. She goes it means salt and I go and so sure enough I’m Diggin I’m Diggin. I find it even Wikipedia you can you do have to kind of dig to find it, but I found it and it’s actually spelled Nun but pronounced noon and it is the translation for salt in Nepal

Steve: I can’t be a coincidence.

Kevin: I wonder if exactly right because the most essential electrolyte that you need to replenish is salt. So I found that quite humorous. I don’t know if that’s how it started. So I’m love to be transparent and honest about it. Okay, I will tell you that we think of it as nutrition and compromise but you know, there’s all kinds of stories out there about what the brand means. I also think that the founder just really love the symmetry of the N the U of U and the N all lower case. I think he just kind of like symmetry. But again, I don’t know for certain. I wish I had a better answer for you guys and I want..

Steve: A couple more questions about the founding story and then we’ll move on but I was just kind of curious if these guys know they the product at all before they just start making and selling it in bulk.

Kevin: Oh well, the validation absolutely validation was really among the fund themselves because they were triathletes but also among their peers and friends. So small-scale testing, yes. And then actually to that point they did consult with a physician and a sports scientist who was living in Australia. I don’t know where that connection came from, but I do know that because it’s oddly enough this position. I introduced with some introduced himself to me at a bike show. He’s like Hey Kevin, you know, I forgot his name. It’s so bad. He was super nice and he goes I’m so and so one night. I was actually part of the science in terms of understanding the composition of the product and worked with him in the folks that started the company. So there was some validation there and there was also real world testing in terms of training for adventure races and training for for Iron Man and a long distance Triathlon races.

So that was the validation then it was hey we’ve got something here and like what you said at the opening you really can feel the difference when you try this product, that’s the cool part and our whole Mantra when it comes to Innovation and how we improve our products is hydration that you can feel we kind of work at the science. And then we validate it just like the US and still to this day.

Steve: You know, I notice I don’t feel that way when I drink Gatorade is it because of the sugar component?

Kevin: Well, I think there might be two reasons. I don’t you know, obviously everyone’s body is different.

Steve: Sure

Kevin: The sugar you would actually would think you would feel a difference pretty quickly because we just think about the injection of a sugar high. However, that being said the electrolyte level in noon is higher.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: Than a Gatorade and that could be why and I think the reason why when you’re doing this at rest while you’re feeling the difference of Nuun right away is realize that but we’re just not putting enough liquid in our body and so Nuun will replenish that much quicker and the composition of the electrolytes is designed for basically what your body needs and where you’re going to be most efficient. So I think that’s why, so it’s a bit of the composition the electrolyte levels higher and Nuun the sugar may or may not be a reason out of the gates why you don’t Difference because I think over time that you would notice the sugar drop rate falling off the cliff.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah.

Kevin: But I would think it’s actually I would think would actually help you feel better.

Steve: Okay, I’m just kind of curious. What does it take to make one of these tablets? Like if someone out there were to just make a product along the same lines. Does it require any sort of FDA approval or anything like that certifications in order to sell some of these things?

Kevin: My hesitation on that one is you know in today’s world. I guess if you were to sell products online, I think you can you wouldn’t really need an FDA approval. You could probably get around that system. But I guess long story short, We do go through FDA approval. We also work with different retailers and get approval for them in terms of agreement as to what ingredients we use. So I you could do it you could do it in probably skirt around a lot of Regulation pretty easily.

Steve: because I do know that people who make those protein powders. I don’t think there’s any regulation on those it seems.

Kevin: yeah. I know I think you’re right. I think that’s the chat one of the challenges with the you know, supplements in general. So one of the things that we did to counteract that one and actually it’s great that you’re aware of that. I wish more people were aware of that. So one of the things that we’ve done is we said don’t just trust us, right? take these validations. So we actually go through the effort to make sure that you know that it’s non-GMO project certified we go through the effort to make sure it’s gluten-free certified. It’s vegan certified its kosher and certification and last we have another certification that’s around safer sport which basically means we have every single batch has tested so that you know that there is no contamination that could have a banned substance in it.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: But again, the certifications are to give you confidence to say and which cost a lot of money and time but sure that way you look at and go what they say is what they’re doing.

Steve: Okay so they’re not required but you guys do it as an extra confidence level for consumers.

Kevin: That’s true. Now when you start to go internationally, right, so maybe that’s every Canadian like some people know their Canadians except me but as we as we ship our product across the border to Canada Health Canada is much more strict. And so we do ship there. We do ship to the UK and Australia New Zealand and all of those countries do require much more regulation to be passed which obviously we do.

Steve: Okay and then once you have the manufacturing down or at least of the founders, like how did they generate the first sales? Like, what does the overall marketing strategy to get a product like this? Because there’s just tons of these maybe not tablets per se but there’s a ton of hydration products out there.

Kevin: When you think of a tablet, they didn’t really exist roughly 15 years ago when the company started. So in this case the like consumers like what the heck is this? Right? And how does it work? And is it safe? So there’s a lot of Education when you think of when you first start how you have to do this?

Steve: Yeah.

Kevin: So I think that the recommendation that I would say on this one and how to approach it and it’s probably pretty consistent, you know feedback that you’ve had in this is exactly what the founding team did is they started small I think of who is this product relevant for who are we targeting and it was the athlete so it’s the adventure Racers of the triathletes. I believe the first store that ever carried Nuun is called First Ascent in the on the north side of Seattle and which is where I’m located in Seattle right now. You go to that store and you convinced basically kind of persuade them to give it a shot likely you give it to them Free and just kind of prove it out and then get in store in Sample and I think starting store by solar one by one you start expanding and you start to get momentum. You also hear the consumer feedback over time and in the store feed back and then that’s where you start building from.

I think truthfully I think the big mistake that people have is they want to go big so fast and I think that you really want to start small and focus and learn and adapt and accordingly and this case you’re not really probably going to die that much on the product that you’re going to adapt on how you communicate it.

Steve: You know, it’s interesting you said so they went to the retail channels first, I guess online wasn’t really huge back then would you have done the same strategy today?

Kevin: I would have done a combo. What I would do is I would I would try to find curated distribution meaning Nuun today. If I were to start I would go and work with some of the hot trendy like in the sport for run for Triathlon for bike. I would work with them. I would probably work with you know, the local natural stores as well because we use all clean ingredients and then I would also take the same strategy targeting that same consumer online. The reality is a lot of businesses are being built through online first, but I think you can do both one of the things that will happen is discovery in the store then kind of relay over to conversion fairly quickly and then that can build your online sales. I think I can go both ways. I think a lot of us think of online is the the way but I think a combination of the two is actually more more powerful most consumers today still treat most of their shopping in store.

Steve: Yeah

Kevin: And I’m not seeing the trend isn’t changing. I agree it is but the data would say, hey most people still The store.

Steve: I think I would agree with you. Like if I just saw some random supplement in a Facebook ad for example, even if it was a free sample, I’d be reluctantly to try it unless that kind of happened to glance over and see it in a retail shop. So I think they do work together for sure.

Kevin: Yeah, absolutely.

Steve: So, okay. So back in the being they start out in small retail shops and then Target a small community presumably the triathlete community.

Kevin: Yeah, absolutely that in adventure racing was a bit of a component / for the brand as well adventure racing. If you’re not familiar with that is because you’re basically doing a race that has orienteering involved in it to get two different touch points and you’re racing somewhere like could be 24 48 72 hours over some pretty rough terrain. So the torture test is if this thing works for that or an Ironman athlete then guess what this has got to work for me and that’s kind of the approach they took go for the torture test. Yeah. That was that was actually the approach.

Steve: It kind of spread via word of mouth and write these athletes were using them and then they were recommending them and then soon other athletes were using the product as well.

Kevin: Yeah, exactly. And here’s the other interesting thing is there’s two there’s two components. There’s word other the word of mouth is the overarching which I agree with you. That’s that’s absolutely what happened to spread word amount. There’s through the athletes. Then there’s the influencers at the time that it wasn’t influencers. Like we think of Instagram today that didn’t exist. But it’s the same concept in this case. It was the influencers were the store managers or the store owners of these kind of leading independent stores that lead in Triathlon or cycling or run. And if they’re recommending this Nuun hydration, it’s got to be good. Right? It’s that kind of concept and so that’s what that word about what happened and then of course, they’re sampling and sore and being a races in sampling. They’re introducing its people.

Steve: So by the time you took over the company, we were there getting most of their sales from and what was the marketing strategy at the point where you took over?

Kevin: Yeah, absolutely. So I took over, you know, it’ll be coming up to six years and the primary source of where we were selling the product was at least the predominant Channel. I was starting to expand from there. But the predominant channel was really the sport specialty side of things is what we call it or sports stores. So think about again as I mentioned the trap on shops on child’s bike shops, but also really good customer for us. It’s been around to this day phenomenal customer for us is REI.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: Which is an outdoor retailer and they’ve been a really good partner. Which not only is it a good partner for Revenue but these retail stores are in many ways distribution is marketing and so they’ve really helped really help give us credibility because of who they are and through Association we did have some distribution in grocery as well. But was growing the time obviously it’s much more significant today than what it was. So I would say that and then even the online sales were starting to build through Amazon at the as well we were real early adopter again. Those were obviously much much smaller at the time but the predominant volume first coming from the sport side of things and then the grocery was starting to build the digital was starting to build and gain momentum, but that was kind of where the volume was.

Steve: How do you get into REI? What does it take to get into REI?

Kevin: I don’t know how we got in originally truthfully. I actually don’t know how that happened. I do get that question a lot by the way, REI in particular. And I think to get an REI today, what you want to do is you’re going to want to prove your brand and other places first because REI is not going to likely take the risk on a start-up not likely but they will take it on a small new and emerging brand. So Noon would still call it an emerging brand. It’s not the billions of dollars that Gatorade is today. So I think today REI probably a lot more sophisticated on their choices of nutrition than what they were, you know, 10 years ago is actually when I think we wanted to REI so it’s pretty long time and like I said still like a critical customer to this very day and the future for our plans. So I think you gotta prove it out likely in some of these sports stores.

I would even I don’t know if you can do this, but the one of the ways to get into some of these chains, you have to be really Scrappy about it, but can you build relationships at a store level and it’s kind of going around the rules so hopefully REI doesn’t get mad at me for saying it. I don’t know if we did this REI, if you’re listening. I say this because I think of at Whole Foods and how the team kind of works that is at store level and starting to get some proof points and you’re basically talking almost like a an independent store owner in this case. It’s a store manager and can you get that relationship to just get a shot to see if this thing works does it sell and I think you could do that REI which then could filter back up to the headquarters where you can have a shot to get in there.

I think it’s REI is no different than any other retailers long story short, is kind of find your proof points start small and then yeah then how do you how do you if you can’t even if you can sneak it into a store and show that actually moved their store that I think that kind of bodes well.

Steve: So what you just said is in line with a lot of the other people who are in retail you start at the small boutique shops, you demonstrate sales and you take that data and try to get into a couple of tests stores and like Whole Foods or whatnot and then hopefully the sales are good and that’s how you get in. I was just kind of curious what your perspective was. But yeah, it sounds like it’s in line.

Kevin: Yeah, well and again it comes back to you actually want to curate the distribution anyway, because you’re finding these Boutique shops as you called it and so, you know use it on one of the brands that have recently got acquired as I’m a big fan of this brand is Sun balm, which is think it is like sunscreen suntan lotion rights on care and these this group built this brand their Boutique equivalent was surf shop and how do they build it there? And then it kind of went to hospitality but they get those proof points, right and they build the brands together with this so they it’s a win-win that helps the boutique shops. If you will the surf shops and helps the brand and then you build it together and then you go. Okay. It’s time for us to expand the picture. We’re more available in the proof points are critical for those bigger stores.

The data is what ultimately is the proof point. You can only go so much on gut. So if the consumers picking it up and that’s why you want that data point then there were more likely to lean in the further removed you are from a business. The more you need data is kind of My Philosophy with the team.

Steve: Okay.

If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon.

Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen wiggler and his team from Emerge Counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price.

Now for me personally, I like Emerge Counsel because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection such as a copyright or a patent. Check out Emerge Counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecounsel.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at e-m-er-g-e-c-o-u-n-s-e-l.com. Now back to the show.

Interesting. So does that imply then that starting a company like this purely online is would be extremely challenging.

Kevin: Well, I think I think nothing is easy. I don’t think there’s any shortcuts. I think that’s a misnomer so I don’t think it’s easy at all. But I do think it can be done and there are a lot of examples of brands that are building through digital and building from the ground up so it can be done but it’s also very you know, and it’s very accessible because anyone can do it sure but that also means the barrier for entry is very low. So the Clutter is really high.

Steve: The competition is high. Yeah

Kevin: Yeah. So so I think it can be done long story short, you know, it’s Interesting as well that you know, I grew up in a more traditional CPG, you know consumer packaged Goods environment SC Johnson and I worked at Miller Brewing. It was a cauchy which is owned by Kellogg. And and what’s interesting about that is when you look at marketing skill set of what you needed then is is very different with the emergence of happening of the digital world. And so when you think about Talent those that work in it could be multi-level marketing to direct consumer marketing brands in the past where you go that’s not and I’m paraphrasing and kind of making this up but it’s almost like I was aren’t real marketers, but it turns out it turns out that that’s probably a better skill set than a traditional CPG today when it comes to the digital side of things sure. It’s just interesting how it’s changed a lot and pretty quickly in the last like even just like takes five years.

Steve: It’s changed a lot. Oh, yeah for sure. And actually that was kind of a Lead into my next question. So you got this company you take over it’s already got sales in a bunch of different channels. What was your strategy to grow it as much as you did in the past five or six years?

Kevin: The key Point here is I didn’t grow it. We did and I say that truthfully here’s the deal. There was a lot working for news. So something changed, but I will tell you that the foundation of what the product is what the philosophy was behind. It was really great team that was in place was also a really interesting because I thought it was really strong. So my Approach was this when I came in I actually first started not to try to change anything. I really just wanted to get in here and understand what was going on. And first what’s working. Where can we put a megaphone on it? How do we amplify that and then secondly then what do we need to stop doing? And then what do we need to start doing? Like what do we need to do differently?

Steve: Okay

Kevin: So that that’s kind of creepy. So when it comes to what’s working, I’ll tell you why I’m saying this is not going to be rocket science for the listeners out there, but I’m such a big believer that Biggest Difference Maker in every business, it comes back to the people. It just comes back to the team. And so I think what I helped bring to the table was a belief in what we were doing as a company to the team because they worked the team would like the business was growing when I came in but it was the growth rate was slowing if that makes sense

Steve: sure

Kevin: And admitting not declining but it wasn’t growing nearly as fast and yet the business is still not that big so it shouldn’t have been slowing and growth which is part of the reason for a change. And so I think the number one thing that I hope I helped get a different lens for the team was to believe in what were we trying to accomplish as like kind of a mission for the company but secondly to believe in each other and ourselves and I think that’s where the self-doubt might start to happen. And that’s a vicious cycle which is why I think culture is the ultimate competitive Advantage not very exciting when people are looking for what’s the business strategy it truly is like that that’s Ultimately will sustain winning or not winning.

Steve: Interesting. Okay.

Kevin: Absolute conviction on it from my perspective. So that was that was one too. So then it was saying well, what do we need to put a megaphone on? What do we need to do? And so we were doing some really great things on the support side of things and what happens with a lot of businesses is some teams start to think about well, where can we take this where we go next and they think broad versus depth, right our breath forces death and I really wanted them to make sure that we were keeping focused. Like let’s all keep focus and not lose what we’re really good at. Let’s amplify that so let’s amplify the relationship with REI. Let’s amplify the relationship that we have with bleep feeds or any see in Canada. Like what can we do more with that? Not necessarily. Where do we need to go next? I’m not saying we don’t go other places, but that you start first with where your strengths are.

Steve: Can you give me an example of like amplification with REI? For example, like what does that mean? Exactly?

Kevin: Yeah, you know, so what we did on the REI friend is we came back to them and talk about doing unique items. We started to plan with them and give them a preview as to the future of what we were doing with Innovation. And how can we partner together? We weren’t doing that with that system before right? Once we launch with them. We were doing really good things, but we weren’t thinking of them as a strategic partner may be in part because we didn’t think maybe we didn’t believe that we had the right to do that because we were little tiny noon instead we came in and saying no, we’re like a leader in hydration growing clearly the number one tablet at the time and still up by far the number one tablet now and Cohen with a leadership position say Hey, how do we grow together?

And so then we started to develop plans together and then we started doing things with rei.com that we were never doing before terms of sampling. We increase the number of demos we did in store. So again to drive more velocity

Steve: I see.

Kevin: So we just did a lot deeper on Partnerships. We were doing some of it. We just went deeper and double down and put more Investment there.

Steve: Okay, that makes sense. And then the volume is naturally grew and the partnership’s grew deeper and presumably they would Market your products more too, okay.

Kevin: Absolutely, you know, one of the things we’re really proud of the teams just done such a phenomenal job you if we use REI as the example. Last year, we were we were runner-up for vendor of the year at REI, which is pretty wild knowing there’s a lot of different brands in our category and our category by the way was bigger than just nutrition. It’s like think of it as like water bottles and that whole kind of segment over there in the store and we were put up for vendor of the Year. And that was basically it came back to how we work with them how we treat them how we interact with them how we invest time energy and resources with them. So yeah, we went deeper and works for and I think for both of us.

Steve: Cool. What were some of the other aspects of the business that you Amplified?

Kevin: Yeah. So like I said that the idea of believing in ourselves really drives even better and faster. Execution in store. So it’s really the quality of execution. So that’s why I started with culture for you. One of the other things though that we did is that was to get momentum back. There isn’t massive change their here’s where the change really have and where the magnifying effect happen for the team is like, okay, We got her groove back. We got our stride back. I’m a big believer that momentum builds momentum is a Mojo builds Mojo. And so we got this momentum going great. While that was happening, We re-trenched ourselves and said what’s our nutritional philosophy in and basically the mission that we have is we Inspire everyone to move more our nutritional philosophy is to basically give you what you need and nothing that you don’t which is hydrant. You can feel this wasn’t formalized before and so what I did with the team was we step back into what does that look like?

That led us to having this whole live clean clean product claims Planet Clean Sport, and so we realized then I go. Okay. What ingredients Again in the current Nuun tablet that we launched with 15 years ago. Now what is in here that is inconsistent that we need to do better with our product because no one ever wanted to change the product. This was an interesting one, a lot of resistance to change a lot because people loved what we had and the reality was is we had when it launched originally an artificial sweetener, which because that kept the calorie count down in that capacity to keep the calorie count down that made it’s consistent with the science. We had a preservative in there for longer shelf life. We just had some ingredients in there that made sense of why it was developed but then we need to develop a nutritional philosophy and if it’s all about clean ingredients, I’m like, okay, we can’t have this anymore.

Truthfully, nothing’s easy as I told you before when we went to go develop this and we had our Kuroko manufacturer. They basically said you can’t develop a tablet with the philosophy that you’re doing. Are you I kid you not I believe the words were it is impossible and I’m like no we’ve got to do it. Otherwise, we’re gonna have to go find somewhere else to do this. We’ve got to figure it out and we did it,the team did it. With them. We did we completely broke down the Paradigm and said well, how would we do it and worked out it worked at it? And the reason I bring that up is you when you start with the strategy of the philosophy the mission and you go. Okay, what is consistent and what is inconsistent? Because good strategies not only what you will do, but it should be what you want do and so when we took those ingredients out change that we had a whole new platform meaning now, we’ve got a product fit has the performance and you’re not compromising on any ingredients, sweet. So then we go at that opened up a whole new market for us.

Steve: I see.

Kevin: From a business sense and the way I would position this when I’m talking to our board in our investors. Is this going to open a whole new market what really drove it honestly is what’s the right thing to do? What do we want to do? And if we make this for ourselves, this is how we do it. This is our mission that actually, what drove it. When you communicate your audience’s you need to make sure you talk in a language that’s relevant and matters to them. So when I talk for investors here’s the market that is going to open up to which was true. And that’s what happened. And so then after we went to an all natural all cleaning product, we ended up taking that momentum that we had proof points at the REI in the sport especially and went to all Whole Foods Across the Nation all Sports stores, and it was a whole new market for us.

And now we’ve completely changed the game. That was that was probably the game changer right there where it went to a whole different level and then and then we just keep on putting the gas down even harder because we’ve got to think we’re so confident in who we are and what we’re producing and why we believe it’s the best thing for you that it’s just it just keeps on it’s a self-fulfilling prophecy.

Steve: So since we’re on this topic of product since I’ve been a Nuun consumer for quite some time now, I noticed relatively recently You guys started introducing an a lot of varieties whereas in the past. There’s only two and it was easy for me to find that right. I just want the hydration after one. I’m going to have and then I remember when all these different varieties came. I was a little bit confused as to which one I should get. What was the philosophy behind that decision?

Kevin: Yeah. So that’s a really good point. Right arguably. You could say why even add any other products just so more of what you have which is the optimal hydration product that you’re talking about which was designed with the torture test of Adventure athletes an Ironman athletes in mind. Right like the people that are basically sweating and it works when you’re not sweating too which is what you’re talking about first thing in the morning. You’re like, you know, as you were talking about you’re saying I just take this first thing in the morning cuz it makes me feel really good and it’s because you’ve been dehydrating overnight to set also probably makes a lot of sense. The idea here is we said well is this product designed optimally for kind of daily Health occasions? And that’s where we were starting to think through hydration is needed. We need to hydrate throughout the day. How can we help that and what are different needs states that we can address through hydration?

And when we looked at what we’re now calling sport but original product is now cleaned by ingredients obviously, which we did many years ago now. That product is designed for if you will sweat preparing to sweat recovering from sweat, but it’s all around that sweat occasion. And so the other product we launched we said, okay, so we introduced we actually introduced if you’re called as a caffeinated version called Energy.

Steve: Yep. Yep.

Kevin: It’s the same product as just what caffeine and some B vitamins in there that was kind of an introduction. It’s like okay that makes sense the problem with that from a communication perspective which consumers didn’t totally understand. They thought they didn’t know it was the same product just with copying. So with one of the things that you’ve seen is we’ve had to simplify our communication, but I’ll talk to you through the portfolio really quickly and then I’ll say here’s the communication then we did a vitamin product. It was basically about daily health and it’s like the electrolytes are in their same complete electrolyte profile, but we lowered it because you don’t need as high as sodium levels. You don’t need 300 milligrams of sodium when you’re not sweating you do need it if you’re preparing for during or after the split, but if it’s just like I’m working away at my desk or if you you and I are talking to podcast, you know, I’d probably I’d love some electrolytes because it will make the water work harder for me get at the same time. I don’t need it as high.

So that’s when we came up with that and we added in 11 different vitamins and minerals that the research suggested that most people were deficient in so that way you’re constantly getting in vitamins and electrolytes while you’re hydrated throughout the day so that was the idea but it’s causing confusion back to your point. In fact since then, we’ve also launched an immunity product which is, you know, we looked at air born in emergency and we said well, what about these situations and we felt like what was happening with the current competition? And we have this philosophy of we had to start all over again. How would we do it? When you looked at the immunity side of things these products were basically getting an a vitamin C arms race. I’ve got 1,000 milligrams. I’ve got 2,000 milligrams. The problem with that is you can’t actually absorb all that.

Steve: Yeah.

Kevin: So that’s when we developed some pretty, so long story short. We have all these different products and it was causing confusion. So what we’ve done since then and just like in the last two months is flowing through it shelf and that’s what you’re saying is we have a Nuun sport that’s fpr sweat occasion, we have Nuun vitamins daily health and it calls it out on there. We have immunity to boost your immune system and even most recently just launched a rest product to help you get a more restful sleep. So there’s just different ways to hydrate throughout the day you need to hydrate throughout the day. Maybe we can encourage people to hydrate more for more Optimal Health and we can address different need states at the same time. That’s kind of the philosophy. We just have to be really clear on when to use it. Like which one do I use and when.

Steve: Yeah, so I guess what confuses me and this is kind of outside the scope of the interview but like if I’m taking a hydration do I need to take a vitamin one then or should I take both if I take the restful or the immunity that’s like four tablets, I guess right there which seems a little..

Kevin: Yeah.

Steve: And so that’s where the confusion, I’d rather just take one and cover, you know, 3/5 of that

Kevin: Yeah, so if I was if you were to just pick one product, I think you would work with what you’ve been always drinking the Nuun hydration Court product a high electrolytes because it’s really good for any occasion. Is it excess electrolytes? Yes, because its water soluble you’ll just pee it out whatever you don’t absorb, but you don’t always need that high. So for those that want to dial in for that’s what we find is our consumers very involved. It’s like what do I need for what occasion and how do we deliver on that? Again, did you only what you need versus what you don’t and that’s why we have two different products for different occasions. So it’s a very fair comment though. Like I completely understand here because here’s the flipside the downside is so vitamins is a phenomenal product, but it’s not designed optimally if you are about to go out for a century ride bike ride because the electrolytes are going to be high enough.

Steve: Right

Kevin: But it’s perfectly designed for you know again you and I having a podcast discussion right now. I’m just kind of relaxing and chatting because the electrolyte levels are optimal and I’m getting vitamins. I don’t need you don’t need even more electrolytes at this point.

Steve: Okay

Kevin: So I realized maybe a small confusion but..

Steve: I was just kind of curious what the business decision was. But I mean the business decision really is so you can move into new markets essentially, right?

Kevin: Yeah, kind of exempting from a personal perspective. You’re right. So from a business perspective what it would tell you this is when we launched vitamins and when we’ve launched immunity and then now rest they’ve all been highly incremental in terms of business volume to the current sport product the sport product continues to grow and then these additions have been incremental but also Nuun Markets new need States is what we’re addressing.

Steve: I mean now we’re essentially tackling multivitamins as well as Airborne, correct, right?

Kevin: Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: That’s true. Yep. So it’s a new way to enter into the brand.

Steve: Exactly. Yeah and basically piggyback on what you have that’s already successful. Because I know for a fact that time are you taking Nuun every day instead of taking Centrum. For example, I might just take a vitamin, Nuun.

Kevin: Yeah, I think that’s fair. I think that’s fair.

Steve: So, okay. So back to the original thing we were talking about. So what were the things that you decide to cut out? So you we talked about what you Amplified? What did you not amplifier but decrease essentially?

Kevin: yeah what do you stop doing? Right? And so one of the things that I mentioned to you as we made the change in the product that was one of the things that we we really stopped doing was we said, how do we change the product and and turn this a different way the other thing that we did was we stopped looking for fast channel extension at the time. Now, we’re doing more Channel expansion because we’re ready for it, but we weren’t ready for it. So whether that’s the club channel the drug Channel we were going down those paths and behind the scenes and actually entered into stores and we weren’t doing great in those and so how do we pull back from that and that’s that’s kind of where we collectively said we need to Stop doing that and let’s go deeper where we are and really retrench to get stronger growth rates and then start to expand but don’t go too far out.

It’s those closer and adjacencies, you know, the reality is as our consumer tends to be highly involved. They want to read the ingredients. They want to know what it’s for which is why we can do different need States. If you go too far down the path of a conventional General market, we may not be relevant for them yet at this point and that’s what we are finding. So that’s one of the things that we did differently stop going after drug. Stop going after Club.

Steve: I guess that makes sense. I mean when you go after too many things you don’t do any of them well, and so I guess your philosophy was to just go deep and then once you’ve saturated that particular Avenue then look to expand.

Kevin: Yep, exactly. And by the way, you won’t really ever know a few saturated it because there’s always likely a bit more room to grow. So, I think it’s I think it’s when you feel like you’ve got and somewhat of an over index and now you’ve built up in a without a lot of data being smaller companies, you’re going on a little bit of intuition to say, I think I think we’ve got pretty good awareness now. :et’s go to the next adjacency of consumer and reach and then that’s when you go to the next channel.

Steve: I guess you can measure diminishing returns though, right?

Kevin: True. You’re right.

Steve: Absolutely. Maybe that’s it. Okay, cool. I feel like I caught you kind of like an inflection point right You released all those new varieties relatively recently. I want to say so what is the next growth face that you see for Nuun?

Kevin: Yeah, I believe there’s still a few more needs dates that we believe that we can extend to for hydration, like taking the tablets hydration plus so think it as electrolytes but lower level than the sport electrolytes plus this so electrolytes plus immunity electrolytes plus to deliver on a more restful sleep. So there’s a few more indeed states that we have in mind that we want to do on that. There’s also some different platforms that we think we can build from and reinvent a few different categories out there. So I can’t talk too much about that. But if you think about nutrition uncompromised and take it from a supplement perspective, but that probably should be a good indicator of okay. So what are some sleepy categories kind of stale and stagnant that that really need to be reinvented and so we’ve got our eyes on a couple of different categories where we’ll build a platform to reinvent.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: I’ll give you an example for that. That’s not that’s not Nuun, but it will give you a chance to give you context, you know. Kudosuour friends over at Justin so whichever one probably those that know it and most people do now as an almond butter. If you go back in time when they went into the category, it was a stale peanut butter category selling for a buck .99, $2.99 a jar. Now people are buying anywhere from $7.99 to $11.99, $14.99 for almond butter because it’s a better quality and it changed the whole category from peanut butter to nut butter and I think we can go into a few different sleepy categories and get you to rethink the approach in terms of better nutrition higher quality and but just more efficacious.

Steve: Okay one last question for you that I was just kind of curious about in terms of your online versus brick and mortar strategy, which do you put more emphasis on which is doing better for you and just kind of what is your outlook on that?

Kevin: Well, there’s no question in my mind. That digital is where the fastest growing Market is period out there in terms of consumables and beyond that. In fact, I have a fundamental belief that two things here, passes. The world is moving today will never it’ll never be too slow again. So if you haven’t got your digital capabilities up you’re already behind and you better get caught up pretty quickly. So that should let you know that I think digital is definitely work emphasis needs to go that being said, there’s still a lot of room in grocery and traditional channels where people are shopping and and it’s it is the bigger part of our business still to this day. I believe the bigger growth area of our company over time is definitely digital.

However, I think there’s still a ton of growth in the more traditional bricks-and-mortar area. So it’s the answer is it’s a little bit bag. It’s yes, it’s yes on both but I would lean digital because I do think that digital did not see other philosophy is digital is changing everything. In life, period. So we really need to make sure we capitalize on that. We’re seeing growth happens pretty close on both. It’s a little faster on digital but it’s also a little bit smaller base granted It’s over time that the gap closing.

Steve: was going to ask you was on the digital side. What is there left for you to do in terms of growth? Is it just doing more which you already have or are there additional avenues that you have to try?

Kevin: Well, I think one of the things that we’re learning that we need to get better at is our own direct to Consumer website. I think that less is revenue but more about learning whether that’s data science Performance Marketing. We are all those terms out there. We’re OK at it. We’re absolutely focused on how do we get better at it? And the idea here is how do we learn more about our consumer? How do we offer more toward loyal consumers which will drive higher retention and loyalty and I think that’s a really big area for us to get better at and get better at quickly on the digital side of things.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: Yeah, you know, there’s obviously Amazon and online stores or out there and we’re growing really well that’s not going to change but I think the area that’s very different for us is through our own website because at that point you have you own all the data and then now we can really build a deeper relationship and understand what we’re doing well and what we’re not and in their consumers need.

Steve: You know one thing I just noticed because I was shopping on your site earlier. I‘d buy Nuun and I consumed it consistently, but I’m not on a subscription and that was actually looking on the site for a way to save money on a subscription but it wasn’t maybe already have one but I could not find it at least for me as an avid consumer. Like I think if I was incentivized to get on a subscription basis, then I would join instantly. But anyways..

Kevin: We’ll make, I agree with you. I agree with you. It’s definitely in the center part.

Steve: Okay, so can kind of conclude this interview where can people find more about your product and if they have any questions for you or want to contact the company directly. Where can they get a hold of you guys?

Kevin: Yeah, absolutely. You know, we’re really fortunate you can find us in a lot of stores online. We already mentioned we talked a lot about REI. The fleet Feats of the worlds are also at Whole Foods and Target, Kroger stores. So we’re basically going to find us a most of most of the grocery stores and stores where you shop today most and then obviously online look us up on any social media handle. So Nuun hydration is the handle for I think all of them being Instagram, Twitter, and well Facebook just look up your hydration. If you want to find me personally, my name is Kevin Rutherford in my Instagram and Twitter handles a little bit different. It’s the clean_lantern that’s clean underscore lantern and the team the team called me that one and it was all about Beacon of light for her planet the planet and humans and all the earthlings that share it with us. So that’s the idea. So but yeah, you can find us there and really appreciate the time. It’s been really fun chatting.

Steve: Yeah. Cool. Thanks a lot of come the show Kevin really appreciate it.

Kevin: Thank you.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, I personally love getting an inside look at how my favorite hydration tablet company has managed to grow to an eight-figure business. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitjob.com/episode273.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now. I talked about how I use all these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six a mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

272: How To Get Free Press To Sell Your Products With Dawn LaFontaine

272: How To Get Free Press To Sell Your Products With Dawn LaFontaine

Today I’m thrilled to have Dawn LaFontaine on the show. Dawn was a finalist on the 5 Minute Pitch, my Shark Tank like show with Mike Jackness, Greg Mercer and Scott Voelker where we gave away 50,000 in cold hard cash.

Dawn runs an ecommerce business selling card board boxes for cats. Her products have been featured in Parade, Product Hunt and the Boston Globe. And in this interview, we’re going to talk about Dawn’s triumphs and obstacles in launching her business.

What You’ll Learn

  • Dawn’s motivations for starting her business
  • How Dawn validated her niche before she began
  • How Dawn found manufacturers to produce her products
  • How Dawn generates sales
  • How to get free press for your products

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the my wife quit her job podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they used to grow their businesses. Now today, I am thrilled to have Dawn LaFontaine on the podcast and if her name sounds familiar it is because she was a finalist on the 5 minute pitch. And in this interview today we’re going to do a deep dive into her cat products business.

But before we begin I want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s also sponsored the show. previous a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what is Privy do, well Privy’s an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that are managing email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a quick shout-out to Klaviyo for sponsoring the show whether you are just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow now with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. Now I want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneurial growth guide packed with must read blog post case studies and getting started content this guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth that moving to a new marking problem can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and going fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now, you can check out this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife once again that is Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have Dawn LaFontaine on the show. Now, Dawn was a finalist of the five minute pitch by Shark Tank like show with Mike Jackness, Greg Mercer and Scott Voelker where we gave away $50,000 in Cold Hard Cash. Now, Dawn runs an e-commerce business selling cardboard boxes for cats. This is called Cat In The Box and her products have been featured in Parade, Product Hunt and the Boston Globe and in this interview, we’re going to talk about Dawn’s triumphs, her obstacles and getting started with their business and with that welcome to show Dawn. How you doing today?

Dawn: Oh very good. Thank you so much for having me Steve and it’s truly a thrill in a pleasure.

Steve: So Dawn, How do you feel now that the I’m in a pitch is all over?

Dawn: Oh my goodness. I’m just so utterly relieved. I just I’m just glad I didn’t, you know, didn’t screw it up and I did a good job, and I’m just you know glad to have had the experience.

Steve: Yeah, and I was telling Dawn right before this interview that I thought, you know for the finals at least Dawn’s preparation for her final five minute pitch was amazing. She clearly came prepared. She did a great job and I was very impressed.

Dawn : Well, thank you for saying that that actually means a lot coming from you.

Steve: So Dawn, what’s nice about the podcast is we get a chance to dig deeper into your backstory. Unlike five minute pitch when you only have five minutes, so please tell the audience about your product and how you got started with it.

Dawn: Sure. So I make Whimsical cardboard box toys for cats to think inside the box. If you have a cat or if you know someone who has a cat you probably already know that cats are just weirdly attracted to cardboard boxes. I mean you could leave a box that earrings came in on the counter and a cat will definitely try and squeeze into it. So if you have a cat you probably already keep like an old Amazon box around for Cat to sleep in or hide in or play in and that’s great because you’re meeting your cat’s needs for a cardboard box, but you don’t know where that box has been it’s dirty. It’s ugly and it might be imprinted with toxic inks and my boxes they’re kind of unique. They’re clean. They’re safer cats. I am print them with human grade soy-based inks. They’re environmentally friendly all recycled cardboard their fun attractive their bit of a conversation piece and most importantly, you know cats really do love them.

Stwvw: So, how did you get the idea? I mean, it seems kind of random to me. At least when I first heard your pitch. I was like, wow, I never would have thought of yet.

Dawn: You are not a cat owner.

Steve: Yes, that’s correct.

Dawn: I actually got the idea on a trip with my mother to drop her cats off at the cat sitter. This woman had a really beautifully appointed home. She obviously cared a lot about her Decor but her living room was filled with old shipping cartons, and I know she saw me looking around which is kind of embarrassing now, but she said, you know to be quite sheepishly, you know the for the cats. So I’ve owned cats. I knew they’d like boxes, but it did get me thinking. Why do their owners put up with dirty ugly Amazon boxes In their homes? Why not something, you know, that’s, clean attractive, cat safe, maybe something even a little bit stylish and that’s how the idea for this business came about.

And let me just back up here a minute and say that I often think of quote-unquote great product ideas all the time. And now that I’ve you know involved in this I know it’s not about the product idea but the implementation, you know, that’s the hard part but as I walk through life thinking about better ways of doing normally walk through life thinking about better ways of doing things and when I thought of this particular one I said to myself for a couple of reasons that this is the idea that I should pursue.

Steve: So when you thought of the idea, first of all have you started any sort of business before this one?

Dawn: I just did a little service-related business while I was raising my kids. I’m a professional writer editor. So I didn’t, you know, just a little bit of freelance writing and editing on the side as a way to contribute to the family, bottom line. So I’m not it wasn’t a business in the sense. I didn’t have a website. I didn’t mark it. I mean people came to me so I don’t think it’s really comparable to this kind of business.

Speaker 2: Okay, and are you working full time right now, or?

Dawn: No, I am, this is a perfect job for me.

Steve: Okay. So what kind of full-time job

Steve: I’m sorry so, Cat In The Box is a full-time job for you.

Dawn: Yes. Yes.

Steve: Okay. So when you started this were you working or?

Dawn: No. And in fact as my kids have gotten older I was still home full time with them. I’ve been home with them for 21/22 years or so and they were you know, my son had just had you know gone off to college and actually was graduating college. My daughter was just going into college. So I had sort of even weaned myself off of the freelance work that I’ve been doing as I’m trying to mole what you know mall over what should I do with the rest of my life. I mean, it’s really my age is really a Crossroads in a person’s life. And this is the path I decided to take.

Steve: Yeah. So what were some of your motivations I imagine the freelance work was going well with the writing. Yeah why business?

Dawn: Couple of reasons, one is when my husband and I were first married before we had children. I was really the big Breadwinner in the family. I made you know, as a percentage anyway of our family income a lot bigger piece of the pie than he did and while I stayed home with the kids, it’s just not something you think about at the beginning of the road when there You know newborns or kindergartners even. He’s you know worked for the 25 years moved up through his career. And now he has a really interesting strategic job and I don’t have all that time left in my working life to start over where I was in my 20s and you know work my way up to the point where he is, so it was hard after I devoted so much of my life to somebody else to think of starting all over so, you know to my two kids which I’m happy I did but to start all over.

And then interestingly it’s sort of the same Crossroads here. He actually got laid off from a job that he’d had for 15 years and at that moment I said, well, I mean, I, you know, I got to get back in the workforce. I we got to have an income and I actually just applied to two part-time jobs that I was overqualified for and I was the kind of person in my twenties if I went on an interview, I got a large percentage of job offers that I went after and here I applied to you know, really kind of Modest part time jobs, and I didn’t get either one of them. Snd it started to make me think about you know, what do I really want? Rest of my life and that the idea that I needed to control my own destiny. And interestingly, my husband actually never really ended up having a gap in his work history. He got one from one job to another he got a severance check from the old job and we use that to start this business.

Steve: Okay, and in terms of this business how did you know is going to sell like, how’d you go about validating you before you got started?

Dawn: Had I taken your course from day one. I’m going to do that. This was just like hmm, you know, I’ve owned cats they would like this and that that’s really not a great idea, especially since my product really doesn’t exist. I mean if seen since a few sort of similar kind of things nothing that’s exactly the same but I couldn’t say well oh there you know, so and so is selling a million dollars worth of these things a year. I should be able to grab a tiny piece of that market. I the really wasn’t anything that existed on the market like this and I really didn’t do my due diligence and testing it to start out. Unfortunately.

Steve: I mean, but it was a hit clearly because all this And all this press and a decent Instagram following from it.

Dawn: Right. I mean, I think the bottom line is I cats absolutely love it. That’s not question. I’ve got a million videos and photos showing that they love it. They do love it and the the cat owners really like it too because they are clever and they’re fun and they love to take pictures of their cats in them. The problem that I face is a completely different one had maybe this category existed before I started this wouldn’t have been this issue. But this is this is not an SEO play. I have to convince people that they might be interested in something like this and they’re not looking for me. I have to go out and look for them.

Steve: Yeah. I don’t know if that’s necessarily the case, but we can talk about that a little bit better kind of curious about is presumably you’ve never manufactured a product before how did you even know how to get started making this thing?

Dawn: Well, I didn’t and but I am the kind of person who researches something to death anything whatever it is, so that I’m actually that’s the part of the this thing. I think I’m good at so it was you know, I knew what I wanted to make. I’m not a designer. So I had to find somebody to design it for me. But in terms of finding the manufacturer, I just started cold calling and cold emailing box manufacturers cardboard manufacturers in the US and the problem wasn’t finding a manufacturer. It was finding somebody who was willing to work with me was a kind of a Goldilocks problem the big manufacturers who had the capability to do complex designs.

Like what I was asking for we’re not interested in a little business like mine and the smaller companies that would have been thrilled to have me as a customer simply just didn’t have the capabilities. So it was a matter of finding, you know, just that right manufacturer who is willing to work with me and had the ability to make what I was looking for.

Steve: Can you talk about this process though? Is it, was it just literally trial and error to find the right manufacturer or did you use any language or negotiation tactics to get them like a larger guy to work with you?

Dawn: The larger ones really wouldn’t so..

Steve: Okay.

Dawn: No, they and you know often you know, you contact A salesperson through email or through or by phone and they’re generally willing to help and they’re willing to say well I had one guy who told me you’re never going to find somebody to manufacture this in cardboard. You need to do it in paper board, which is the stuff that like game boards are made of or or cereal boxes. And I know that that doesn’t meet the cats biological needs that corrugated cardboard meets so that.

Steve: I’m sorry. Why is that actually I don’t I’m not a cat on her so I don’t know but what’s the difference between paperboard and the cardboard for a box?

Dawn: I mean a cat will probably go into a paperboard box to I mean, they will go into a paperboard box too but it doesn’t quite meet their needs. So I think I mentioned in the five minute pitch presentation that one of the key reasons that cats are so attracted to cardboard boxes and this is something that has been shown scientifically is that cats do not like to live in the temperature of that. We humans like to In the house, I mean, they like it 86 to 97 degrees in our house. None of us are keeping our house at 97 degrees. So they’re basically freezing all the time and one of the really cool things about cardboard about corrugated cardboard are those little corrugations the as you probably know are is very insulating. And so those crates create little air pockets and it makes the inside of a cardboard box very very warm a corrugated cardboard box very warm. And so that’s one of the reasons that keeps, you know, trying to find its way back into a box.

Steve: Okay, and then so you ended up finding someone small to work with you.

Dawn: It’s there. I would say they’re more of a medium sized manufacturer now the disadvantage of and they’re just if they’re great. I mean they do a great job. They’re a wonderful manufacturer, but because I am not a big customer of theirs for example, but right now I’m in the process as you are well aware of readers of Designing a new a new product. And so, you know, they sent me a prototype which is was not what I asked for and you know make my changes send them back I get stuck down to the bottom of the pile. And I got to wait till they get back to me for another iteration. So it’s just a very very long process. It can take months, especially, you know, I would love it if I just gave them my dimensions and they would just make something that shape and size with those size holes and that placement of things but they just they do things their way. They think it’s a better way of doing it and then I got to keep going through various iterations.

Steve: What’s the design process like so first of all, where did you find your designer? And what is the like how do you even design a box? Is there like CAD software for that or?

Dawn: Yeah, well, yeah, they have actually specialized software there. The Box Company actually has employees who are box Engineers. These are people who went to college and two major and packaging engineering which I did not know was a field that either right and I guess to varying degrees they’re good at the designer or the not you know, you know, not just the assembling or the creation of the box, but also the creativity behind the box and I don’t have any design background or ability at all, but I knew what I wanted it to look like. I just could see it in my mind. I just you know, maybe not that great at expressing it exactly how I wanted it. I mean even things like for the milk carton, for example, I have a for folks who are listening. I have a design that’s shaped like a traditional milk carton like a half gallon of milk the little top where the date stamp is

I mean, they couldn’t get the size of that right? I know it doesn’t seem like much but when it’s too small, it doesn’t look like a milk carton and when it’s too big, it doesn’t look like a milk carton. So I kept having to say bigger or smaller bigger smaller, whatever.

Steve: Interesting. So that’s not conveyed digitally in the file in the design file?

Dawn: They have to actually create the design file.

Steve: Got it. Okay.

Dawn: They’re actually like a creative room where they’re actually hand cutting everything to create a prototype. So they’ll create a you know, cut it all out and then I’ll say no and you know, it has to be like this. It has to be like this and so it came back to me and until I got what I thought was the right shape that would fold properly that look like I want what I wanted it to look like and that a cat would be willing to go into and then in terms of the appearance of the box. I worked with a designer that I worked with. I think I mentioned I just I did had a freelance writing and editing background. I worked on a bridal magazine for some years and this was the woman who I added the magazine and she was the designer.

Steve: I see so the process was the designer doesn’t actually design the box. It designs the design then you handed over the Box manufacturer and they turned into like this box file.

Dawn: It was actually just the opposite we started with the shape of the Box first and then she has a design to that shape. So they actually provided her with the outline of what the box would look like and then she had to go and design the design for that.

Steve: I gotcha. Gotcha. Okay in terms of like all the lettering everything they later convert her design back into the box side or they Incorporated together.

Dawn: Right. And that was extremely complex process because publication Printing and other words printing on documents is nothing like printing on a box. There are very very different. And there’s a lot of error when you’re printing on a box. So you have to create a design that allows for for the design to move at least a quarter of an inch in any direction. So it’s really so I mean, for example the cheese box, they really just wanted me to do solid yellow box. I had gone through so many versions to make the little what looks like the Swiss cheese holes. I various different three-dimensional looks but none of those met the needs of their printing press so that we ended up with something that you know that satisfies me, but we went through multiple different completely different looks for that that one that worked for me and for them.

Steve: I never would have thought manufacturing a printed box would be so complicated.

Dawn: Me neither.

Steve: So how much money did it cost you to get started with this?

Dawn: Yeah. I was actually before our conversation. I was looking back through my files. I’m not even sure what to count but I’m going to say somewhere in the order of around 14 thousand dollars that included the printing plates and the cutting dies which were at least half the price up front. That also included the manufacture of the actual boxes and you know some photography and of course the work of the designer

Steve: So interesting. So these are plates that print them. It’s not like a printer that prints on the boxes.

Dawn: Right there. There is a natural like an old-fashioned kind of plate and if you saw the cutting die, I mean you wouldn’t even know that that was going to make a box you would it’s so antiquated looking. It doesn’t even it doesn’t look like something that should be in the modern era but it’s an unusual process.

Steve: Okay. So I guess that provides you with some barriers to entry right? So now that you own this place like the plate is yours, right?

Dawn: Right.

Steve: Okay, and then no one else it’s it makes it much harder to copy this box basically.

Dawn: I think it does and I know there’s a lot of talk and there was even during the five minute pitch process about patents and so on and so forth, but there are other things that that may even be a higher barrier to entry and this this whole process. I mean you really have to be dedicated to do it and you have to have some money up front to spend on these kind of things.

Steve: Okay, and in terms of getting that first prototype and all that it was that expensive? Just working with them like digit to pay them upfront.

Dawn: No, they’re actually pretty generous about that. They wanted my insurance is that I plan to buy something which I I said, yes, of course, but and I guess they would have probably charge me for their time had I not purchased but my intention was to do it and when they got it right then I just had to pay for the printing plates and the and the kind of guys up front.

Steve: Okay, and did you start with just a single design?

Dawn: I started with you. Actually my first thought was oh I’ll do five and I’ll make it climbed all I’m like, what was I thinking I mean, I barely got to out it took me like eight months or

Steve: Oh my goodness. Okay.

Dawn: Between going back and forth and back and forth and back and forth over the sing it took forever. So yeah five was not going to happen and they weren’t going to be bundled.

Steve: All right, so you launched with to and how did you launch that? Did you start a website at first or..

Dawn: I did that was actually the first thing that I did was just start a website. I’ve actually listen to some of your free material and I understood the whole, you know, potential conflicts with Amazon and some of the problems I thought oh, well, I’ll start my own website that all you know, that eliminate all those problems. Well creates all kinds of new problems instead, but that’s what I did. So, you know..

Steve: Which platform did you choose and are you a technical person?

Dawn: I would say I’m not a technical person in the sense that I don’t have a technical background, but I’m definitely not afraid of Technology. I enjoy digging into that kind of stuff and I’m willing to learn. That being said I didn’t think it was a good use of my time to you know, do some of the open cart things that you had also talked about and I really liked the look and feel of some of the Shopify options. So I chose that to start with

Steve: Awesome. And then in terms of the design did you do it yourself or did you get a developer?

Dawn: I’m really a do it myself or kind of person all the way around I’m Frugal I like to save money. I like to see what I can do. And then later on if I have a need I will hire somebody if they can provide a service that I can’t render myself. So the design of the website so far as me and the redesign of the website or at least the front page will be me.

Steve: I actually think it looks pretty nice and I’m looking forward to seeing you redesign as well.

Dawn: As I said it was based on something that you said on your lecture and it really really struck me how it could be improved.

Steve: All right, let’s talk about sales. How did you get your first sale?

Dawn: The first sale was actually through product hunt. So I think the day I launched my website. Site actually wrote a note to somebody at product hunt and first they said thanks, but no, thanks and then immediately sent me another email back and said okay and so..

Steve: For the listeners, can you kind of describe what product Hunt is first? Right?

Dawn: It’s actually a platform for people who are interested in what’s new in mostly in technology and it’s a platform for them for for new products to get exposure to this very interested community and oddly. They also have a slight interested in cat products. I don’t understand..

Steve: I was going to say for product. I didn’t think that your product was a fit. Right?

Dawn: Right and I would say generally know and if it was a dog product it probably would have been a no but oddly they just seem to have some some cat products on there. So that’s sort of struck me and I did find one of the product Hunters who had actually promoted a cat product before I reached out to her directly and So eventually she did hunt the product for me and which means that it got up on their platform and I got some, you know views it didn’t didn’t explode on that platform like some technology products do but I got my first couple of I don’t remember how many was maybe one or two or three? And that was it sales from for product type

Steve: I’ve actually never used product type before so what is the process like of getting on there? And what is the actual listing look like I voted before but I don’t think I’ve ever tried to list anything on there before

Dawn: Right. Well what you see is what it is. So getting onto products, I guess they say that you have just as much chance hunting the product yourself in other words just you know, sort of applying and getting on there. But the backstory or what I’ve read is that it actually pays to have an experienced product Hunter another words somebody who already has a relationship with product hunt and they have a history of promoting successful products and they’re kind of ranked on proud. You can find the ranking of these hunters and maybe there’s you know, there’s a top hundred or so and the hunter that I ended up using was in the top hundred. So for me, I thought it was important to reach out to somebody who had Variants and interest in pet related products.

And the person that I chose so they actually post it for you and they have their own set of followers and that the idea is that you have an established audience already eyeballs that are already on a product looking for what this product Hunter is posting.

Steve: How did you convince this woman to to do that for you?

Dawn: My, I think my writing history does help. I’m good at writing convincing letters with the right tone and the right length. I mean the right there, you know, just..

Steve: I mean, what did you say? I’m just kind of curious if you remember

Dawn: I wrote something a little bit clever something about you know, however many YouTube videos can’t be wrong castle of boxes. There’s like a million YouTube videos about cats and boxes and then just wrote something that was just warm and and hopefully a little bit clever and it caught her attention. And as I said, I think she said no first and then immediately wrote me another note said I changed my mind. Yeah..

Steve: She’s a cat person?

Dawn: She has hunted other pet products. I did not end up establishing a personal relationship with her where I found out whether she indeed is a a pet or a cat owner, but she has hunted other pet products before and I thought that was important because that meant that her audience was interested in pet products.

Steve: And how did you find her in the first place? Is there like a list of the top 100?

Dawn: Yeah, there’s a list of so it’s just her name and she has an unusual name and I just you know kind of did a Google Search and she’s actually in the UK and she has a Consulting business there and I was able to track her down through her either through her LinkedIn page or through a contact form on her on her web page.

Steve: If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge counsel because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecounsel.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

And so you get your first couple sales on product hunt. How did you get all the Press?

Dawn: I have a writing background.

Steve: Okay.

Dawn: I just..

Steve: That comes in real Handy. Apparently.

Dawn: Yeah. I’m glad I have at least one or two skills that I can apply not that’s it. That’s where it ends. By the way. I’ve no desire. No marketing skills. I have no I’ve never sold the thing in my life, Girl Scout cookies, that was probably the last thing I want so right so I’m I know how to write a press release and the traditional media. It’s a little bit about, you know, darts on the dartboard, you know, send out a whole bunch of them and maybe you’re lucky to get one or two people to respond to you and and the thing about also knowing about how to write a press release is that I know what Looking for and so I know what to write in my letter.

Steve: So can you talk about this process? So by pressure release you don’t mean like using like PR web or one of those services. Do you?

Dawn: No, no. You can either write a press release and then sends it along with a personal letter to an editor that you’re targeting. The first thing to do is to decide who you’re going to Target don’t go for the Wall Street Journal first,

Steve: Boston Globe is pretty big

Dawn: Right but I’m a Boston residents. So I went through the the Metro West Section, which is where I live. So I live in the little bit West of Boston and so they’re always looking at the bottom line is journals are always looking to fill a newspaper. They got a lot of newspapers and I gotta fill them. So what you want to do is you got a busy journalist who doesn’t have a ton of time to do a lot of research. So if you can provide everything that they need in your letter for an article links to your actual photographs links to you know to your website all the who, what, when, where, and how of your business in the letter you’re saving them. Kind of work and they might be inclined to publish just for that reason and if they have an interest in your topic in this particular case getting through the Boston Globe door through the Metro West Section door is a great way to get into the Boston Globe because they’re interested in more local business news. So.

Steve: So a couple things I just want to ask you about. So how did you get ahold of the editor or the contact information? And then what’s in this letter exactly just in case someone who’s listening wants to try to do this method.

Dawn: Right, So actually they make it really easy to find their contact information because they want you to contact them. So usually there’s a byline or something like that at the end of the similar article. So look for somebody who’s written an article like one you’d like to be written about your business. So that’s the other thing too. The story has to have a hook. So in my case was really important to do it at the beginning for this particular section of the newspaper for this particular Editor to, so the hook was I just opened this new business. I think I sent it to So it was Saunders and she may have sent it to you. Like I got a little blurb about five minute pitch in one of my other local papers.

Steve: Nice.

Dawn: Same thing, because five minute pitch was you know, that’s that’s an event. That’s a hook. So you have to have a hook. So if you’re you have some news about your business, you have a new product you started a new business and it depends on what your particular local media outlet is is looking for and keep read it and and see what they’re looking for. Then it’s easy enough to identify who writes those stories and usually the newspaper website has all those all the contact information right up there and they’re looking for your email send them an email that contains everything that they need for a story. Wite it clearly make it so

Steve: So what is everything they need for story. They need the story. They need photos. What else?

Dawn: it’s always the who was, that’s that’s a journalist thing. Who, what, when, where, why, and how so whatever your story is try and answer those questions completely for them. Give them every single thing that they would need. Look at a similar story. What’s there? Well, it’s located in such-and-such town. You know, the business does X Y & Z. This is why it’s Unique provide them with great photographs. And in fact, I think I provided a beautiful high color, full color, high quality photos and that section of paper was color that day and I think it was because of my photos. So I got really really beautiful photos in it and I provided that to them and they didn’t have to go doing the work of digging around for it. Provide them with quotes in your note. You can say, you know, whatever whatever you want to say. They published my quotes exactly as I put them in my letters.

So think about what you want to convey about your business first and foremost have write it clearly, right it succinctly and then provide that also in the letter. So you’re almost writing the story for them and it saves them a lot of work and they may be inclined to publish just because they have space to fill and you’ve provided them with everything that they need.

Steve: This sounds like a pretty long email.

Dawn: You know if you looked at my articles on actually can click on them through my website. They’re not that long. I mean newspaper articles aren’t that long? Okay. So we’re doing a big huge feature splashed way that would be different and and they may be interviewing other people and so on and so forth for this there, you know, pretty short little blurbs.

Steve: Okay

Dawn: A couple had you know sections of a column.

Steve: and once you get in one of these Publications do they lead to sales was my next question.

Dawn: They did actually so the Boston Globe is actually I’m sorry. That was it was another local paper called the Metro West Daily News, which is the really big local paper around here and they have a lot of small little Publications that have different names but they feed all the information into these small Publications that actually gave my that actually had a lot longer shelf life than the Boston Globe even though the Boston Globe had has a bigger readership the small local paper is really what everybody reads and because they have all these little additional papers under different names, but with the same content, I got to go out into all these different communities. So my Story had a lot more longevity that way and I actually got more sales trickling in overtime through the smaller paper than I did through the you know, the one day Splash from the Boston Globe.

And the Boston Globe thing, basically that got all my friends to call me and say hey I saw you in the Boston Globe really led to more sales was my little what MetroWest Daily News are big local paper which has, you know, feeds these smaller papers.

Steve: So interesting going forward. Are you now targeting some of the smaller publications then?

Dawn: I need to have a hook. So the five minute pitch was one had I won I would have probably done more with that

Steve: I see.

Dawn: But it’s in the interim maybe when I release a new product or if you know something else, you know different happens, then I’ll have the hook and I’ll be able to go back to the to the media outlets and do it. But right now there’s nothing to say yet.

Steve: I see okay interesting. It’s interesting how that works. So what else has worked for you in terms of marketing your products.

Dawn: Hmm

Steve: Had Instagram had an effect?

Dawn: I’m getting visitors from Instagram and I have definitely had some sales Instagram and I’ve only recently sort of started to crack the nut about Pinterest to and I notice Shopify has a lot of statistics and data that come through which is really helpful about where people are coming from. And so I can see now that now that I’ve sort of started to figure it out that more people are coming from Pinterest now, too. So, yeah, the problem is also one of the advantages of sap of eyes you could see where people are and because Instagram and Pinterest is a worldwide audience and right now I really can’t ship worldwide. I can see, “h that person’s looking at me from Africa. They’re looking at me from the UK and I really just can’t I can’t ship there. So even though I’m driving traffic to my website from these social media outlets, they’re not necessarily driving sales.

Steve: Okay, actually for people who haven’t watched your episode. What are some of the struggles that you have actually?

Dawn: Right. So I big struggle the one that I’m addressing now is that my products are while they’re light. They are far too large to ship efficiently. So and so shipping is ridiculously expensive even in the US but prohibitive shipping internationally and I have a lot of anecdotal demand in other words people reaching out to me personally through direct Messenger on Instagram and so forth. Could you ship this to me tonight? I’m in such country and I have to say no you’ll have to wait for the you know, the next product project. I mean it costs about 60 bucks to ship it to the UK, which is really outrageous. So that’s so the size is prohibitive from the point of view of shipping and it’s also prohibited from the point of view of being able to get retail space and really I can’t do FBA on Amazon. So..

Steve: Okay. So actually how much do you charge for a box and how much does it cost you?

Dawn: Right. So I charge $29.99 right now and that includes free shipping in the US and the shipping cost anywhere between seven and sixteen dollars per box to ship depending on how many zones I’m shipping a And then that’s another negative thing. Also. I wanted to mention about shipping out. I’ll finish your answer your question a minute.

Steve: Sure.

Dawn: But I can only ship to to the further zones through parcel select shipping which is an utter disaster and it’s not something I want to subject my future customers to so in order to. So Priority Mail. I need to get the box onto a certain size. So back to the the margin question the boxes cost. What did I say..

Steve: 99 oh, it’s cost you by 16?

Dawn: right. And so the shipping boxes themselves costs a dollar fifty to two dollars and then to make the boxes I think. Oh, I can’t remember the exact number but something around between 4.50 and five and a quarter. I can remember the exact amount but somewhere around there and it was 90 cents or something for the velcro that’s on them.

Steve: Right? So just curious how price-sensitive these cat lovers are. Like I know pet lovers are willing to spend lots of money for for products that will make their pets happy. I’m just curious how you arrived at $29.99 ?

Dawn: Really it was add up all of the costs and add a little of profit and let’s see if people buy it. And I do think I think I have had comments from people who are not pet owners I about the price of the boxes and I’m not sure if that’s a factor or it isn’t and I won’t know unless I’m able to get the price down a little bit.

Steve: You know, what’s funny is we have international customers and the ones in Australia seem to be willing to pay egregious shipping prices often times much more than the product itself. I think they’re just used to it. I guess..

Dawn: I’m part and I’m not sure if you’ve ever visited Australia, but their minimum wage is about twenty six dollars an hour there. I took that she was a barista at McDonald’s believe it or not loved her job as a true professional and she said twenty six dollars an hour to work in McDonald’s and you know, she can afford a house and a family and all I minimum wage in Australia. So I think that’s how come they can afford to have something shipped to them from the US.

Steve: Interesting, I did not know that

Dawn: me neither until I visited.

Steve: so okay. What were some of your other struggles and what are you struggling with right now? What’s going to happen going forward? Like what are your plans?

Dawn: Well my initial plan. So the very very near term would be to get some additional box designs. I think I don’t have enough to call it really a storefront. It’s really almost it’s almost a one product business, but it it’s a to product business and it’s I don’t think there’s enough choices for different people. So so my first challenge is I’ve got to redesign the Box in a way that it fits in to certain Dimensions that will allow me to ship not only nine zones in the US By Priority Mail at a reasonable price, but also to you know, especially to Europe and maybe even Japan and elsewhere where people are really cat crazy. So right now, I’m in the process of Designing. I think I shared with you at five minute pitch my new design and I’m working with the Box the packaging engineer at this moment to create a design that will be collapsible or packable nice within certain dimensions and within a certain weight.

Steve: Cool, I remember you telling me you actually shipped one of your boxes to Japan, right?

Dawn: I didn’t actually there was a customer that wanted one so badly and I told him it’s just too expensive to ship to Japan. He actually went and used a buyer’s agent someone who purchased from me in the US and shipped it to him. I think I know who it was. So I he was Japanese as well and his job is to do these kind of unusual things. And so this particular guy, he just owns a couple cats in Japan and he posts pictures all the time of my product. He really, you know, his cats really loved it and he really loves it.

Steve: Okay. Yeah. So clearly that guy would have been willing to pay lots of money to ship it. I would guess?

Dawn: he would be yes. I’m not sure how you know if he’s unusual or not.

Steve: So what are some other marketing methods that you’ve tried or in the process of implementing actually?

Dawn: Well in anticipation of offering a new product I am trying to just see if I can get one of my boxes up on Amazon. It’s there now. I gotta watch some more of your videos, Steve. I’m not doing something right. So I searched for it. I can’t find it. That being said I sold a couple through Amazon and one person bought one through Amazon and then went and bought three or four more through my website after that.

Steve: nice.

Dawn: So I don’t know somehow somebody else found it. I don’t know what I’m doing wrong either in my search or the creation of my listing. So it’s a work in progress, but it but it because I’m really not going to make a profit selling on Amazon. That’s not a priority for me at the moment. It’s just something I’m going to fiddle with as I go along in anticipation of being able to put this other product on Amazon.

Steve: Gotcha. Gotcha. So looking back with your business. Do you have any advice for the listeners who are kind of on the sidelines? Just thinking about starting their own.

Dawn: I would say well first of all, I would say take your course. I’m truly I’m not and I’m not just plug in next. I’m talking to her really I wish now and I said to you at the beginning of this that I’m really really frugal. And I want to see if I can do things myself and you do offer a lot of free materials which are helpful, but not the whole story. So I highly recommend if you have the money to invest in your class to truly start that from the beginning. So maybe you don’t make some of the mistakes that I made right from the beginning like in terms of having a product. That’s too large. That’s something I may have learned a little sooner from you if I’d started it and you know done the process in the right order here, but I would say the other thing is that I know that you devote a lot of your course to choosing the right Niche on the right product and I would say maybe you disagree with me.

It’s not so much about the product. It’s about the implementation and what you learn the starting a business like this is that’s what stays with you if the particular product that you’re trying to sell doesn’t work out that doesn’t matter because the bigger part is all the other stuff that you learn and you could apply that to anything so I would say just jump in and give it a try and don’t blow the bank on the first thing that you try and do I think there was somebody on Five Minute Pitch who had said something about starting with an $80,000 mold for his product?

Steve: Oh yeah yeah

Dawn: And that’s that was one of my criteria right from the beginning one of the reasons I chose cardboard because I have all these crazy ideas about things. Well, it’s got to be cheap. I can’t you know, first order of business is not to bankrupt the family.

Steve: Yeah.

Dawn: So don’t bankrupt or family, but just jump in and give it a try and everything that you learn can apply to something else. If in fact the one thing doesn’t work out.

Steve: Yeah, I would actually agree with everything you said I think one of the problems with when people just get started and they have no idea how to get started, sometimes on Amazon you can get away with just a good product right? Because Amazon is not really good from a branding perspective. And then once you get that confidence that you can get some sales and then you start your own website, then you know, it’s all about implementation marketing and that sort of thing and in fact, you know, I think I revealed this at seller Summit. I started an e-commerce store with my kids selling T-shirts. T-shirts completely saturated. It’s going to be all about marketing. So if you know what you’re doing on that front, you’re right the product Almost Doesn’t Matter. Long as you’re really good at getting the word out about your business. And as long as you have some sort of hook and some sort of story to get people to buy.

So Dawn, Thanks a lot for coming on. I really appreciate you being a contestant. I’m really glad we connected through the contest. I’m glad to have met you in person at seller Summit and I thought you’ve just done a great job and I wish you all the best with your business.

Dawn: Oh, thank you so much and thank you for saying that was a complete pleasure talking to you today.

Steve: Oh and on forgot if anyone wants to see your boxes, I where can I find you online?

Dawn: Oh, they can look at the cat is in the Box.com.

Steve: Okay, so The Cat Is In The Box and then everything related to purchasing and all that information is on that site.

Dawn: Absolutely

Steve: Cool. So if you’re a cat lover, I’ve actually seen her products in person. I’m not a cat lover, but just the design of the boxes. I thought was very impressive.

Dawn: Well, thanks for saying that to that’s that’s very nice to hear.

Steve: All right. Well, thanks a lot for coming The Showdown really appreciate your time.

Dawn: Thank you very much.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, If you cut Dawn’s Five Minute Pitch finals presentation, you know that she’s a hard worker and I have no doubt that her business is going to totally blow up. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode272.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Oh, I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

271: The Top 5 Best Entrepreneurship Books Of All Time With Mani Vaya

271: The Top 5 Best Entrepreneurship Books Of All Time With Mani Vaya

Today I’m thrilled to have my buddy Mani Vaya on the show. Mani is someone who I met at the Menfluential conference formerly known as StyleCon and we hit it off right away.

Mani is the founder of 2000books.com and like myself, he’s a former electrical engineer who worked in tech for over a decade before starting his business selling courses and entrepreneurship book summaries.

Today we’re going to discuss Mani’s business and his top favorite entrepreneurship books of all time.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Mani built traffic for his site
  • How Mani created an engaging YouTube channel to generate sales
  • Mani’s email marketing strategies
  • Mani’s all time favorite business books

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners, and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m happy to have Mani Vaya on the show. And Mani is the founder of 2000books.com where he makes a living selling courses and Entrepreneurship book summaries and you’ll learn his secrets for getting customers and his favorite business books of all time.

But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, whether you’re just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale, Klaviyo offers fast, simple, and repeatable ways to grow. And with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing, build your customer relationships, and automate your online sales. And it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. Now I want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneur growth guide, packed with must read blog post, case studies, and getting started content. This guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth. Now moving to a new marketing platform can be intimidating, but Klaviyo helps you get up and growing fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now I encourage you to check out this free content now over at klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again that is K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/my wife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what is Privy do, well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms. And I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now, I’m using privy to display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up. Basically, user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form, email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. I’m also using their new cart saver pop-up feature as well to recover abandoned carts. So bottom line, privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So, head on over to preview.com/steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou!

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have my buddy Mani Vaya on the show now Mani is someone who I met at the Menfluential conference formerly known as StyleCon and we hit it off right away. Now Mani is the founder of 2000books.com and like myself. He is a former electrical engineer who worked in tech for over a decade before starting his business selling courses and Entrepreneurship book summaries. Now when it comes to reading books Mani is probably one of the most prolific reader that I know and he actually averages one book per day believe it or not and as entrepreneurs the best way to grow is to feed your mind. And today what we’re going to do is we’re going to discuss Manny’s business and his top favorite entrepreneurship books of all time. And with that welcome to show me. How you doing today man?

Mani: Great man. Thanks for having me and thanks for the warm introduction. It was yeah. It was fun getting to know you at Menfluential.

Steve: Are you still reading a book a day? Is that accurate? I pulled that on your website.

Mani: But so that’s more like seven books a week is what I do. So it’s never a book a day as you would think it it’s more like okay, some books are going on on audio. Some books are going on on Kindle. Some books are going on on paperback and hardcover, whatever. And on the average in the week, I’ll go through seven books. Some days, It might be half a book some days It might be two books and a lot of the times I’m listening to books in the car or while I’m running or I’m just trying to relax in between some tense work.

Steve: Okay. Well, hey. Mani, we got a chance to hang out for what three straight days at Menfluential but I actually don’t know how you got started with 2000books. How did you get the idea? How do you make money and how hard was it to leave a cushy engineering job?

Mani: Yeah. So for those of you who don’t know I came to the us back in 2000. I’m originally from India. I came to the US In 2000 got my graduate degree in electrical and computer engineering at Rice University. And then I started my Tech Career around 2003 and I was in The Tech Career high-tech career 2003 to 2015 worked out a lot of big big tech companies like Nokia and Texas Instruments Qualcomm, all of the biggest names you can imagine in high tech in the electrical engineering or engineering a computer engineering fields. And I was in the wireless engineering space for the longest time, but one thing that was a common theme amongst my in my career was there I got laid off quite often.

I got laid off like three the, first time I had a job at Cirrus logic I was writing Software firmware for DVD players and in 2004, I got laid off from my job and back then when you had an H-1B visa and you get laid off from your job. You have 30 days to find a new job or leave the country. So that was a very sobering experience for me like 30 days to find a job or take the country. I hustled I did whatever I could to find another engineering job well-being engineering job because that’s what you need. You can’t just get a job at McDonald’s. You need a high-paying engineering job, which is just as good or better than what you previously had. And in that 30-day period I ended up getting three job offers, but at the same time I saw something very interesting the how we’re able to create or we’re able to do things when we were put under pressure when we are able to when we are required to do stuff we come up with really great things in life.

And only that I also started to begin to question this whole job thing. What was in our parents are I was supposed to be a job for life. And here we are. Are getting laid off within a year or two of you starting a job. So I was starting to question and getting dissolution by this whole Tech thing and the sense like what the hell I just started and I got laid off and that happened again. And again like three different times in my career when I got laid off from Ti from Nokia and um, I was I was like, okay. Well, maybe I should start a tech startup. So in my mind, I was thinking of starting a technology company for a while, but then partly I was skeptical of doing a tech company because I knew that if I did another tech company or if I’ve started a tech any kind of tech startup I would have to be again tied to the location tied to wherever I was maybe mostly in Bay Area and I would be there for a very long time. Partly, my parents are getting older.

So I was like, I don’t want to just do that either. So I was stuck. I don’t really know. I don’t really have an answer. I didn’t really know what to do until A girlfriend of mine back in the day around 2009. I think 2009-10 she, around Christmas time she gave a book to me but changed my life. That book was the 4-Hour workweek.

Steve: Of course.

Mani: Yeah, and I read the book and I was just like I knew he was speaking to me. That’s exactly like everything he was talking about was me. Like, are you going to delay your life for the next 40 years to enjoy your retirement years? I was like no hell, no. Are you going to be the guy in red Ferrari, you know the bald guy in red Ferrari hoping you know after you sell your startup and you enjoying your life and that’s all life is about now and I was like, no I don’t want to do that either. I want to enjoy my life as I go. I want to like what he’s telling is exactly what I want to build. So I kind of started to think along those lines after I read the book I cuz he literally says that most people you, you I don’t know if you’ve read the book but most people are.

Steve: yeah, I will yes

Mani: It’s the Bible for those of us who get into the online marketing space or become online entrepreneurs even crazy Engineers like us to believe that crazy amazing career to do this, but the book kind of starts that process in your head and you start to question everything and he’s like you can have freedom. You can have you can work on your own time at your own Leisure. You don’t like in many ways. He defines life. He explains life. What is possible in a way that you’ve never seen before or at least I had never even dreamt of before and the fact that I could have location Independence and time and about that was very very very appealing to me. Like would you rather take hundred million dollars 10 years from now and slog away for ten years. I would I rather take a couple of million dollars every year for the next 10 years and have the freedom of location and time and all those things.

Well, you know my answer because I don’t I want to be able to spend time with my like I want to be able to go travel. I want to go see my parents they are in India. They’re getting old I want to be able to take care of them. And that was one of the biggest motivators for me. I didn’t want to be stuck in a job or even in a start-up job where I would be answering to people to VC’s two angels or whoever else and I’ll be stuck in that thing for 10 20 years before I saw any returns on their investment.

Steve: So for starting 2000books?

Mani: So I started 2000books back in 2015 and it happened just around when Qualcomm was laying off a bunch of people and I said, hey, please let me off too because I think I’m going to do my own thing. And the reason why it took me so long was because I was waiting for my green card.

Steve: Ah, Okay, so..

Mani: I could not leave until I had my green card. So as soon as I got my green card, it was already planted in my head there was time to go and then when the layoffs were happening, I was like okay time to go. So I started 2,000 books back in 2015. And the reason why I did this business 2,000 books is because I always enjoyed learning from books as I said four hour work week change my life, but there were a lot of books that have been instrumental in changing my life in different ways. So I always enjoyed learning and reading from them. And so I would subscribe to these book summary businesses that were out there so I could absorb like ten books instead of one book and I found that most of some resource are drab very dull very boring not as engaging. I couldn’t write it wasn’t like I wasn’t learning anything new from those summaries, but I was just spending time listening to them so I was like, I don’t like this. I’m going to create my own and that’s how it started.

Steve: How did you know people willing to pay for that?

Mani: Because they were existing book summaries out there.

Steve: I see.

Mani: There are existing businesses that were doing book summaries, like there were three or four existing businesses that we’re doing book summaries. I just don’t like the way they did them.

Steve: I see. Okay, so you decide you want to do book summaries. How do you get the word out about that? How do people find you?

Mani: Yeah, so it’s a long haul like that’s probably the biggest haul of this whole part of the journey in building an audience and initially what had happened was I had put up a couple of my summaries on YouTube my mind map summary. So I I like to make things very visual. I’m a very visual learner as an engineer. I think very logical. I like to break down things and I want to still conceptualize them in a very visual fashion. So I would create these mind maps of books and Put them on YouTube, these summaries on YouTube. And that was I just put them maybe in 2014 just to see what people like or don’t like it was just an experiment. It was nothing more than that. I wasn’t even thinking so much about businesses. Oh, this would be a fun thing to do and 2015 whenever

Steve: So you’re using the webcam or?

Mani: I was a mind map. So it wasn’t even me with a webcam. It was just a screen recording of the book broken down visually.

Steve: Okay.

Mani: So if we think of books they’re very linearly like you have to go through all three hundred pages to get the ideas from the book. Instead, what I did was I would take the big ideas and I would create a web or a tree hierarchy of information in some ways rather than just a linear page one after the other after the other on that one mind map. You can go through all the different ideas the Big Ideas in the book very quickly rather than linearly try to figure out where the ideas are and what and how they fit into the grand scheme of whole thing.

Steve: Okay, and then the

Mani: yeah

Steve: video do really well or?

Mani: well Bell for my standards of the time I come back a year later in 2015 when I was leaving my job and I’m like, oh look at this YouTube because before then I was thinking I’m going to do a podcast but then I saw this YouTube thing and I’m like, oh look at this. It’s already got a few thousand views. I wonder if what if I made a more of these so I started doing YouTube videos and I started creating more YouTube videos and I started seeing some innovation videos pop up. So I started doing animation summaries of books and that initially start to pick up momentum.

Steve: So animation, you mean like someone like hand drawing like a narrative.

Mani: Yeah where I it’s a software that we used to do that to do the animation part of it, but it looks like a hand-drawn thing where people are you know, someone’s hand drawing while I’m narrating.

Steve: Nice! What is the name of the software?

Mani: It’s called videoscribe.

Steve: videoscribe. Okay, cool.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah. It’s a great software for that. So, yeah initially I started doing those and like some of the popular books like getting things done and how to win friends and influence people and millionaire Fastlane and all those things. And you know it started to kind of show promise and show hundreds and thousands of views coming in and I was like, okay. Well this kind of makes sense. This is working just to get the audience building but at that time, you know in the early phases, I don’t really know much about audience creation or monetization. So I was like, well, let’s just keep doing whatever is working.

Steve: How did you steer those YouTube folks over to your products?

Mani: So initially there was no product.

Steve: Oh, okay.

Mani: Yeah for the first seven eight months there was no product because I was still searching for an audience to sell the product to.

Steve: Okay.

Mani: Yeah. So for first six seven months, it was just me building audience on YouTube and what I think till date I think that was probably one of the biggest mistakes in my entrepreneurial career was I started YouTube seriously around October November of 2015 time frame and in June, I launched a podcast. Where I was interviewing authors and the biggest mistake I think in the space and a lot of entrepreneurs make this mistake again and again and this is something I’ve become very very off now, is splitting your energy your focus very quickly early on when you still haven’t figured out one thing that’s working well and you suddenly move on to the next time.

Steve: right was the podcast. I mean actually looking back now you have these two properties. You have a podcast and YouTube channel, which one would you have started with in retrospect?

Mani: My answer keeps changing. So at this point I would say podcast.

Steve: interesting and okay.

Mani: Yeah, the reason why I say that is because it’s a much quicker medium to get the word out compared to YouTube and video which takes a lot more consuming time-consuming effort for in terms of telecommunication.

Steve: The production time.

Mani: Yeah, the production time the efforts in getting a YouTube video is way bigger than the effort in getting a podcast out there. And also what I don’t like about YouTube is that you’re beholden to one company, which is Google or YouTube

Steve: But on a flip side the podcast Discovery mechanisms, aren’t that great. Whereas YouTube is this like the second largest search engine in the world.

Mani: That’s exactly why YouTube is so good. And that’s why I have a tough time answering this question and the more I think about it. It’s I think I would have done well either ways. I should have just stuck with that. One thing rather than started the second thing.

Steve: Okay.

Mani: Yeah, you know, whichever one I think podcast would do just amazingly well as much as YouTube would do it just so happens that both have different Discovery mechanisms that you just pointed out YouTube search is amazing. Like I was just looking at some Trends on my YouTube search on a book called Good to Great which is one of the greatest business books of all time. And I had done a summary of it and I was looking at how YouTube search was initially YouTube search was really big for that and now outside like Google search is taking over Google is serving up more of that video. Then YouTube is serving that video right now in search in terms of volume.

Steve: Just by referrals or recommended or suggested?

Mani: No, so early on what was happening back in 2015-2016 for the video was that when people searched good to great and YouTube they would find that video and it would rank. So it’s really SEO like it’s called a lot of SEO juice. So it ranks fairly. Well when you search for good to great and people would view it on YouTube. Now what’s happening is the trend has reversed in the sense. The Google search results. Google is sending me more traffic than YouTube for that video.

Steve: Okay, just results.

Mani: Make sense?

Steve: Yeah. Yeah.

Mani: So it’s showing more in Google search results than an even YouTube search results because YouTube is the second largest and Google is the first largest. Google is still way bigger than YouTube search and but now it’s getting integrated to the point where Google’s search volume is taken over the YouTube search volume.

Steve: Interesting. So back in the day, you mentioned using YouTube to build an audience that usually involves steering them away from YouTube, right? So just what are some of the tactics that you use to do that?

Mani: So I did it all wrong.

Steve: Okay.

Mani: You guys are learning from all the mistakes I made which is part of the journey. Initially on YouTube, You are absolutely right. You don’t want to steer them away from the channel and from that from that medium and that’s exactly why one of the reasons why I would go with podcast rather than YouTube because podcast allows you to do it podcast doesn’t have any of these challenges with YouTube ordered it was with even with early videos. I had put links in there to let people download the Mind map or get access to those things the freebies that I was offering and that’s something in the early phases. I would say till you get to your first 10,000 subscribers. You don’t even want to mess around with that because it’s just not worth it. Everyone’s situation is different. Everyone’s specific. Like everyone has a different requirement for how you want to do this.

If you have the runway you want to delay it as much as possible, but you don’t have enough to run by you need to make money. Well, then you do it. So this is very subjective.

Steve: Can you put all this things after fact, I mean let that let the video get popular and then put the links in?

Mani: Yeah, but the problem is its marketing so Steve as we know that if you don’t really build a case for that link in the video, you’re not going to get as much juice from it.

Steve: Okay.

Mani: right. You’re not going to get as much traffic from it. You’re not going to get as much traction from those links because if the link is just hanging somewhere in the video people are not going to link click on it. But if throughout the video I’ve made the case for that specific thing and then I say click here you get way higher people with a lot more people to actually click on it. So if you can’t sell the click it’s not going to get quite is the way to think about it.

Steve: right. Okay.

Mani: so you don’t and if you don’t sell the click in the video, you can’t really go back retroactively and try to put that in there. So that’s part of the challenge of YouTube in the sense that yeah, you can have those links in the description you can have those links. In the video inside the video itself, but unless you’re selling those links they’re not going to be as effective.

Steve: All right, and then what do you do in podcast land then?

Mani: in terms of getting people away from it?

Steve: Yeah.

Mani: Well podcast is much easier in the sense. You can build that case and let people go and download your free these download your action guides download your free summaries or download for your E chord. So whatever else of course the challenge with podcast is the conversions are not as good as Youtube’s conversions are.

Steve: Yeah, I was gonna say because most people aren’t by computer or whatever when they’re listening to a podcast where thing. Just click on a link, right?

Mani: Yeah. I agree. I think podcast is a longer-term play and I would love to get your opinion on this as well. What are your typical click-through rates on a podcast link that you guys have a call to action that you have in the podcast?

Steve: I’ve actually looked recently but it’s very low and

Mani: 1%

Steve: I don’t know. I don’t know off the top of my head. Maybe I’ll put that in the show notes. It was so low that I stopped tracking it basically.

Mani: mmm. I started yeah, I know what you’re saying and I think one to two percent is what you get from podcast at best with podcast you get I think very high engagement.

Steve: Yes. So if here’s what usually happens on a podcast, you give them a special link they’re not going to remember that link. They’re just going to do a search for you, right and click on it. And yes, the people that listen to your podcast for 40 minutes or an hour or however long it is they become like real fans of your product. I don’t know if that happens on YouTube. I’m still a beginner when it comes to YouTube. So yeah.

Mani: Yeah YouTube has a different YouTube and podcasts are such different mediums and such different challenges because podcast has engagement through the root. In the sense, If I looked when you look at some podcast addicts on statistics on iTunes, you see that you literally get people listening 80 to 90% of Episodes on YouTube you’d be lucky to get even four to five minutes average view duration on your videos. Hmm average like most the Youtube average overall is like around 4 minutes or something. YouTube is very like you’re constantly people’s attention spans are so limited. They are constantly switching constant searching. So the same episode I do on YouTube. So let’s let’s take the book Contoured Me. It’s a mental toughness book that came out recently by David Coggins was a former Navy SEAL. So I did a mindmap video summary of it. It’s on my YouTube channel and it’s on my podcast on the YouTube channel, we have around what twenty nine thousand views on it in the last five six months. On the podcast, It’s gotten probably just around that much downloads, but the duration on YouTube it’s around like 6 minutes average Bosch time on the podcast, It’s around 80%.

Steve: Yeah. I mean the thing that you can measure someone’s attention span, right usually when someone listens to a Podcast in the car or whatnot and it just kind of runs in the background a lot of times. Yeah YouTube like you got to pay attention the entire time. So yeah people’s attention spans are short.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah, but and that’s in some ways. That’s a good thing. I think because with podcast you’re almost subconsciously constantly in their world.

Steve: Yes, I agree.

Mani: like when they’re listening to you for so many hours they get used to you. They buy into you and that’s why they allow you to be there in their world for so long.

Steve: Yep, and then like slowly your voice gets into their head.

Mani: Yeah, and they feel like you they know you.

Steve: Exactly, would you say that’s more the case then YouTube video like when people recognize you.

Mani: That’s a good question because we I don’t do as many on camera videos. I do have some but I have a lot of like mind maps and animation video so that way it’s difficult to assess how that

Steve: I see, your faces isn’t actually in the video.

Mani: it is maybe in in 20% 30% of our videos, but the remaining most of them are mind map or animations.

Steve: I can tell you for me almost everyone recognizes me through the podcast and not through I have I have a few YouTube videos, but not definitely not to the blog which gets way more traffic.

Mani: Mmm-hmm. Yeah. Yeah. It’s amazing right people feel like they know you after they have heard use for so long.

Steve: So, okay. So let’s say you’re getting traffic on YouTube and and your podcast. What was your tactic for getting them over to your product?

Mani: So the first time I launch my product was a mental toughness course where I summarized mental toughness books, but I didn’t have all of those book summaries ready to go. So I did was I did a very scrappy launch that was like six months into the business seven months into the business. I said, hey guys, I’m launching this mental toughness course where every day you get one new video on building mental toughness. It will be summaries of 60 of the greatest books or 40 at that time. I was 40 of the greatest books ever written on building mental toughness self-confidence self-esteem all those things and if you buy right now and I just did this on YouTube what I did was I Put a sample video on YouTube of from the membership area. And at the end I said, by the way, if you want more of these for the next six months every day, I’ll send you one new video which will come from one book from all of these books. You can sign up for it here and the price goes up next week.

Steve: nice

Mani: or in three days time or something like that. And that was like my bare bones Lean Startup test to see if people actually would buy this stuff.

Steve: So you didn’t have an email list. You just literally just posted a YouTube video.

Mani: I had an email list. I was building on the side, but I wanted to test it on YouTube for some strange reason even I don’t know. Why.

Steve: how did you do?

Mani: It did pretty well like I got I got quite a few takers for the number of views I was getting. I think I got like a couple hundred views and I got like 40 people signing up for that product I was like hey, that’s really interesting seems like the I just was pretty lucky. But partly lucky also partly also it was me being able to convey what was being sold and selling at a ridiculously low price.

Steve: So just to be clear you talked about what you were selling you gave a link and you put a link in the description.

Mani: Okay. So let’s let’s go back even further before I even did that. I actually, so instead of selling instead of the video title had nothing to do with the course.

Steve: Okay.

Mani: The video title was six pillars of self-esteem number one way to build self-esteem or the most powerful way to build self-esteem and and it was from the book six pillars of self-esteem. And for the first seven minutes of the video. I just talked about the first pillar of self-esteem. This is what it is. And then I said by the way if you like this video I have I’ll be talking about all the six pillars of self-esteem and a bunch of other ideas on building mental toughness. I’ll be deconstructing all these great books on mental toughness. So if you are interested in more ideas like this every day, you’ll get one new video and I have put it all in the membership area into the in 2000books.com/tough. And that’s how I got people to sign up for that. So educate first and then seven minutes of Education, maybe one minute pitch and then saying click right here or the link is also in the description below.

Steve: Cool, so it’s like a mini webinar kind of

Mani: yeah, extremely mini webinar I’m talking seven minutes five minutes six minutes, but the key that’s like interesting sales mechanism because what I’m doing is I’m really educating the customer and then saying by the way, if you’re interested in more, hey, go by go buy the stuff and I did it again two days later and then I did it again two days later and I did it again two days later again. And again, it was new vide, new Idea, new education and said, by the way, I have 200 of these. I’m just giving you examples of these right here. I have 200 of these ideas and then it became 300 of these ideas. So over time it kept on increasing and I was able to educate and then make a quick pitch educate and make a quick pitch.

Steve: If you saw an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon.

Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen wiggler and his team from Emerge Counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price.

Now for me personally, I like Emerge Counsel because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection such as a copyright or a patent. Check out Emerge Counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecounsel.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at e-m-er-g-e-c-o-u-n-s-e-l.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: Nice, I actually see a lot of YouTubers use this exact method. There’s just like basketball site where he like breaks down NBA games and you know, every time he gives a great break down. He said hey, by the way, you can get a more in-depth breakdown by joining this membership. So it’s really cheap. What now, he does that for every video. I’ve been tempted.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah, and that’s it’s really good. Like what what you said was it’s a mini webinar. In fact, it is true. Right? It’s it’s a very very simple sales strategy, but I bet you do the same on podcast as well because that’s what I do on podcast as well I go educate and then I’ll be like, okay, by the way, if you’re interested, here’s the link to buy.

Steve: Yeah, I’m so it’s actually funny. I’ve been thinking about this a lot lately right now my podcast I have these ad slots and what I had these ad slots, I was totally promoting my stuff but less so now they that I have the ad spots and so I’m wondering whether it would make sense to remove them at some point and just go full on my own stuff.

Mani: I see I see, oh how many hotspots do you have now?

Steve: I have three ad spots.

Mani: Okay.

Steve: Yeah, so it’s really hard to, I mean, I have it in the in the end bu

Mani: Oh are they all in the end?

Steve: No, no, no the ad spots are more prominent than my stuff.

Mani: Hmm.

Steve: Yeah. So interesting do you have ads on yours, on your Youtube videos or anything?

Mani: No that I never did. I’ve been taking them down. Okay, I’ve been turning down all the ads just so I can focus people on my brand and my business and like just taking off all of that away build my list my Brands my business.

Steve: Yeah, that’s definitely something I’ve been thinking about lately.

Mani: Yeah. It’s I think people do this in phases. They go through like I think I’ve seen quite a few people go through ads and then to remove them and then come back and I think it’s

Steve: For the Podcast especially I mean, you know, we were talking about the click-through rates. I don’t even remember getting one to two percent to be honest with you and it was just very hard to track right you either have to give a special URL or some sort of code. Right? And I don’t think people use those and the only reason I know and totally is all ask these people and I say, oh they found me through the podcast almost all of them found me through the podcast. So that is why it’s a little harder to justify going all in it’s not as easily measurable.

Mani: Yeah. I see what you’re saying. But here’s how here’s all I think about it. If on the podcast, let’s say I’m doing a con launch of a new course. Let’s say 50 best books on leadership or something like that. Some reason 50 greatest books on leadership. What I will do is I’ll start talking about that every single podcast episode leading up to the launch and all the way into the launch. Keep telling them. This is what’s happening. Even if they don’t click on that link all of my podcast audience know that this is happening.

Steve: Yeah.

Mani: so they are going there in some way shape or form. They may not follow that link, but they are you know

Steve: Yeah you’re right, they will searched for it for sure.

Mani: Yeah, they’ll go to the website. They will find the course whatever it is and they’ll probably on the park as they can go find the link if they need to but the podcast audience does convert is just that you cannot measure it as precisely as what you could do with search or YouTube or paid media.

Steve: Exactly. Yeah, therein lies the dilemma and I guess all the Chances are taking that leap of faith and clearly it’s working right otherwise, continue to re-up.

Mani: yeah, if it’s working for sponsors. Why wouldn’t it work for me?

Steve: Yeah, exactly.

Mani: Exactly, So so I think it is a leap of faith in the sense, assuming that it will work for us as well. But I have basically a sign that leap of faith to myself and said it let’s just **** it yeah, I’ve just said and that’s why I like I’m going to make a video at some point saying why Gary Vee is wrong because I see him I see him running a lot of ads on YouTube and I think that’s just not right given what he’s doing.

Steve: I know youtube pay outs for those ads have just decreased dramatically over the years, right?

Mani: Yeah, He doesn’t need that money. Why would you dilute your brand with ads? Yeah from random people rather than just have an ad for yourself or have a call to action to build your own brand like tell people to go sign up for your email list or Instagram or whatever the hell you want to get them too. Why would you run ads on like I don’t see any reason for running YouTube ads unless that’s your only model. That’s the worst possible model for anyone who’s in the space of building a .com business building an entrepreneurial business or building a business where they are trying to sell their own things.

Steve: Yeah, I would agree with that for sure. Did you anything on the social front?

Mani: Well

Steve: Facebook, Instagram, Or..

Mani: Not so much not so much. I have done a little bit a little bit here and there but I feel like the traction is really on the content platforms more than on the social platforms for me.

Steve: Let me ask you this. So you got YouTube in the podcast. Do you focus equally on both at this point or do you repurpose the content? What do you do?

Mani: Yeah, right. Now, I’m repurposing all of my YouTube content to podcast and now I am considering spending a few hours every week to make it a daily podcast where I just give another like one quick idea every single day for you to make it a daily podcast while YouTube repurposing goes on.

Steve: Daily podcast, wow.

Mani: I don’t know but those will be really quick. These are like three to five-minute episodes. So I’ll be like one have you heard of Newport else podcast or have you recorded.

Steve: Of course, that marketing show? Yeah.

Mani: Yeah, so that one something similar to that really quick like for five-minute episodes while the repurposing still goes on.

Steve: So when you ask people now, where do they were the most people find you of the people that actually pay you money?

Mani: Hmm, its a mix of a lot of different things. It’s YouTube podcast lot of affiliate deals as well. We do a lot of affiliate email deals where will promote products through our Affiliates or I would call them joint ventures not Affiliates because these are people who I only we actually appreciate each other and we we are promoting the product.

Steve: Okay.

Mani: So those work as well. It’s a mix. I don’t pick one or the other is doing more right now

Steve: cool. Well, let’s let’s switch gears. I know originally we were going to talk about your top five business books or online business books right of all time.

Mani: Yeah, I would quantify it as like top five books that every online entrepreneur should read and these books will be different if you’re a tech entrepreneur, but if you’re an online entrepreneur, I think these books would really help.

Steve: Which is the majority of my audience.

Mani: exactly yeah.

Steve: So I’m actually curious what is on this tough five?

Mani: Okay. So yeah, let’s get started and I’ll A bonus at the end just so people can enjoy it. By the way. I yeah, so we just talk about this book two days ago, but I think this is one of the greatest marketing books of all time. It’s called influence by Robert Cialdini. It’s all about persuasion and the key is if you are in the online world today, if you are an online entrepreneur, you have to learn to be able to sell online and influence literally gives you all the tools to be able to Market effectively. So.

Steve: Absolutely Mani and I, we literally just talked for almost an hour about this just a couple days ago on Mani’s podcast which will give a link to at the end of this episode.

Mani: All right. So yeah the hopefully that episode we’ll be out before this episode goes out. So people will be able to listen to our discussion about the six key triggers that influence people that literally persuade people to buy or to take action on whatever you want them to take. So influence.

Steve: Incidentally, It’s my all-time favorite book of all time for business.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah. It is your all-time favorite Business book. That’s why we talked about that book on the 2000books podcasts. I told you. Hey, we’re going to talk about your favorite Business book and you came up with that and I said man that is one of the greatest marketing books of all time. So definitely

Steve: Nice.

Mani: Yeah. Now the next one I want to talk about is the one page marketing plan by Alan Deb.

Steve: I have not read that book.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah. It’s again a marketing book, but it’s a very comprehensive marketing book very comprehensive in the sense. You get to understand marketing all the way from ground level all the way to 30,000 feet level as in how do you think about Marketing in general the different phases of a customer through different phases of a customer life cycle. And how do you cater to them at different parts of the journey and one of the things he said and that was really fascinating to me. He said in the book. He said if you want to become a high growth business you’ve got to Make more offers consistently.

Steve: Hmm,

Mani: And that was fascinating as you know, and you know,

Steve: It’s what we talked about right like what 20 minutes about your YouTube strategy, right?

Mani: And the more offers you can make you will make more money. If you don’t make enough offers, it’s very hard to make money, but it’s really easy to take that. Okay, that makes sense. But when you are in the nuts and bolts of building your business you forget sometimes that the simplest Act of making more offers and more consistent offers is a requirement in order to grow your business. And that is like a requirement of marketing in some ways. You need that in order to grow the business so that book one page marketing plan is all about breaking down the different stages of the customers life cycle from the lead from a prospect to a lead to a customer to repeat customer and how do you nurture them. How do you take them through all of these different places. And incidentally I interviewed Alan dip on the 2000 books podcasts just recently and I was telling him that, hey I have this list on my on my website The Top 10 marketing books of all time and one page marketing plan is on that list. And he was really happy to hear that. So that podcast is episode is coming out soon as well.

Steve: Nice.

Mani: Yeah.

Steve: So this applies to e-commerce as well. Right?

Mani: it applies to any kind of marketing you do whether you’re doing paid media, whether you’re doing online like search media, organic media, whether you’d using YouTube or Facebook ads or you’re using podcast whatever it is the the Journey of the customer the Journey of marketing to a customer doesn’t change. Okay, however, you sell to them.

Steve: Okay, I’ll have to check that one out for sure.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah. It’s a great marketing book. The next one. I want to talk about is Good to Great by Jim Collins. Now, this is my like this is more of a big picture business building book not just online entrepreneurship book. So I don’t know if you have you read it?

Steve: I have a long time ago. It’s not clear in my head because it was a while ago. But yeah, I remember it was a very high level book.

Mani: it’s a very high-level business building book. It’s not so much about the nuts and bolts of building an online business. It’s not at all about online business, but it tells stories of great businesses and how they became great and the fundamentals there are three key fundamentals that he talks about I think Jim Collins is at Stanford, right? He teaches at Stanford.

Steve: I’m not sure actually.

Mani: Yeah. Tim Collins is a professor of art Stanford Business School from what I remember, so he wrote the book good to great. And in the book, he talks about three key disciplines that we need to have if we’re going to grow a business no matter what kind of business the first discipline is people their discipline of people and saying get the right people on the bus wrong people off the bus what that means is you must have great people if you’re going to build a great business no matter what role you’re hiring for. You want great people if you want to bring a great business a great brand. No matter where you are like what kind of whether it’s online whether it’s e-commerce whether it’s info products. Whatever it is you want the best possible people for the role rather than just say, okay, I’m gonna spend a little less and get the second tier of the 30 or person because the best people will make all the difference in the long term in the business.

So the first discipline, is discipline of people. The second discipline, is the discipline of thought. Which is don’t go don’t try to do too many things stay focused stay in your lane. And not only that like Focus your business on a few things that will really move the dial rather than trying to do a lot of different things and he talks about quite a few key principles in business the Hedgehog principle which which basically says stay in your lane stay in your lane continuously stay on your lane. Because the fox the he kind of makes a comparison between the Hedgehog and the fox most successful businesses are like hedgehogs. We just do this one thing and keep doing it well and keep doing it well and keep on doing it again. And again again while the fox is scattered. It’s just tries to All these different things.

And the third discipline, is the discipline of action and the discipline of action and discipline of partner kind of tied together. The discipline of action kind of rolls in with the idea of the flywheel principle, which is saying whatever is working keep doing that. Don’t try to invent new things to do just keep pushing more on it and you will turn the flywheel faster and faster and you’ll build a bigger and bigger and better and better business. Businesses that fail are the ones who are constantly looking for a new way to explore the business rather than just keep doing what’s working and two more of that and do better and better and better and better. So these principles are like so fundamental to building any kind of business because these are some of the fundamental mistakes I made when I started like I start I was doing YouTube and then I started podcasting and I was like, what the hell am I doing with my life?

I’m crazy. I’m going nuts and that was you know, one of the things I kind of did not listen to from Good to Great. I did not realize I thought I was still staying in my Lane anymore, book summaries, but I had already Diversified my efforts initially in my marketing.

Steve: I tell my students this all the time because they try to run Facebook ads Google and they started do SEO all at the same time, they end up doing anything. Well, yep, so.

Mani: You’re right man. This is like the hardest letter to learn just stay on one like make one marketing channel work because that is huge all by itself.

Steve: I mean, I always tell my students just one marketing channel by itself is usually enough to make a six-figure business.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah, and it can it can even get you seven figure because once you figure out the ins and outs of that marketing channel, like how many people do we know who have literally made Millions on Facebook advertising millions and millions and tens of millions.

Steve: Absolutely, absolutely.

Mani: Like I’ve literally have friends who have retired after running ads on Facebook for a couple of years. I’ve a friend who’s made 15 million dollars cash after being in the Facebook advertising space for like four or five years. So one marketing channel can blow up your business. It’s very easy to get lulled into thinking that somehow the other marketing channel is easier or if you just did a little more somehow to take off.

Steve: Hey, by the way, that blurb you just gave about Good to Great. Is that typical of one of your book summaries? Like is this style?

Mani: Yeah.

Steve: the way to Okay cool. So we’re again like a taste of real life Mani tutorial here or summary version.

Mani: Yeah Yeah Yeah, the more the funny thing is the more I had now learn about these ideas in the more I learn about these books the more I can kind of associate them with my own experiences. And also with other books in the same domain. So it makes it more Compact and more sophisticated as an idea and in some ways more and more dense compared to just an idea standing by itself.

Steve: So I’ve read two of your first three so far, what’s next?

Mani: Nice, The next one is Millionaire Fastlane by MJ DeMarco.

Steve: I’ve been on the forums. I have actually not read the book yet.

Mani: Oh man such a good book.

Steve: It’s older. Right? This is ad older book.

Mani: Well, not that old. Well newer than good to great. Newer than influence order than one page marketing plan.

Steve: Okay, do you go to is event by any chance?

Mani: No, I think I’m scared that his event will be a bunch of newbies. So I’m kind of not..

Steve: Oh, I see. Okay.

Mani: Yeah because there will be a bunch of people who are trying to figure this out trying to do the thing. I love about this book so much is that most people and even you and I we’ve been there where we see people in our engineering career who are stuck in that mediocrity Lane who are stuck in that slowly in or meet or the not the slow lane but not the fast line either. What do you call it? Yeah the slow lane not the fast then. So the slow lane is the one who’s saying, Okay, Let me just go do my job collect my 401k make some save some money and some point I will retire and enjoy my life kind of the same thing that Tim Ferriss are you again? Argues again, Same thing like MJ DeMarco talks about it. Most people are living the slowly in life. There are of course some people who are living on the sidewalk, which is the homeless and the poor or the ones who are really living paycheck to paycheck or even worse. But then the fast lane is the where is the only way to make money fast is through business.

Birds, there are a lot of people who fall into this the fantasy of the lottery mindset that somehow if they just make the right investment in the right business at the right time. If they just invest in Facebook at the right time suddenly, they’ll become rich and I’ll be fine.

Steve: Ah, I feel for that, by joining a start-up and I thought my stock options were going to be my retirement plan.

Mani: Yep. Yep. And we do that all the time right Engineers are the worst at this because we think we’re so smart. We can outsmart the market. So I remember so many people are Qualcomm back in the day. That was they’re paying like somehow they wanted to find that one stock that would hit it and now they wouldn’t have to worry about anything so they would make all these stupid gambling moves. Trying to make it big and that’s the lottery mindset. He and MJ is like no, you can’t I don’t play the lottery mindset. You got to build a business if you’re going to go in the fast lane. That’s the only way to make fast money. Everything else is a game of Lottery. It’s a game of luck build a business and that’s going away from the lottery mindset and into the process mindset where it’s like, okay, I got to do this thing. And if I do this thing, I will make money I will grow this business. I will become richer.

So the Millionaire Fastlane and in many ways is kind of for the entrepreneur or the early stage entrepreneur who’s trying to figure out what should I do? Should I not do this? Like maybe I can just go to investing in all that stuff, dude? Building a business is the fastest lane to Building Wealth in America today or in the world today. There’s fun..

Steve: What’s funny about this is, I used to go on the forums all the time because I met one of my buddies there on that Forum. I just never thought to read the book.

Mani: Yeah. It’s such a good book man. Like he.

Steve: okay.

Mani: I think I should I did a summary of it. So it’s the summary of This Book is on my YouTube channel. So if you just search for 2,000 books millionaire Fastlane.

Steve: okay.

Mani: it’s got like 50,000 to 60,000 views. So it’s a pretty decent summary.

Steve: I’ll link up all these books and and any links had many talks about in the show notes for this episode.

Mani: Yeah, I’ll provide them to you.

Steve: All right. What’s number five?

Mani: Number five is actually number one. So number one. Is it number one greatest book of all time for me. The one book that I recommend. It’s beyond everything else and This book was written in 1906. It’s a..

Steve: I know what it is. Yeah.

Mani: it’s a 45-page classic. It’s a PDF that you can find. You can actually download it. You can download it from my website. It’s called As a Man Think It by James Allen.

Steve: I take it back. I got it wrong. I haven’t read this one.

Mani: You thought it was thinking already.

Steve: Yes. I did.

Mani: Yeah, which is great to I was kind of I would have said that if not this so they’re both great As a Man Think It is a classic man. It’s so powerful because in entrepreneurship one of the most important things is to be able to manage your mindset manage your philosophy manage your thinking is if you if you no matter what you’re doing the nuts and bolts of the business if your mindset is not right if your philosophy is not right you’re going to constantly fail you’re going to constantly challenge yourself, you’re going to constantly run into obstacles, which you will not be able to work on. So as As a Man Think It is literally training you like it’s one of the most powerful books on how to use your mind the right way. And some ways. So here’s a

Steve: Tell me more sorry in what way?

Mani: yeah, here’s a here’s a quote from the book that I think I have now memorized even though it’s so long, but it’s worth it. I literally do the whole podcast episode on just this quotes and this is the quote “To begin to think with purpose is to enter the enter the ranks of the strong ones who make all conditions serve them.” Okay, I’ve just given you the first two parts of this quote there is more to this quote. But let me just break down the first two parts quote. He say ”To begin in to think with purpose is to enter the ranks of the strong ones who make all conditions serve them.” Now for those of you who are listening on the podcast. You’ll probably have to rewind and listen a couple of times to get the hang of this quote. What he’s saying is when you are clear on your purpose when you are absolutely clear on your purpose is when you stop being a victim of circumstances. Then you become a master of your circumstances. You make every circumstance every conditions serve you when you have a goal.

When you have a purpose when you’re not clear on purpose when your purpose is not clearly defined when you’re not clear on your goal. You will be buffeted by circumstances. You will get thrown around by the winds and the vagaries of like but if you’re very clear on your goal, every circumstance is now your slave you become the master of every condition every circumstance.

Steve: Is there a second part of this quote too?

Mani: Yes, and then he goes on to say so I’ll say the whole quote again “To begin to think with purpose is to enter the ranks of the strong ones who make all conditions serve them. And who think of a failure of any failure as a pathway to attainment”

Steve: This is a common entrepreneur saying I mean just not in those words.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah, so it’s a very it’s obstacle it’s a way kind of what he’s saying

Steve: Yes.

Mani: At the end as in like whatever the obstacle there’s a actually becomes a way forward but way before the compactness of this quote is really the beauty of this quote is like the clarity of purpose actually defines your life in some ways because most people ninety nine percent of population here is a victim of the circumstance or that’s what they think.

Steve: Right.

Mani: But the 1% the entrepreneurs are the ones who are thinking for themselves. They say I don’t I’m not going to be a victim of the circumstance I take I take charge of my life, but the key to taking charge of your life is to start with purpose. If you don’t have a purpose you will not be able to take charge of your life you if you’re not clear on your vision or your outcome that you’re after be very difficult to not be swayed by the winds of live in some ways of not differently very difficult to not be thrown about in the waves of the ocean. It’s almost like if the if the ship doesn’t know where it’s going. It’s just going to get thrown around by the obstacles to all the waves of the ocean.

Steve: You know, it’s funny about your book recommendation, Mani and I just notices is that it covers the entire gamut along the journey, right? So if you are kind of on the sidelines right now and you want to get started, it sounds like this book that you just recommended plus the millionaire Fastlane are the ones to get your mind set in place right to motivate you to actually get started and then once you’ve started the other three books, I think persuasion is more tactical sort of book, a good to Great is more high level and what you need to do to get accomplished and the third one. Actually, I forgot with the third one.

Mani: One page marketing plan

Steve: One page Marketing Plan. Yeah, they’ll the one I haven’t read yet. That one also is a great summary of tactics.

Mani: Yeah. Yeah. So you’re absolutely right. Millionaire Fastlane is like one of those were before you get started. You actually need to get yourself on the journey. That’s per book you need and then influence and One Page Marketing Plan. One Place Marketing Plan is what you would need in the journey to be able to do online marketing property to be an ornament on an entrepreneur influences kind of the strategy behind marketing. So tactics or strategy of marketing in some ways. Good to Great is something that will take you along the journey no matter how big a business you want to build your going to keep coming back to those principles of building the business the right way and you’re going to keep on making the mistakes and you go back and you read the book and you’re like, ah, Yes, I need to go do their thing.

I need to be on point with my people are my thoughts are my action and As a Man Think It this kind of a comp. It’s your friend for the rest of your life along the Journey of Life along the Journey of Entrepreneurship because it’s constantly going to guide you in your thought process. Like I’m why am I doing that or I can see the mistake I’m making in this thinking or stuff like that. So yeah

Steve: cool

Mani: different stages of the journey.

Steve: Great recommendations many if people want to find more of these type of summaries or key points, where can they find you online?

Mani: Yeah. So you guys already heard find it on 2000books. So if you are listening to the podcast the best thing to do is search for 2000bucks on your podcast app 2000 books. And you will find two thousand books. And if you loved YouTube just search for 2000books on YouTube channel. Just 2 0 0 0 books or go to my website 2000books.com. And I have already created some lists for people. All to go check them out. So it’s at 10 best books dot orgy people can find all sorts of lists. I’ve created 10 best books on productivity, 10 best books on building mental toughness, that by spokes on marketing. 10 best books on sales 10 best books on leadership all of those. I’ve created a bunch of lists that people can find so then just put start orgy is the place to find those books.

Steve: and and I love how you do book summaries. Sometimes if I see like a really thick book like I started reading Ray Dalio’s the book but I couldn’t quite get through it.

Mani: Yeah.

Steve: That’s one of the types of books where I probably want a summary for.

Mani: yeah. There’s quite a few books like that that I feel like for people when they’re trying to read it and I know they’re going to give up cause it’s so damn big Steve Jobs biography is one of them. It’s humongous.

Steve: Remember, reading the intelligent investor. I think I think that’s well and that was a really dense one. I probably would have gotten to summary for it too

Mani: Oh, yeah. That one is Hardcore. So on the podcast I do a lot of some reason. I also do a lot of interviews with authors and now the new format where I actually interviewed, people like Steve to talk about their favorite books. So it’s it’s kind of a fun mix up different kinds of different elements different ways to digest books if I say, so, yeah.

Steve: Well Mani. Hey man. Thanks a lot of come on the show. Really appreciate your time.

Mani: Hey Man, Yeah. Thank you very much for having me. And if you guys have any questions, I’d love to feel them on our YouTube channel, or just send me a tweet.

Steve: Sounds good. Take care.

Mani: All right, bye-bye.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, I’ve read a lot of business books in the past decade and it was great getting more book recommendations from Mani because he’s read practically everything. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitjob.com/episode271.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now. I talked about how I use all these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six a mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

270: How To Build A Facebook Messenger Bot That Sells With Natasha Takahashi

270: How To Build A Facebook Messenger Bot That Sells With Natasha Takahashi

Today I’m thrilled to have Natasha Takahashi on the show. Natasha is someone who I met at Social Media Marketing World and she’s an expert when it comes to Facebook Chatbots.

She is the chief marketing officer and founder of the School Of Bots and she’s spoken at many industry events like Social Media Marketing World and Traffic & Conversions.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about the best way to implement a chat bot on an ecommerce store that sells physical products.

What You’ll Learn

  • The best way to get new messenger subscribers
  • Some of the best chatbot implementations for ecommerce
  • The rules for sending broadcasts
  • How to send promotional broadcasts without violating Facebook’s rules
  • How to use auto responders for ecommerce

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses Now today, I’m thrilled to have Natasha Takahashi on the podcast and Natasha runs the School of Bots and today she’s going to teach us how to create high converting Facebook Messenger Bots or e-commerce stores.

But before we begin, I want to give quick shout out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show whether you are just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow now with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences so want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneurial growth guide packed with must read blog post case studies and getting started content this guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth that moving to a new marking problem can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and going fast with proven technology and countless support researches they can actually check out this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife once again that is Klaviyo.com/mywife now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have Natasha Takahashi on the show. Now Natasha is someone who I met at Social Media Marketing world and she is an expert when it comes to Facebook Chat Bots. She is the chief marketing officer and founder of the school bots and she spoken at industry events, like social media marketing world and traffic and conversions now, I’m really happy to have Natasha on the show and with that welcome.

Natasha: Thank you so much for having me, Steve. I’m really excited for us to talk about all sorts of chatbots up today.

Steve: So Natasha, what’s funny about this is we didn’t really talk that much at Social Media Marketing world, but I listened to a couple of the other interviews that you’ve done and I heard in one that you actually dropped out of college to pursue the school of bots and the only reason I’m bringing this up is because you were Asian my parents would have flipped.

Natasha: I’m actually really excited that we are both Asian and that we get to talk about, you know online business and stuff because you’re totally right. I think that in the Asian Community, there’s still such a big stereotype and in terms of you know, starting your own thing, Or like leaving College leaving that traditional route, right? And so I’m really excited that we both kind of have that same angle so we can talk about this because I usually don’t get to really talk about this because people just don’t get it.

Steve: So did they flip or?

Natasha: So, they actually didn’t so funny story behind it is when I decided to leave school, I was enrolled in a like traveling Business program. So I was supposed to graduate with three different business degrees one from USC in Los Angeles and to from a college in Hong Kong and Italy. So I thought that I kind of had the best of you know, the college experience that I could have gotten and at that point I was like, okay if I’m gonna do college I’m just going to do this and then unfortunately experienced kind of disappointed me when I got to USC in the fall and so about Midway through my spring semester, I was like, you know what I’m just going to leave. I like a nun enrolled myself from all the classes. So I did it pretty official. I didn’t just leave I tried to kind of tie up everything.

Steve: This is your freshman year? Or, I’m sorry.

Natasha: Yes. This is my freshman year. Hmm. Yep, so Midway through my freshman year. And then I was trying to figure out how I was going to tell my parents. So I was very confident in my decision because my father actually passed away when I was seven and he was the Asian one in the family. Now, My mom is Mexican and she’s actually still pretty Asian. It was the way she acts that you know, you think of the typical Asian mom, she kind of exhibit some of those features and so I wasn’t quite sure how she was going to react obviously because both my parents are immigrants and so the whole story where my parents came here to give me a better life is definitely very prominent in my family

And so I was trying to figure out the best way to tell her and my stepfather who is also Asian, he’s Japanese and I ended up writing them. I think a five-page letter was probably five to seven pages and the letter pretty much explained all of my thoughts on the college education system how it’s broken how you know entrepreneurs can really thrive in that environment. And also what my plans were moving forward to just kind of share with them. Like hey, I’m not just going to leave and you know, just go Something random. I’m actually going to try to start my own thing, you know figure out I have a plan and a strategy in mind and so I wrote that to them.

I sat them down at our kitchen table in Irvine where I’m from and where I grew up and I was like read this letter don’t say anything back to me until you finish reading it because I think in confrontations like that and I don’t want to call the confrontation but you know conversations like that were you’re trying to share something with your parents at the probably going to be uncomfortable with most of the time you get started talking and then they’ll cut you off or you know, maybe stop you and then you lose your train of thought. So I was like, I put everything into this letter. Please read it and pretty much after they read it they were pretty calm and they were like, okay take a leave of absence and see how it goes.

So I think I’m technically still enrolled in USC system, but I’m long gone. I will not be returning but I will say my student ID has served me very well. Ha ha

Steve: Ha ha, so let me ask you this, so you presented this letter and you didn’t have any business or any income, right?

Natasha: Correct. So I did have some income because at the time pretty much from about junior year of high school on I decided that I wanted to start working with like online businesses and Tech startups. I thought I was going to go very much like the Silicon Valley Tech startup CEO route. So I did actually have some income because I was doing marketing for startup grind which is a global entrepreneurship community. And then I was also an independent contractor for a few other startups doing some marketing and sales for them entirely virtually. So I’d kind of had already a taste of the you know, online entrepreneur lifestyle if you will.

Steve: it’s a, did you already have an idea for doing school bots when you dropped out?

Natasha: So before I dropped out so this was in 2017 it’s when I left USC and the year before Facebook Messenger Bots had come out right in early 2016. So I had been looking at them. I’ve been kind of testing a few things but I wasn’t quite sure if I wanted to like deep dive into them and then at the beginning of 2017 I was like What let’s just do it. And so I actually didn’t start school at Bots at that time. I started my chatbot agency with my co-founder and that was my first, you know, step into the entrepreneurship world, but also chat Bots and about a year and a half after that once we had served quite a few clients and had you know, great case studies results Etc and the Bots world. That’s when we started school at bots so that we could just be confident in you know that we were sharing the right information and and the right policies etc.

Steve: All right, so a couple questions there.

Natasha: Yeah

Steve: Yeah, pretty young. So how did you get clients? And then how did you meet your co-founder? Also? Was it someone you met at school or?

Natasha: Yeah great questions. So I met my co-founder actually two years before that. We met through a mutual friend and at that time like we obviously were just kind of friends like talking about business. That’s actually what got us to become better friends was like, you know, we had met through a friend that he had gone to college with and so at that time he was just, you know, kind of like in this party frat face right where he was, you know coming out of he had also dropped out after about two years and so because of that, you know, when we talked about business he was like, oh wow, you know, usually I don’t get a chance to talk about this stuff with people around me.

And so we didn’t talk about doing a business together until about two years later because at that time we were talking more and more about it. I was talking about how I wanted to drop out and start an agency and so in discussing that we realized we had very complementary skills. So we are complete opposites in the sense that the way that we talk about things the way that we not necessarily think about things now that we’re very aligned but the way that we approach as well as the fact, you know, he’s a white six foot tall male that is more like a sales background and then I am, you know a small Asian woman right?

Who like we portray ourselves to very different audiences and appeal to all sorts of different types of people together and then individually so it’s been a really interesting Dynamic to just kind of see the audience that we attract and why people like us or by From us but that’s how we met. And then your second question was about?

Steve: First client clerks?

Natasha: First clients. Yes, so it was really freaking tough people say that now obviously because I have some credibility. I had the chance to speak on awesome podcast like this and stages things have changed quite a bit and then people don’t really ask or you know, think about my age too much at least, you know from my observance, but at the beginning because we were actually also traveling so we decided to become digital Nomads at the same time as start our agency. So we hopped over to Asia. Of course. We went over to Hong Kong Japan Thailand Australia and a couple other places over there. And so most of our prospecting happened either like at events that we would go to in those areas as well as a lot of digital prospecting.

So we did a ton of cold email cold Outreach and also because I had started to build up a personal brand before I started my business. I was pretty active on LinkedIn and Facebook and Instagram there were some people who knew what I was doing especially since I was posting a little bit about it and so they would reach out and say hey, can you you know help us with this or I think I have a client for you. And so some of those conversations eventually turned into paying clients, but the first few Bots we built were free and they ended up to be great case studies.

But it was very tough at the beginning especially because we were trying to Target big companies because we thought we were going to go all in on the beauty Niche without going too deep into this but just saying that at that point where like, okay, we’re going to talk to Revlon and L’Oreal and sexy hair and we got on sales calls with all these companies but we have no idea what we were doing. All right, so it was silly of us to even think that we could have closed them let alone if we had closed them actually deliver because it was going to be some of the first few projects that we had done. So I’m happy with the route that we took in the sense that we then focus on like digital small and midsize businesses and then ended up growing from there. But yeah, I will say it was very tough.

Steve: I really loved your story because there’s always people that email me saying hey, you know, I don’t have any skills. I can’t do anything. How am I going to get my first? Here you are ingratiating yourself into a community and then doing jobs here and just gradually building your portfolio to eventually Land one of your clients. That’s what you got to do today. Right?

Natasha: Yes, exactly is. it’s very true. It’s so interesting to me because I was actually thinking a lot about this the other day is like for you for example, you know, your kids are going to be very familiar with the business model and you know type of lifestyle that you’re able to live and work in but for me when I was growing up, I didn’t know anybody else who had parents who were running online businesses or works for around my business, right?

You know, because I’m thinking also, you know, like companies like yours like we all have employees and contractors as well and those people’s Soul jobs or one of their gigs, you know is to do all this online work and then they have kids and friends and family. So it’s just really interesting to me how that’s shifted and I guess I’m just so interested to see how it’s going to be like five ten years and then when I have my kids as well, you know, what what that perception is going to look like and.

Steve: yeah, I mean So my kids are still going to college and they’re going to finish college. But you know, my whole perspective on education is kind of flipped as a result of my experiences.

Natasha: Yeah.

Steve: I was planning on being an engineer all of my life and then this happened and then I just realize that you know, you know, you can have your time to yourself and you can make a lot more money than than working a full-time job. Yeah, but let’s get to chat Bots. What I was hoping to do today was kind of go into depth on maybe the best way to implement a chatbot on an e-commerce store that sells physical products. There’s also people my audience that sell digital products and membership sites too and what is hoping to get out of you today. Maybe is I know you have a lot of templates and you work with a lot of agencies or people who want to start agencies and that sort of thing and so walk me through what a good chat bot looks like that you’ve implemented for an e-commerce store.

Natasha: Yeah. So what I would say just at the very beginning is that it’s very easy to get overwhelmed and excited about what Chat Bot I can do right and so what we one of the biggest mistakes that we made at the beginning and I see most people make is they come into the chat bot world or are a business that wants to implement a bot and they see all of these potential use cases to implement into the by right. And so then that leads to that may be testing 20 different things and then all of a sudden they have no idea what’s working because they didn’t properly test one by one, you know without overloading their system essentially.

So for an e-commerce store, it’s going to be a little bit different for each store, right depending on what their overall marketing looks like if they are creating a lot of content and that is essentially serving as a funnel for some of their products right as well as influencer marketing kind of falls under that category as well. Then there are quite a few ways for Bots to help either deliver that content or create experiences out of content that already exists and to give you an example. We were working with a e-commerce store that These like lifestyle lounger products. I think they kind of blew up a few years ago and then have still become a pretty solid product for companies online. And so these things you know, you can take them onto the water you can Lounge on…

Steve: Are these the inflatable things?

Natasha: They are. Okay, yes.

Steve: I guess they’re, yeah.

Natasha: played body, exactly. So those products of course are you know or hinted against like appeal to travel influencers and people who are going to be on the go right who want to take something with them? And so what we did was they have this great blog they had had all these ambassadors across the world create, you know, all of this content for them and put it into like a like a docu-series kind of blog thing where you take them through, you know, two days of your adventures, but no one was reading the blog and no one was really interacting with it and it wasn’t doing a lot for them. So what we did was turn those blog experiences into a three-day drip sequence inside of their Bots, and essentially what the sequence did was take them through the experience of going to Bali going to Iceland going to Mexico these three main countries that we had blog articles for.

Then at the end of it they had a very clear understanding the users of what the inflatable could actually do for them. Right? Because you see a product online. You’re like, how am I going to actually use this for myself? And so when we did that show the images let them kind of Choose Your Own Adventure within it that essentially served as a funnel for us to have one of the highest converting bought funnels and overall any marketing funnel that they’ve ever done. So that was really interesting for me to see because that kind of combined, you know, a company that makes a lot of content with Bot typical e-commerce store that maybe has been working on a blog or has some content but they’re not quite sure what to do with it because oftentimes with blogs, you know, it’s tough to kind of carve out a strategy unless you’re going to be posting very consistently. So that’s one..

Steve: was that company using email. I’m just kind of curious

Natasha: they were yeah, so they were using the email was pretty much the only thing they were doing before and of course Facebook ads as well and they sold on Amazon too so they had their Shopify eCommerce store and then their Amazon Our which honestly with Amazon it was just kind of doing its own thing. So we were just really focused on the Shopify. Yeah. So that’s one way that..

Steve: I’d like to dig a little bit deeper.

Natasha: Yeah, absolutely mine.

Steve: So we’re their email efforts failing?

Natasha: they were a little bit so I will say they weren’t very strong. They’re open and click rates were blow. I’d say like industry average so off the top of my head. I can’t remember exactly what they were, but I know that their click rates were in the single digit, right and they’re open rates were somewhere between like 10 to 30 percent sometimes less, right and their emails also weren’t crafted very well in terms of the formatting copy images kind of all that stuff was a little bit lacking like there’s a lot that we could have done to improve which we don’t do it our company so I don’t really focus on that.

Steve:Sure, sure. Of course. But how did they get chatbot subscribers or messenger subscribers? Like what was their primary method?

Natasha: Yeah, so one of the things that we did for them, which I recommend honestly for any e-commerce store is giveaways are really big part of the e-commerce ecosystem. Right? I think that every E Commerce or at some point has done some sort of give away whether it was rumored to be big or they do something monthly or whatever it is. And so for them, what we did was run. They typically do a giveaway or two every month. So for us it was a really easy way to implement the Bot into what they were already doing. They do these joint giveaways with other e-commerce stores kind of the lifestyle category. So, you know, they get hotel stays plane tickets and then we’ll get some other swag and products and things that they kind of bundle up into this giveaway.

So those were the initial subscribers that we got and I think we got about seven thousand subscribers from our first giveaway that we did and then a few weeks later we got I think another 10,000 subscribers from the giveaway and the opt-ins were, you know, on the registration page someone in signs up for the giveaway. We had, you know, your typical checkbox on that Page and then on the confirmation page usually with these giveaways. I think it was Dojo Mojo was a software that we were using and on, you know the backside when someone signs up it’s like you’ve got to do certain things, you know to increase your number of entries in the giveaway. And so messenger was one of those as well, which also helped us get more organic traffic to it.

Steve: So these are group giveaways then right?

Natasha: correct. Yeah. So that was their main kind of way to get new people into the body as well as their brand and kind of get things out

Steve: You know, what’s interesting about this is I actually run a group giveaway service called Gzobrandwin. What’s funny about this is that you know with messenger subscribers if your block rate is too high. There’s like this risk of getting banned, right? And so you’re going to get a lot of subscribers that aren’t really interested in your product or saying just went the right way. So how do you Rectify that?

Natasha: Yeah. Absolutely. This was actually something we faced initially where we realized because they had actually done some chatbot efforts on their own before we started working with them. So they had done one for a giveaway. And then what we realize just as you said, you know not all of these people were very interested in everything that we had to offer. So because of that when these new subscribers came into the chat box, we would take them through some of the lead qualification as well as then ask them what types of messages they wanted to get from us.

And this was really important for us to weed them out. And this is the best practice that we do for any type of bots regardless of you know, what the company does what they sell. Yeah, but this was the best way for us to figure out okay who actually cares about us and who’s just here for the giveaway and we kept the people who weren’t very strong leads on the bot list anyways, but we had them obviously tagged and you know, we are mainly using many chat so many chat makes it very easy to segment out your audience with Fields tags all that good stuff.

Steve: You walk me through that entire sequence of qualification?

Natasha: Totally. So when people first came into the chat bot because they there were a couple different entry points. So one someone could enter because they wanted to go to the giveaway and then we’d send them to the giveaway page. But after that when someone comes into the bot to either increase the number of entries they have or we know that they’ve entered the giveaway then we would obviously send the robot message saying, you know graduation is your entered and then from there what we would do is pretty much ask them a couple questions about their interests what you know, they thought of these loungers right if they had used one before and a couple things just about their experience overall in like Persona is the best way to kind of put it and then from there if they kind of answered you can kind of think it fit like a quiz right from the back end even though we’re positioning it like that so that you know, there’s maybe three at that point different kind of end scenarios that someone could hit.

So the first one would be that clearly they weren’t really interested in what we were offering they were very interested in maybe like a competitor’s, you know product inside of the giveaway the group giveaway, but they weren’t ultimately super interested in our product. Okay, that’s fine. Thanks for entering the giveaway a that’s pretty much the end of it. Right? And then at that point though, we also asked them if they would want to get any messages from us in the future about a few different topics. So we had our blog article content we had events because they would go to all these different events and kind of sponsor and have their products there. And then the last one was discounts which then just as a side note would mainly be sponsored messages right that we would then send if we ever had anything happening.

Steve: Yeah..

Natasha: So that was the first and scenario the second and scenario would be someone who seemed interested. Maybe we asked them why they sign up for the giveaway and they said, you know, I thought that your product is really cool. But I’m also, you know equally interested in other stuff that was happening in the giveaway. And then at that point then we would ask them a few questions about the product as well as ask them what types of messages they wanted to get from us and also then lead them into that sequence that I mentioned that three-day sequence where we took them through we called it waking up in a new country every day.

So pretty much that 3-day thing where we had Iceland Ali Mexico, you know in an experience inside of the pot so we would then lead them into that and that would also take Them through our bot onboarding. So there’s quite a few steps happening here

Steve: Yeah.

Natasha: But all of this again kind of creates this full system that you want for the user experience inside of the bot.

Steve: This is one of the huge advantages of chat Bots over email like in chat Bots. If you can make this all really interactive with email..

Natasha: right.

Steve: People aren’t opening at a high rate and then you can actually I guess you can have them click on links in an email and tag them that way but it’s just doesn’t work as well as messenger.

Natasha: Yeah, totally end. One of the biggest differences to that actually one of my clients brought up yesterday cuz I wasn’t meeting with them they were like, so what makes the conversions higher in a bot then email right? Like what are some of those factors and I think the biggest thing is that you get more highly qualified leads because people have to interact with you in order to get the content that they want right there has to be a back and forth happening in order for them to get you know, for example, a free pdf guide or a free mini course or in this case, you know, the free three-day sequence that we were taking people through.

So people have to have that conversation with you in order for it to happen and For obviously, there’s more touch points in and you feel a little bit more intimate with the company Etc. And I think that makes a huge difference compared to the fact that email is still very much a one-way Street where people might click some people May respond, but typically emails don’t encourage a response right? very much like a read and be done with it as opposed to interact.

Steve: Is it important to clean up your messenger list from time to time?

Natasha: I totally think it is and this is something that we do then our subscription system actually. So this is something that we’ve created for each of our clients, which I kind of hinted at where we ask and make sure that we’re only sending relevant messages to people who care about certain topics and that’s going to look different for every company but the examples I gave earlier events discounts and the new content that accompanies pushing out, right and those are pretty typical topics that people might send updates about via email for example, so inside of messenger, what we do is if someone has not engaged within a certain amount of time, but we’ve been sending them messages.

So usually that’s 60 to 90 days for us as well as within the subscription system. If someone wishes to unsubscribe, then we make sure to tag them as soon as they come into that flow, even if they don’t confirm their unsubscription and then we keep track of those people for the next 90 days as well because if someone at all hinted that they want to unsubscribe entirely from the bot not just from certain topics, but you know from all messages to stop them then we also want to weed them out. Even if there may be still opening the messages, but they’re not clicking on them, but they’ve hinted at it at all. So that’s usually how we automate being able to weed out people who maybe just aren’t interested to keep the list healthy and continue to have you know, good open and click rates overall.

Steve: Okay. And is there an easy way to bulk unsubscribe?

Natasha: there is inside of many chat, but at the same time what happens is many chat lets you do two things. So you can either see your audience tab. So all the people on your list that are subscribed or you can turn on the ability to see people who have unsubscribed or deleted the conversation from their inbox, which is interesting as well. However, you can’t filter by it. So what happens is you say, you’ve got a list of only a few thousand people you still gotta like go through manually and pretty much checkmark anyone who would want to see the data on so because of that what we do is add that tag that I mentioned when someone wants to unsubscribe because then that allows us to filter them through in the audience Tab and then if we need any data on them, or if we need to do some sort of bulk action, that’s why we add tags to pretty much every single interaction any time someone clicks a button says something clicks on a quick reply to kind of bring in somebody verbage as well. That’s the way that we’re able to really make sure that that we’re serving the audience that were able to complete any actions fill in any missing data that we need to at any time.

Steve: Are these included on the templates that you sell in your site?

Natasha: So we do include the subscription system as well as unsubscribe and then the tagging and whatnot. Honestly. That’s tough. Just is unique for each company. So we do have some like specific tags and Fields that we include in every single template that we build. But ultimately when we’re doing client work those tags are going to look very different depending on what campaigns were running, you know what their offers are what their email system looks like as well, but we want to track to but we do our best to kind of provide the foundation of what we typically builds for a client inside of the templates that we sell.

Steve: If you saw an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show. Now back to the show.

So this Ecommerce client that we were just talking about are they now prioritizing messenger over email

Natasha: t\They are so it’s interesting to kind of see the differences between companies that have done email really well and then get into Bots and then companies that have struggled on email but you know are still getting conversions and opens and stuff in their email, but then bring in a bot and to be a hundred percent honest. I prefer at this point to work with companies that have done really well with email really well with Facebook ads and pretty much they have at least a few core, you know marketing funnels that work really well for them. So that one it makes it a lot easier for us to implement the bot right? Because we know kind of exactly where we want to start they know their pain points very clearly and we can tell exactly you know, how the boss could play a role.

But at the same time it’s very cool to see how a messenger brought could revolutionize a business and kind of transform what their audience interaction looks like how people care about their product as well because that One of the biggest things that we noticed was because they started to then be able to interact with their audience on messenger much better than they had ever done email that we saw a lot more loyal audience members and you know customers and I think for e-commerce that’s one of the hardest parts is a lot of e-commerce stores do it really well, you know on Instagram they build their audience kind of their crowd there, but if you’re not producing content regularly or, you know even have like a go-to place for your audience to kind of talk to each other and form a community essentially then I see a lot of e-commerce stores struggling with pretty much, you know, getting their product out there and getting people to to buy it and be proud of it, right simply because there’s not that community.

So I think a messenger brought does that really well, especially for a companies that don’t really have another outlet for a community

Steve: So I was actually ready to go all in on Bots and prioritize that over email and then I actually got banned for short period actually had to reach out to some of my buddies in Facebook to get me back in and that’s that really scared me. Have you had any of those experiences?

Natasha: Yeah at this point for our clients we have not but I have talked to quite a few people and as well as consulted for companies that got their Bot band and I think we have a very clear understanding now of kind of what causes that right because there’s two main factors inside of the messenger Experience One, Someone can totally block your Bot right? Then just turn off the messages. It’s just a quick little, you know tap of the button inside of the conversation. But they can also rate the messenger experience and if there’s too many bad ratings and that can also cause you know a temporary ban or a penalty or you know a message from Facebook. All right.

So those are really the only two metrics that you have to you know, see if your body is doing well or not essentially and the biggest That I think helps that situation that we have seen especially for one of the companies we work with I will not name them but they had a 50% block rate on their Bots crazy crazy. And so we were brought in to obviously reduce that very heavily and also figure out like why that was happening what they had done because they’ve been running their own bought for about two years prior to us coming in. So so they had been you know in the bus space pretty much since the beginning running their bought for their company which produces info products. They just had no idea what they were doing in regards to the policies and kind of all that stuff. So the biggest solution that we found for them as well as any other companies that then were able to you know, get their bought back on the platform never got banned again is allowing people to subscribe to specific types of messages and also creating an onboarding within the bot that makes it very clear, you know, as to when people are going to get messages from you.

How often and what those messages are going to be about those are the two most important solutions that I think contribute to because overall the Users are making you know, they’re calling the shots. Right? So if too many users, you know block you then obviously Facebook steps in but if you can just keep that relationship really transparent from the beginning between the user and the page aka the bot then honestly there shouldn’t be any issues with blocking or Banning the Bot.

Steve: Okay, Okay, and oh one of the questions just about the giveaways that we were just talking about.

Natasha: Yes.

Steve: In a group giveaway environments. Like how does it work in terms of who gets the messenger sub or are they just different tabs for it?

Natasha: Yeah, that’s a great question. So honestly, I don’t know how they initially negotiated that with their group because I know that the other companies obviously had opt-ins and stuff on there. And at this point I have seen like after we did that initial one and you know, we obviously shared a little bit about the results and whatnot in the following group giveaways. I did see that some other people added Messengers well, but I believe for them in their agreement. I don’t know exactly what it looks like, but from my understanding they all kind of get equal share and so because of that they could all add, you know an email list the messenger list and if they needed people to do other things like I can’t remember off the top of my head but..

Steve: But I was just kind of curious.

Natasha: Yeah. No, that’s a great question though. And I think it’s it’s tougher when you have like maybe two or three companies, but I think they were like five or six companies in these group giveaways.

Steve: So in terms of sending out messages to your message subscribers, do you have any specific strategies that you use in the past in regards to that?

Natasha: Yeah, so just in terms of maybe like content or like what and..

Steve: the frequency that you send actually also.

Natasha: Yeah. So typically the rule of thumb that I’ve kind of put in place for this is you want to message your list at least once a month to make sure that people don’t forget about you. And also I don’t know if you saw that businesses tab that popped up for like two days ago messenger.

Steve: Yeah I got so scared. Okay, everyone freaked out.

Natasha: Yeah

Steve: you have to everyone was freaking out right and they’re like, oh my gosh, it’s changing and then people are like, yeah, it’s a great thing because now you can you know, categorize your business messages and then people were also upset of course and the interesting thought that this brought up for me, which also kind of helps solidify. What I’m about to share is that these business tabs that you clicked into you couldn’t see bot messages that were older than a month inside of that Tab. And so that was really interesting to me because I was like, oh my So these messages still like in my inbox and they were when I search for them, but the business is tab specifically only held messages that had been there for shorter than a month.

So if you had had any sort of interaction with a page within the last month it was in there at the top of the chat box. I’m inside a messenger. But all the other businesses were all the way down kind of mixed up, you know in Lost in your in your messenger inbox. And so that helped solidify the fact that yes, you do want at least interact with your audience once a month. If you are not producing really any new content or have anything really to share with your subscribers. Maybe you just have like a few paid products or one core product right that that you kind of cell and if someone’s not a recurring customer or if they haven’t bought from you, then you might not really have anything to share with them and update them with.

And so sending them a message at least once a month is going to be best for those types of companies and just across the board. But if you have any sort of new content, you’re creating like a podcast blog articles videos even You know combined kind of efforts with influencers since we’re talking a little bit about e-commerce then messaging your list at least once a week. I would say is the happy medium because this allows you to be in their inbox without annoying them that also lets you if you create a lot of content like daily content, then you can give your users two options. You can either send the messages every day or every other day which gets a little bit too much in our experience or you can send them kind of a digest every week that is kind of like a email newsletter except making that interactive is really key there.

Because otherwise then it does feel just like a blast out and people don’t really care but if you can create an experience at least a few back and forth interactions about that content, then that’s what is really winning.

Steve: Can you give me an example though? because I’ve always thought that like, I’m on a whole bunch of people’s chatbot lists and like when I have to click and interact just to get to the content that actually annoys me a little bit like I just want to read the content. So what is your approach?

Natasha: Totally get that. So for us what will actually do with so the best thing that I’ve seen which is a little bit more time consuming but I think it’s worth it for for companies that can do it or at least take the time to for us or you know for them if they’re doing it internally is to actually break down that content into a bot experience. So that means if you’ve got a podcast then putting some audio inside of the bot. If you have a video then breaking down that video into many videos and putting them inside of the Bots and then if it’s a Blog article then breaking down that content or a PDF breaking it down into multiple bot messages that are usually maybe 5 to 7 interactions long is usually what we see.

And so this way it’s not like hey click here to answer this question Okay, click. Ok, now go and view, you know this new blog article, right? Because I think that’s what you’re talking about is like you don’t like, you know, what’s coming after that button, right? And so for us for example is social media examiner, since we were both at Social Media Marketing world that did not work well for them and we had a hard time actually figuring out how to deliver. Their content because they create so much every single day that it was I think looking back at it now because we decided to stop sending their content in their body because it just wasn’t bringing in Roi looking back at it.

What I would have done is take the most popular piece of content from that week or something that I performed really well, you know, as soon as it came out and turn that into a bot experience instead because then most of the time if that’s their highest performing piece of content for the week most of their audiences going to be interested in it because they put out content on so many different topics that then it also becomes tedious to be like, okay. This person doesn’t want to get content on Facebook ads or Instagram ads, but they do care about messenger and YouTube for example, right? It’s so with companies like that. It’s really tough.

If you’re more Niche where you just have a couple core topics that you talk about I’d say three to five Max then that’s where the strategy can really be implemented right where it can actually be an experience. You can take the time to do that and you don’t have to worry about Doing that every single day for your Bot subscribers.

Steve: I guess ultimately the goal with a content creator is to just get people reading the content, right? So how did you know it wasn’t working with it just because people weren’t clicking on it or opening it.

Natasha: So for them, we had quite a few different metrics and things that we were looking at so because social media examiner doesn’t amazing job with like analyzing literally everything mainly through Google analytics and drip to see exactly how long people are reading their content, you know, where they coming from. They have a pretty tedious and detailed process of Automation and whatnot. So for us, what we were really looking at is the difference between the deliverability as well as the interaction so mainly open and click rates between the box versus email since they were very similar messages being sent out except they were little bit different in the bots in the bot. They were pretty much every day there was a piece of content being dropped of course was for people to a certain extent and then we turned it into every other A which was fine, but the problem also with it was exactly that experience that you mentioned earlier like you just want to see the content.

Well, we tried that as well as having people click on a button that shared a little bit about what the article was about and then they could either unsubscribe from there or click into it and then they would go to the article right after that and while it was interesting we found some pretty interesting data like for mobile, for example, people were reading or staying on the page four times longer than they were when they came in from email from desktop or mobile. So that was pretty fascinating. But after I’d say about three or four months of us sending out the message has obviously open and click rates declined very steadily because people knew what was coming it was too much and I think honestly for them ultimately they just have way too many pieces of content that we could send inside of the Bots and they didn’t really want to prioritize in a one topic.

Over the ten different topics that they talk about. So I just don’t think that a bot is a good delivery. Mechanism for a company like that. We’re obviously a website is just going to present everything in a much clearer way. You can quickly skim through and kind of find what you want to what you want to read about.

Steve: interesting. Yeah. I’m just kind of curious like so in order to be sending out that frequently you have to have a really good in flow of new Subs because at least for me, I don’t interact with a lot of people who run Bots or share these statistics, but my unsubscribe rate is easily like at least one percent every time I send something out right? I don’t think that high?

Natasha: that’s actually fair. I would say that that’s not bad and especially if you’re it depends on what you’re sending out to because we do have I guess different standards and it’s kind of different for every industry, but they’re you know a certain good unsubscribe rate and bad one for you know, for example, if you’re sending out a follow-up message about something promotional or if you are sending out a piece of content or something about a free webinar coming up, you know, and kind of those things so I would say 1% like across the board on average for any of your messages is a pretty good percentage and it’s usually going to be higher than email too

Steve: yeah, that’s what I was saying. It’s tremendously higher than email. And so what is like the best way people have for like bringing new Subs in it seems like you have to go all in on it?

Natasha: it. I’d say going all-in is not the best way to do it initially, but your goal should be to will be able to implement messenger like at every point in your funnel like at the end of you know, implementing all of this right, but again, it also depends on what’s going to work best for you for example on websites. So this also goes back to social media examiner because they have so many crazy analytics and it like really detailed information. Right?

Steve: Mike is hilarious righgt?

Natasha: Yes. He is very detailed and I know they just hired a marketing manager so luckily some of this work will be passed on but he was you have he was doing a lot of this stuff, you know himself for years pretty much the social media examiner was created. And so what we noticed with the Opt-ins for example, which I had seen quite a bit with my clients before but we don’t necessarily use websites as our number one source of traffic or messenger Bots and that was quickly confirmed as well with him, especially because we are able to segment in Split test things like so detailed, right? So what happens on mobile for example with the messenger opt-in so that means the buttons as well as the checkbox and even the customer chat, you know that lives in the bottom right corner of the site any widgets that you add if you’re using something like many chat, you know, they have a bunch of different website widgets that pretty much just use the messenger Button as well.

Any of those options on mobile are usually not a great experience because if someone does use Facebook on their phone, they’re going to be using it on the Facebook app, right? Why would you go subscribe user? And so the problem is that messenger requires you to be logged in to Facebook on the browser that you are opting in from and because people were already logged into Facebook on their app when they see that they have to log in on their browser that turned off a lot of People then we quickly saw that in the numbers where we were actually getting I think less than or about 50% of the opt-ins through Messenger than they usually sought with email. And as soon as we turned off the bot there they were back to normal.

So it was really interesting to see that that really threw off people and I think it also depends on the audience. I’ll say that this has been different for each client, but it’s about 70% of our clients end up seeing a similar result with that because a lot of their web traffic is mobile, but the messenger opt-in doesn’t provide the best experience there. So that was just kind of something I wanted to share because in terms of traffic points people think about their website, right and kind of what messenger can do their desktop is great with the messenger opt-ins because obviously people are logged into their Facebook their but with mobile, it’s just not so in terms of other entry points, I’d say that Facebook ads and running page posts with the comments as ads are probably the fastest way to get more and more subscribers, especially if you’re, you know adding the bot to it.

System marketing funnel that you typically do as like add to landing page maybe to opt in to either, you know, webinar lead magnet whatever it is, maybe with an upsell right just as an example. So that’s probably the best way honestly to get subscribers really fast and scale and grow but at the same time there’s a lot of creative ways, you know, such as giveaways or like joint kind of collaborations or sending people from other platforms as well. So like what we’ll do is test out a messenger opt-in in as many places as we can and compare head-to-head with email. So I mentioned websites, of course, you’ll want to do that within your email newsletter Footers, for example or email signature footer as well as within your emails kind of making it clear to people. Hey, if you click on this, you know, they’re going to get sent to Messenger as well as on confirmation Pages for webinars countdown Pages for webinars again.

But pretty much anywhere where someone might interact with your company, it’s always interesting to just test it and see and if it performs better than email keep it and if it doesn’t, you know, then keep the For now, but our people into messenger at some other point, you know within their customer lifecycle.

Steve: So Natasha, I know you just recently went to f8, which is Facebook’s industry conference. Last did you gleam any insights on where messenger is going in the future?

Natasha: Yeah, they shared quite a few really interesting things and actually have my list. I should have brought it up, right?

Steve: It’d okay, just highlight the main points. But yeah

Natasha: So off the top my head some of the main things that they shared specifically for Messenger is one interoperability is the word they used for it, which pretty much means that announcement that they made earlier this year where they’re going to be integrating what’s up Instagram and messenger is still happening and they’re making it a priority. So that’s really big because even though they didn’t say here’s what’s going to happen for Bots when we do that. It’s implied that Bots would also take on this ability because how they explain it is a messenger user can now not need to have an Instagram or Whatsapp account, but they could Message Instagram and WhatsApp users and so thinking of that from the but perspective while you apply that same, you know, kind of concept and now Bots can talk to users across three different channels, which are two of the highest monthly active user messaging Platforms in the world, right?

So that that gives you an instant audience of like three or four billion people, right? Yeah, and it also allows for more International conversations to happen as well because obviously messenger and WhatsApp or both almost equally huge WhatsApp has I think like point one or two more billion monthly active users but combining those two like anywhere where Messengers not being used WhatsApp is usually the head and then vice versa like in the US for example, what’s up? It’s not the biggest but everyone’s on messenger and then if you go to like Mexico, for example, people are on WhatsApp and not as much messenger, but either one they’re both owned by Facebook and they’re both going to be a part of that interoperability Circle. So that was a huge announcement because they’re just kind of confirming that This is a serious thing. We’re going to make this happen soon.

They didn’t give a deadline for it. But I know that that’s going to be coming and then they also mentioned a messenger desktop app that is going to drop this fall. And that’s really interesting because I’m curious to see kind of what that will look like for the bot opt-ins for example and see if that brings in, you know higher conversions or faster kind of conversions from places like ads and in other places where people can opt in, you know from within or outside of Facebook and that’s also a competitor to iMessage now as well, which is interesting to see so those two were pretty big.

Steve: Are they going to fix the mobile problem where you have to actually opt-in from a website?

Natasha: they didn’t mention it. So I wish they had and at the same time because obviously messenger runs off of you having a Facebook profile or phone number. I don’t know if they would even ever be able to fix that. I’m sure they’ll figure out some sort of solution, but I guess the easy fix would be to send people directly to like the Facebook app to opt-in kind of like what happens with mobile apps right where you like try to login with Facebook when you download a iPhone app, for example, and the taking Facebook App you say OK continue as you know my profile and then you jump back to the app.

So that’s one way I see it happening, but I don’t know if they have control over this because some of the other things that kind of came up for example was you know, you can’t buy and this goes a little bit off topic but at the same time contributes to this, for example, you can’t buy digital products inside of Facebook Messenger and as a business, you can’t sell them and the reason is because of Google and Apple’s app policies that they have. So it’s not a Facebook thing. It’s the fact that the device that you’re on doesn’t allow that to happen via the app.

Steve: Yeah. I had heard that some point you would be able to buy physical products on the platform. Is that still the case or?

Natasha: Yeah, I don’t know if they didn’t mention anything about that going away. But right now you can do that, you know with the buy button or sending people to a checkout page. You just have to get pre-approved but from my knowledge, I don’t think they’re going to get rid of it. But I don’t know what their stats and stuff on that look like because you know, if you think about it, it’s not the most convenient way, especially for an e-commerce store right already kind of build up your site. There’s Integrations and stuff like shop message for example is a platform that helps you do that. But yeah using that buy button and having to build that whole system yourself is in my opinion a very slow way to do it.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah for sure. I’m actually using shot message right now for myself,

Natasha: Oh nice.

Steve: I’m actually working quite well

Natasha: Oh, that’s awesome. Yeah, he was at f8 as well.

Steve: Oh yeah, yeah Arjun?

Natasha: He is awesome.

Steve: Yeah, so Natasha, we’ve been chatting for quite a while. I wanted to give you the opportunity to tell everyone where to find you and you know what you sell and what your business is all about.

Natasha: Yeah, absolutely. Well, thank you. This has been awesome and I’m really glad we got to dive into a bunch of stuff that honestly I usually don’t get a chance to talk about because most of Podcast I’m honor more like General marketing and people aren’t super familiar with Bots. And so it’s refreshing to be able to like deep dive into all this stuff. So thank you for asking great questions.

For me what I am working on right now and how you guys can reach me. So feel free to connect with me across all of my socials. I do my best to check that and I’m pretty good at getting to inbox zero every day. So if you guys want to shoot me an email, it’s just natasha@schoolofbots.co not com. and then on Instagram Facebook and Linkedin, it’s just Natashaz_official and in terms of what we do at school bots. We at this point in help quite a few different audiences. So as you mentioned in the beginning Steve, our main objective is to just teach marketers and entrepreneurs how to use messenger marketing and how to build chatbots as well as sell them.

So we have a main program that we do this through called the chappa agency accelerator and it’s best for either beginning entrepreneurs or agencies that are existing that want to add chatbots, you know to their services and so we run that main program as a core part, you know of our overall company, but at this point we also offer Consulting we still do full service agency work for companies like Mind valley Matthew Hussey social media examiner all sorts of different kind of companies in mainly the info product space right now, but we take on anyone and we have a by agency Network where we can service pretty much any Niche within that network with through our partner agencies.

And then we also sell our messenger templates as you mentioned messengertemplates.com is where you guys can check those out if you want to kind of fast track through all those best practices and things that we talked about on today’s podcast and I think I pretty much everything we’ve got a ton of free content so you don’t have to buy anything from us you can we do.

Steve: Have you launched the channel?

Natasha: Yes, we launched it about two months ago now so we do three videos a week on their on it’s a lot of work. I will say I’m like, ah, I told Michael Bedros like we should only do one or two videos a week. He’s like, no we gotta do three. So right now we’re doing three maybe will increase but we have all sorts of different chatbot tutorials chatbot sales tips and strategies agency stuff on there, and we have our Facebook group as well. So if you guys want to grab free stuff from us, those are the two best places.

Steve: Well, hey Natasha, thanks a lot for coming the show. It was great. I learned a lot and we did get a lot deeper than I have in the past with my other chatbot

Natasha: awesome

Steve: So thanks a lot.

Natasha: I’m glad to hear that. Yeah. I hope it’s super helpful for your listeners and thanks for listening to my episode guys

Steve: All right. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now right now messenger marketing is actually performing much better for me than email and I plan on expanding this platform going forward for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode270. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence it post purchase flow win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit and sectarian tools and make it super simple as well and I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied to your Ecommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free. So head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s privy.com/steve. Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store headed over to mywifequitjob.com and sign up for my free 6 day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

269: How My Student Makes 90K/Month Selling Party Supplies With Amanda Wittenborn

269: How To Make 60K/Month Selling Party Supplies With Amanda Wittenborn

Today I’m really happy to have Amanda Wittenborn on the show. Not only is Amanda a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course but she was also a finalist in the 5 Minute Pitch, my Shark Tank like show, where she competed to win $50,000.

Amanda started AmandaCreation.com where she makes over 90K/month(updated) selling children’s party supplies online. In this episode, we’re going to talk about the triumphs and the struggles of entrepreneurship and how Amanda got started with her business.

What You’ll Learn

  • What were Amanda’s motivations for starting her business
  • How Amanda validated her niche before she began
  • Where Amanda produces her products
  • How she found her suppliers
  • How Amanda has grown and scaled her business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m happy to have Amanda Wittenborn on the show. And Amanda is not only a student in my create a profitable online store course, but she was also a finalist in the five minute pitch. Now, Amanda makes over $60,000 per month selling her own invitation designs and party supplies over at amandacreation.com and she’s got an amazing story that I’m happy to share today.

But before we begin I want to thank klaviyo for sponsoring the show whether you are just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow now with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. Now I want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneurial growth guide packed with must read blog post case studies and getting started content this guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth that moving to a new marking problem can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and going fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now, you can check out this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife once again that is Klaviyo.com/mywife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s also sponsored the show. previous a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what is Privy do, well Privy’s an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that are managing email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m really happy to have Amanda Wittenborn on the show, now not only is Amanda a student in my creative profitable online store course, but she was also a finalist in the five minute pitch. My Shark Tank like show where she competed to win $50,000 in cash. Now Amanda started amandacreation.com where she makes six figures selling children’s party supplies online possibly seven figures by the end of the year. She’s been to my annual conference the seller summit multiple times now where I’ve gotten to know her and her husband very well. Anyway, I can’t tell you how long I’ve been looking forward to this interview. Now that the finalists for the five-minute pitched have been announced and we are going to talk about the triumphs and the struggles of Entrepreneurship and how Amanda got started with her business and with that welcome to show Amanda. How are you doing today?

Amanda: Thanks Steve. I’m doing great. Thanks for having me. I’m excited to be on the podcast too.

Steve: So Amanda, I just saw you literally like a week ago, but please tell the audience about your business. What you sell and how you got started.

Amanda: Sure. So I design creative and unique birthday party invitations and decorations and supplies that match those invitations and I got started out of my love of throwing themed parties. So I have three sons oldest is 13. I have a nine-year-old and I have a four-year-old and back 13 years ago believe It or not Pinterest did not exist. And so I know right nobody remembers like pre Pinterest parties, but I was throwing those Pinterest worthy parties 13 years ago. I like to go back to the very first birthday party I threw for my son when he turned one and it was this incredible monkey themed party and I handmade every single invitation with stamps and scrapbook paper and all sorts of stuff and I convinced my husband who he’s so willing to do anything, but he created eight foot tall balloon palm tree sculptures for the star.

Steve: Oh my God.

Amanda: So it’s just been a love of mine for a long time. And I think you know what happened is, you know, you have the one kid and you can hand make everything but then you have two and things get time gets a little tight. And so kind of out of just a wanting to still throw the theme parties but do it a little quicker, you know, I started designing things online so that they could be printed, you know multiples could be printed. So I wasn’t me hand making 30 invitations for and so it kind of just grew from there and I was creating all sorts of decorations like water bottle wrappers and candy bar wrappers and Banners and posters and all these things to kind of tie the theme in together. And of course then friends are coming to the party and they’re going wow, where’d you get this really cute stuff and you know, they found out I made it and then next thing, you know, I’m recruited to make all their party supplies.

Steve: Hahaha

Amanda: And so I did, you know, because I love it and you know one friend was like you should really try to sell this. And I had tried and I didn’t have a lot of success selling and I was like, I don’t know nobody’s ever gonna buy this stuff and then I opened up an Etsy store and sure enough people were buying it and so back then everything that I made was like a digital download so it could be purchased by the customer and downloaded and they could print it out on their own home printer and doubt and kind of assemble it. And just as business grew and as things kind of changed and I then you know had another baby, you know, I started to you know hone in on who my ideal client was and who I was really helping and you know a crafty mom there are tons of those out there but there are way more busy moms.

There are way more working moms who want to be crafty, but don’t necessarily have the time for it but still kind of want to have that that handmade crafted look and so that is kind of what spurred me to do more of a printed and finished product and you know, the ultimate goal being able to deliver those products right to her door and all she’s got to do is open them up and everything’s ready to go. So there’s no downloads. There’s no printing there’s no cutting or taping, you know, everything is just ready to go.

Steve: So back when things weren’t working what platform were using light before you found out Etsy?

Amanda: I had my own website at that point. I actually started with a digital scrapbooking store. So actually designing digital scrapbooking kits and the shopping cart that was kind of widely used in that industry was a Zen cart.

Steve: Oh, yes.

Amanda: Yeah free open card. So I had learned how to use Zen cart.

Steve: Okay, and then you moved over to Etsy and then you got that’s where you kind of validated that people wanted to buy your products.

Amanda: Yes. That was for sure validation.

Steve: And then I’m sure you found Etsy limiting at some point. And so how did it evolve after that?

Amanda: Well, actually I mentioned this to you at lunch. I actually got banned on Etsy about five years ago.

Steve: Okay. Do you want to tell the backstory behind?

Amanda: Yeah, I could talk talking about that because I think it’s you know, it’s kind of an important part of my story overall in that I had asked the Minecraft company for permission to design my own Minecraft themed birthday party supplies and I had gotten permission from them and their only request was that I didn’t use any of their copyrighted images or terms so I couldn’t call anything Minecraft. I couldn’t you know say creeper or Steve or whatever, you know Steve’s like the main character and so I created my own things and it was about two weeks after I had my third son that I got flagged for my Minecraft party supplies and being home with the newborn and exhausted and knowing that I had permission I just was like, okay, I’ll take care of this later. Well a couple more days went by and Flagged again and that was enough so that Etsy shut the story down. So then even though I contacted the Minecraft company and Etsy and cleared it all up that’s Etsy refuse to open my store back up and that was that for their..

Steve: So basically you lost all the revenue from Etsy pretty much overnight, right?

Amanda: Pretty much overnight. Yes. I had lost what I had built. It was about two and a half years building up products and sales and finally getting to a point in my business where I was actually making money.

Steve: Yeah.

Amanda: It was gone overnight. Yeah.

Steve: So let’s just make that a lesson to the readers that you shouldn’t depend on a single platform for your revenue.

Amanda: For sure, which is you know, part of the part of the lesson here right?

Steve: Why I didn’t give up their right. So yeah, where did you go after that?

Amanda: So after that happened obviously that was quite devastating and you know, I think I cried for a couple of weeks there with that and I kind of just poured myself back into digital Scrapbooking for a little bit and then another party supply company that I followed was looking for a designer and I applied for that position and I was hired and so I started designing the party supplies again for them. And that kind of sparked me again. I thought for sure I would never do it again. And that was kind of like the little bit of a push like no you really do love this and it was kind of this, you know, she can make this work I can make this work. And so I really just started trying again and I thought man, and I could get my own website working. There’s got to be a way to drive traffic. There has to be a way to make this work if I can just get these things in front of the right amount of people. I know it’ll be a success. And for another probably year and a half to two years like things just got worse.

Steve: Things just got worse?

Amanda: Thing got worse. Yeah. Yeah. I was trying to I was trying everything and nothing was working and you know, I ended up hiring a business coach at some point in there and working with her and she actually had got me started on doing a custom graphic design service for business owners and stuff and yet there was still this like nagging you the party stuff. It’s just that was what my passion really was and I was like, there’s got to be a way to make it work and it was 2016 or 17 maybe I can’t remember right now, but kind of mid year. I was like, you know what? I had tried to find a way to sell personalized invites on Amazon. And at the time there was no way to do that. And so at that time I said, okay if I can’t make what I’m doing work on Amazon, what could I make that will work on Amazon?

And so that’s when I had the idea to do the fill in style invitations and I thought for sure nobody would buy those because who wants to hand write in all their party details, but I thought I’m going to just try it. I’m going to stick some invites up on Amazon and I’m just going to see what happens. And so that’s what I did. I designed I think I started out with maybe ten invitation designs. I wrote the listings put them up there. They were horribly written. I mean everything was all wrong about it and I just kind of stuck them up there and said, okay, we’ll see what happens and it was about maybe two or three weeks. I had like my first sale I was like, oh my gosh, somebody actually bought this.

Steve: Were using Merchant fulfilled or FBA? for this..

Amanda: It was Merchant fulfilled. Yeah. It was not Merchant fulfilled to start and so I got that for sale. I was like, okay and now how do I do this? How am I going to print this? Then what are we going to do? And I actually printed it at Office Max.

Steve: Haha nice.

Amanda: So I like nice office fax what picked him up hand cut them out went to Michael’s but envelopes and like shipped off this, you know, half put together package to my very first customer and it was very clunky and it didn’t work and it started happening more and more and more. And so I was like, I’ve got to figure out a solution for this.

Steve: So where did you go from there?

Amanda: Yeah. So after they started selling more and more and more I ended up figuring out that Vistaprint would do white label shipping. And so that’s where I went next. So when somebody would purchase the invite I would go and place the order on Vistaprint and then it was shipped straight to the customer from Vistaprint with no Vistaprint labeling on it at all. So it looked like it was just coming from a printer and that was how is filling the orders there and it was about six months in that that was getting very tedious to do and I started thinking well and you know, when customers were buying these Merchants filled it was not quick.

So if you purchased an invite from me, I had a three to four-day handling time you were paying for shipping and all in all you were probably it was probably taking seven to 10 days to actually get it in your hands if not two weeks.

Steve: Okay, okay.

Amanda: plus shipping costs and I thought if people are willing to wait this long and they’re willing to pay this much and pay shipping. I wonder what would happen if they were in stock and they were available for Prime shipping. And so that’s when I decided I was going to buy my first batch of inventory and start with FBA. So I think that was January 2017 was my first shipment of invitations went into FBA and I was right, you know as soon as they were available for Prime they started selling like faster then I could have been imagined.

Steve: Do you know what the percentage increase was going?

Amanda: It was yeah, it was huge is probably like 10 times.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay.

Amanda: Yeah, like we’re ten to one. I’ll sell ten Prime to one Merchant filled. It’s insane the difference in that. So we really cater to kind of the mom who really needs those invites really fast, maybe forgot that she needed invites or you know wants to throw a party quickly but doesn’t have time to wait or doesn’t want to print them, you know doesn’t want to have to go through the hassle of sending them to Walgreens and getting them printed or whatnot, you know Prime shipping just it changed everything.

Steve: So do you still you obviously don’t put all of your invitations upon Prime, right?

Amanda: No, actually when I design new ones, they always start Merchant filled. Okay, so they can pretty much you know, because I have ways to fill them if they’re ordered ahead of time and so while I’m waiting for the printer to print the first Batch of them, you know when they’re new I stick them up there for merchants filled and sometimes they sell I mean before they get in stock. I mean, it’s very common to sell some of the invites when they’re not in stock, you know, we run out of stock on some of them sometimes two and so I just switch it to Merchants filled and it always kind of excites me that somebody is willing to number one wait for them and then pay the extra shipping for them too. Then, I was like, oh this must be a really good design.

Steve: So how do you, what are your metrics for upgrading something to FBA and choosing to carry inventory for it?

Amanda: You know, I pretty much try all of it. So it’s very low cost for me to give an invitation to try so my pack cost is about two dollars and eighty cents for a pack of invites and so I’ll start with five packs because they’re digitally printed. My printer doesn’t have a minimum. Fourth because you know if I let’s say I start with 20 new designs, you know, if I buy five packs of each we’re looking at a hundred there so you can do digital printing with variations like that and it doesn’t have to be a hundred of the same design which is really nice. So it cost me maybe $25 to test a design on Prime and so I just do it because I figure every design is worth testing out.

Steve: Absolutely. So I’m just curious so you’re still doing everything printed in the U.S Right?

Amanda: Yeah, everything is printed the US and actually I use two different local printers. So their local to me only about a half hour away both of them.

Steve: I’m just curious for like your top top sellers that are just selling really well. Have you checked like how much cheaper would be to just have them printed overseas or it’s not worth the time?

Amanda: Yeah. I don’t know that it’s worth the time because the turnaround time on printing is so quick for me here in the It’s I can’t imagine that savings would be significant enough to deal with the waiting for them to arrive and inventory planning and whatnot. I mean, I don’t know how cheap it could be overseas, but I don’t think my cost is super high at two dollars and eighty cents a pack.

Steve: Okay, and just before this interview, I went on Amazon and I just look for you know invitations and that sort of thing. There’s a lot of competition out there. So I’m curious what you do to make your listing stand out.

Amanda: Yeah. Well, I think the number one thing that helps them Stand Out is just the design in general. They’re really cute. I mean, I’m not gonna lie. They’re super cute.

Steve: I’ve seen that they are very cute.

Amanda: Yeah, so I just have like a really different style and a different way of Designing and they’re bright and they’re colorful and I love bold colors. I love bold fonts and you know packing every inch of the invitation with some sort of fun design. So they stand out in that way all ready, and then you know, it’s if I had to guess that that probably is what makes them stand out the most because I do have a listing that I had professionally written and you know, maybe it helps but my price is higher than most and yet they still sell so, you know everything about my listings and the price point and everything says that I should not be selling that many and yet they are and so the only thing that I can think is, you know, the design is really what it comes down to if somebody’s comparing my unicorn invitation to somebody else’s unicorn invitation.

The higher price point lead some to believe that it’s higher quality, which it is when listing does say that it’s made in the United States and you know if they’re deciding which one fits their theme a little better and which one’s cuter, you know, mine’s going to win that way and now if you get the shop around Who’s like I want to do this part of cute, but as cheap as possible, they’re going to go to the competitor, but I’m not too concerned about that because people are still buying mine.

Steve: So, can you describe your launch process?

Amanda: Yeah, it’s so not fancy at all. I make new invites and you know, I get on a roll. So sometimes when I start designing I can design 20 to 50 new within a week’s time when I get going on it and I probably do that every other month or so where I’ll just like be bit by the creative bug and just start going. Once the invites are designed. I actually have somebody who makes all of my Amazon previews for me from templates that I’ve provided to her. And so I will send her the invite files and she’s got the templates and she’ll make all my previews. Once the previews are made. Then I have somebody who writes the listings for me also with a template that I’ve provided to her. She knows where to put in Keywords and right descriptive text and things like that and then she will write those descriptions and she will load those on Amazon for me.

Steve: And do you run ads?

Amanda: Yes, I do not usually right away. So usually I get them put up on Amazon and I don’t usually start the ad campaigns until they’re ready for Prime.

Steve: Okay, and then do jump start the review process in any way?

Amanda: I don’t.

Steve: Okay. So it really is just your designs and your listings. I’ve seen them. They actually do stand out. I think the colors are we make them pop too.

Amanda: Yeah

Steve: Which kind of brings me to my next question. I know there’s a huge counterfeit problem on Amazon. Have you had your designs knocked off at all?

Amanda: A little bit. So it’s happened a couple different ways when I was first starting I actually had somebody jump on my listing and that was it didn’t take long for that. I mean I was on Amazon like less than six months and somebody Had jumped on my listing and I found out about it because there was a one star review and the review said these look like a blurry pixelated copy of the actual image and I realized that they had bought it from another seller and that seller had basically just taken my image my preview image and printed the preview, which is not print quality at all. I mean, it can’t you can’t get a quality print out of that. And so that was one way that it happened and I was able to get them off my listing but Amazon would not remove that one star review, even though it wasn’t purchased through me.

So for that particular listing I ended up just closing it and I just started a new listing and that worked just fine so that I love when that one cells in particular because that was one that kind of like sat in my basement for a few months while I figured out this problem. That one makes me really happy. It’s going well. Now I’m brand registered. So people can’t hop on the listing which Is good, but what people can do and has happened is they can take the theme and the colors and they can make their own version of an invite.

Steve: Right.

Amanda: They can sell their own version of it and that that has happened with some of my better Sellers and I can’t stop that but I also am not too concerned about it because if I run the numbers on it and I look at how many they’re selling and the price they’re selling a math. And then how many I’m selling in the price. I’m selling math, we’re both making about the same amount of money, but I’m doing five times less the work and so I’m okay with that.

Steve: If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge counsel because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecounsel.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

Yeah, so it has happened and you just kind of Let It Go are these like identical copies or they are there slight differences?

Amanda: Yeah, they’re different. They’re not identical and you know, nobody can really do an identical copy that I could have taken down pretty easily for copyright infringement. So to be a new design really only have to change 20% of the original design and to have it be considered a brand-new design and that’s for all artwork. So, you know, you’re just not going to you’re not going to be able to stop that.

Steve: Okay, and are you making any off Amazon sales right now?

Amanda: My website has been kind of in the works for the past few years, but I do have a few sales coming through on that and the goal from now moving forward is to start really promoting that website getting an email list up and going and starting to use social media marketing.

Steve: and what platform did you ultimately choose to go with and how much does it cost you to run that website?

Amanda: Yeah. So I have a WordPress website with a woocommerce shopping cart, and there’s not a lot of monthly fees. I do have you know the hosting fee and the there’s a couple plugins that I use but I would say like as is as it’s running right now, maybe under $300 a year.

Steve: Okay. And then why did you choose to go with Woo?

Amanda: Woo, wondering why I did choose Woo? I think it was recommended by the designer that like over In the store or so when I was switching from Zen cart. I hired a web designer to do the design that you see up there now and I believe we talked about it and that was the recommendation that they recommended and that’s why I went with it at that point.

Steve: Okay. Now today it’s the way you’ve grown the business. Is it just by introducing more designs?

Amanda: Pretty much. Yeah, so that was working for us. And so we just kind of doubled down on what was working and my thought process kind of from the beginning was okay. Well if I’m making a thousand dollars a month and I have 200 designs if I have 400 designs make double If I have 800 designs I’d make double and so I have an endless list of ideas for birthday party themes.

Steve: Yeah.

Amanda: I can’t keep up with them. So I just keep creating new ones and we basically are having success by having such a wide variety of invitation designs and themes and then picking those top-selling invitations and adding matching items to I’m like thank you cards stickers and other items like that.

Steve: So with more skews the inventory problem becomes a little bit more complicated. What do you use to kind of manage your inventory?

Amanda: That would be my husband? Okay, so super great tool.

Steve: So I understand you got your husband to quit his job?

Speaker 2: I did get my husband to quit his job. And that was always my goal. That’s why I liked My Wife Quit Her Job so much because I was like, that’s gonna be me. My husband quit his job. Yeah. He quit at the end of July last year. So we’re at about the nine ten month mark here, and he actually last year was it had 2018 January was when I had asked him to start helping me with inventory. So the ordering process and deciding what to order and figuring out what was needed that was definitely not something I was really good at. I was doing it on a weekly basis, but we were running out of stuff all the time. And so when he came in and he started looking at it, he was like, okay, what we need to do is make sure that we keep these things in stock because then will you know, he called it saw to thing, you know ramp up sell out and then we got nothing.

Steve: Yep.

Amanda: And ramp up and sell out and we got nothing and so he really made some great changes with the keeping inventory and stock and we started to see sales increased tons by having things staying in stock.

Steve: Imagine that.

Amanda: Yeah. Yeah. So that was a really good choice on my part to involve him and have him start doing that and he’s really analytical like that and he loves Excel sheets and data and all those things that I don’t love and so he’s the one who is in charge of deciding what needs to be ordered and how much of it to order and keeping things in stock and he does a pretty good job. I mean that was kind of our focus at Seller Summit was talking to people about Inventory management systems and what they’re using and looking into maybe some tools or maybe even like a 3pl.

Steve: I’m just curious. Was it a hard decision for your husband to quit?

Amanda: Yes and no, Yes and no. So you get two different stories, but I’ll tell you the truth. So..

Steve: Haha. Okay.

Amanda: You know the business had gotten to a point. We had talked about wanting him to quit for a long time. Our priority has always been time and time together and time as a family so the job he was working in he was not real thrilled with there was no room for growth or advancement for him. It was quite boring actually, but it was only three miles away from home and he could get in at 6:30 and leave at 3:30, which meant most of the time he was able to pick the kids up from school. He was always able to go to after school activities and because he was so close to home many days of the week we had lunch together or if the kids had something at school he could go to it.

So that was already a priority for us and he was staying in a job that he didn’t really love because he didn’t want to give that aspect up but then the business had gotten to a point where I would like wake up in the morning and I’m like, okay, I’ve already sold more than you make in a week. So may I start talking about this and he’s funny because you know, there’s that whole safety aspect of it all and so he would create a list for me like, okay. Well when we pay this off and maybe when we do this and we get a new car then I’ll quit my job and I would do his list and then he’d have a whole new list for me.

And so I think he was I’d like his fourth list. Let’s do these things and then I’ll quit my job that I think I might have had like a little bit of a snap out.

Steve: haha Okay.

Amanda: And I think I might have said something like you’re never going to quit and almost maybe dared him just a little maybe. And the next morning, he went into work and quit out of the blue. Like wait, what did you just do like what I thought this was you wanted? I’m like no. I just wanted to be on the same page. Everything worked out just fine. But yes, he kind of freaks me out and quit kind of out of the blue, but you know, we just kind of got the health insurance information, you know together and we made it all work.

Steve: Which actually isn’t that bad. I know a lot of people are afraid of the health insurance aspects.

Amanda: Yeah, the health insurance is bad in the cost of it. But you know, we just factored that into how much we needed to be making or the business need to be bringing in before we felt comfortable with it.

Steve: Yeah.

Amanda: So we’re covering the cost of it. I try not to think about how expensive it really is and you know put that on autopay and we’re good.

Steve: So let’s switch gears a little bit for the listeners out there who haven’t started their business yet. I wanted to talk about some of the more difficult parts about getting your business off its feet and many be any sort of advice that you could give.

Amanda: Sure. Yeah, I think getting in front of people is one of the hardest things and that was kind of the blessing of Amazon is that that platform is in front of so many people so the struggles that I was having before getting on Amazon, you know were being found being found on my own website. And that was before I found your course or found any kind of information on how to actually run your own e-commerce website and store and so Amazon was really kind of a blessing as a newbie to get out there put the product out and have some success selling it because it is in front of people and then I’m able to use the income from that to then build off Amazon. So, you know being found is for sure. One of the biggest struggles that I had and I’m sure it’s going to be as I’m now starting to drive traffic to my own website. So we’re just getting started with that. So we’ll see what happens.

Steve: Are you afraid of what happened to you on Etsy happening on Amazon?

Amanda: absolutely.

Steve: Has anything bad happened to you yet. Have you had a listing suspended or anything like that?

Amanda: No, nothing. Nothing bad’s happened. There’s been a couple like little glitches, but it’s not really been like of any of my doing so somehow one of my stickers got labeled as like a jewelry product and so it was restricted and they couldn’t figure out what the problem was and then finally figured out it was in the wrong category or something and I don’t even know how it happened. So I mean, there’s been like little snafus but nothing like scary.

Steve: Okay.

Amanda: But for sure it’s always in the back of my mind. Like I don’t I don’t want to be in a position where it could all be taken away again.

Steve: So can we talk a little bit about your off Amazon strategy? What’s in the works?

Amanda: Yeah. So the First thing was my website is going to kind of cater to a different kind of customer and that is kind of the more prepared mom. I guess you could say the one that is looking out months in advance for the party wants everything personalized doesn’t want to hand write in the invitation once the perfect invitation but they want the details all put on there. And so we have been working on creating like a customization aspect on the website where the invite is up there and the customer can type the details right onto the invite and then we get the print-ready file and we send it off to the printer and then they get them shipped right to them.

So that is just now being finished up. Our very first strategy is going to be building the email list. So I do have an email list from years ago. So we’re going to start sending out the emails again and really honing in on that list and making sure that people who want to get it are the ones that are getting it if they don’t want to receive it, you know, getting them off that list and just really kind of starting from scratch. I really feel like it is starting from scratch all over again.

Steve: What is your traffic strategy going to be?

Amanda: Yeah. I’m my strategy is going to be start going through every video in your class and working strategically through them to drive traffic to my website. So, you know, I think our focus is build the email list first. We are starting to post more on Facebook and really it’s just going to be a learning process. I mean, we are barely scratching the surface and we have barely just started this.

Steve: And in terms of just the print on demand like the logistics gets a little bit more complicated now, right because you’re sending out custom orders for everyone is that your husband’s domain or?

Amanda: Yeah. Well that the nice thing about that is that when the order is placed we will have the print ready file and then it’s simply uploading it to the printer system. And so that is something that somebody I have working for me is already trained how to do and so that will be somebody else’s job.

Steve: So does that mean you’re going to essentially fulfill those yourself? Right?

Amanda: Yeah all the orders on my website that are custom will be filled by us.

Steve: Okay.

Amanda: We do have the plug-in for FBA installed on there where my Amazon stores up to my website. And so the FBA doors will be filled directly from Amazon for some of those ready to go items. But we plan on having a whole bunch of custom items offered on that website to custom stickers with the child’s name on them custom water bottle rappers. Again, same thing like happy birthday Emma or whoever the kid is you’ll be able to put their name right on the stickers the water bottle wrappers and the invitations and everything like that.

Steve: Yeah that makes a whole lot of sense. So is that where you see your business moving towards going forward the custom side?

Amanda: For sure like pie in the sky dream of mine is to be able to personalize every little piece of a birthday party to make it extra special. So, you know, ultimately down the road. I would love to even be able to possibly personalized like paper plates and napkins and cups. So we’ll see. I don’t know the possibilities of that. I don’t even know what equipment prints those things but that is my that is the big dream.

Steve: Why not?

Amanda: It’s super fun to have your name like on your plate just they could be the coolest.

Steve: No totally and I know on five minute pitch you talked about a party in a box.

Amanda: Yes.

Steve: How is that going and what are some of the challenges with that and first of all, what is it for the people?

Amanda: Yeah. Okay. Yeah. So party in a box is kind of like one of those also Big Dreams that I had I had the idea for probably about five years ago, but I had no idea what to do with it. So I just kind of it went on the back burner and then about two years ago. I was like, okay, I’m going to make this happen and I ordered paper plates and cups and napkins and they sat in my basement for a year because I had no idea how to make it happen and then, you know, I was part of This book club and we happen to be talking about like those dreams that are beyond your means and those dreams that you really you want to make happen. But you really have no idea how to make them happen. I was like, oh, I got one of those, you know, it’s party in a box.

And so we talked about like asking the universe for provide the means to make that dream happen. And so I was like, okay, I’m gonna do this University gave me the stream now provide me the means to make it happen and I kid you not Steve. I did that two nights in a row and the third morning I woke up to you can win $50,000 for your business enter the five minute pitch

Steve: ha ha ha

Amanda: And I looked at that email and I went no no way. I’m not gonna do this. This is so far out of my comfort zone. I can’t even imagine doing this and I close that email and then there’s like this little tap on my shoulder and it was like, well, you did ask didn’t you I was like, oh no, I can’t believe this is what I gotta do. And so I felt like compelled like I had to enter this contest, right and so party in a box is basically, you know it my goal for it. Is that everything you need to throw a perfect Pinterest worthy party with coordinating details going to come in a box ready for you to go.

So it’s about 11 products right now invites decorations stickers a banner everything you need the paper products, plates, cups napkins, water bottle rappers, thank you cards in a coordinating box. So the Box actually matches the party theme to which then can double as a centerpiece or gift box and even inside we have tissue paper that kind of matches the theme which is really fun. And so doing the whole five minute pitch thing and going through all of it was exactly the Catalyst I needed to make that party in a box happen and I actually launched the first five boxes, it’s like four days before the five minute pitch finale.

Steve: Nice.

Amanda: So it did happen and I did get the means to make the party in a box a reality. And so I don’t know if you saw me before the final but I was pretty much a hot mess over and.

Steve: we sat next to each other at lunch you seemed okay?

Amanda: Yeah, and I was like nerve wise I was totally okay, but when I was sitting there before we were going to do our final pitches and I’m like sitting there with this box and I’m thinking back to the fact that I had no idea how it’s going to make this happen. And here it is like in front of me. I was pretty overwhelmed. So I was having a little bit of a meltdown and just really really grateful that that is what came out of it. You know that I actually made it happen.

Steve: Yeah, and I saw the Box looks fantastic.

Amanda: It is it’s like better than I could have even imagined and making the boxes like step one right? Now, we gotta sell the Box because that’s all part of it too. But it was overwhelming to be there at in the finals, you know, make the final five and and have this product finished which is what I ultimately asked for right? Was you know, that’s all I wanted to give me the means to make this box reality and there it was and so like I went into the final just being like it doesn’t even matter what the outcome is at this point because I got exactly what I asked for, right?

Steve: Yeah.

Amanda: So I was just super excited to be there and super grateful to have made it that far and You know, there were so many other positive things that came out of the whole experience. You know, like my husband’s like are you nervous to be on Steve’s podcast? I’m like, no, it’s Steve. Like I’m totally excited because oh before you would have been super nervous about this.

Steve: ha ha ha

Amanda: It’s true. But I’ve grown so much and so much has changed just for me personally just having gone through that whole experience that I was just overwhelmed and like super grateful to even just be there. So it was a great experience overall and party in the box. It happened. There are definitely challenges to it. But we like I’m like this party in the box getting launched before we go. I don’t care what has to happen and I have to do I am launching this thing and so we actually hand cut the banners for all of the boxes that we want.

Steve: Oh, I did not know that. Okay.

Amanda: Yeah, because Banner the banner fulfillment or manufacturing is still one of the struggles and getting it to where I don’t have to buy 10 thousand banners of the same design so it’s hard and cost-wise, you know, they’re very expensive to produce. And so we printed them and cut them out ourselves and punch the holes in them and everything and they look pretty good. I mean, I’m not gonna lie they’re.. but obviously going forward, you know, we’re not going to be able to hand cut them all.

Steve: Sure.

Amanda: But that’s what we did for the first, you know, I sent in 20 boxes. So that was definitely one of the pain points of the box. We have found a plate cup manufacturer for a really great price and lower minimum quantities, which is wonderful and most of the other items we can print our printer can print napkins is still a little tricky that is still like a high order quantity for us.

Steve: Right.

Amanda: But pretty much we’ve worked out the logistics of the boxes and I think when we first talked on five minute pitch, you know, I was talking about it costing about Nine or ten thousand dollars to start a design in box form and we’ve actually figured it out to where we can start them for about 2,500 to 3,000 dollars.

Steve: Nice, nice.

Amanda: So a lot has changed since that very first, you know pitch of the idea and whatnot. And so to me now, it seems much more doable.

Steve: right.

Amanda: You know, I could start a new design for $3,000.

Steve: So Amanda, I want to end this interview with some quick fire questions that the audience is probably interested in how much money did you risk to start this business?

Amanda: Oh, none.

Steve: none. Awesome. How long did it take you to just get a product up and just start selling?

Amanda: Oh, well, I probably thought about it for two years before I tried it.

Steve: Well, how about once you actually sat down got started in and working on it?

Amanda: Yeah, I went away for a weekend and I was like, I’m figuring out Amazon this weekend. That’s what’s happening. And it really was not as complex as I had made it out in my mind. So once I had the design, you know getting the listings up maybe a couple hours figuring that out.

Steve: Okay, and then how much did you spend on marketing?

Amanda: None, when I first started I did not spend any money on marketing. It was probably five or six months in before I started doing PPC campaigns and pretty much I mean PPC experts close your ears. I just threw everything into an automatic campaign like everything and has let it just let it do its thing and my A cost was about 12 percent and I was like, all right. Well, hey, it’s not really costing me too much and I’m making money. So

Steve: yeah.

Amanda: I just let it do its thing, you know back to your how much they invest like when I started it was nothing. My very first FBA order was like about $750.

Steve: Nice. Yeah. I mean, it just goes to show that you don’t actually need a whole lot of money to get started specially on Amazon.

Amanda: Yeah. Oh and I also locked out too because I applied to be on handmade Amazon before I went on to I guess what you’d call regular Amazon and because I got on handmade my seller my $40 a month seller fee or whatever was waived.

Steve: Oh my..

Amanda: Through, Yeah through 2018 or something like that. So I didn’t even have the $40 a month Amazon fee.

Steve: Do you have any advice to people who are just kind of on the fence about starting something?

Amanda: Yes, I would say first of all, you just got to start I think you know, one of the things that I’ve learned along the way is that I can like think things to death and you know, you you’re not going to have it perfect. When you first start something the way I do things now is nothing like how I did it when I first started and the only way you know, that is to actually start it and get going and my other advice would be to make sure that whatever you’re selling has some sort of meaning to you. It makes it a lot easier to keep going if there’s some sort of meaning or purpose behind it when things get rough because they will get rough things, you know, things will happen and there have been times that you know, I’m up late at night trying to get things done or you know, it’s stressful around here, but it all is worth it because I really do love what I’m selling and I love what I’m doing.

Steve: great advice Amanda where can people find your invitations and your website if they want to see what you, what you’re selling online.

Amanda: Yeah, my website is www.amandacreation.com. No S in there. I’m on Facebook Amanda Creation. I’m also on Instagram and Pinterest and you could also search Amanda Creation invitations on Amazon and you can find a whole bunch there too.

Steve: And you can also find Amanda on the 5 minute pitch. She I don’t know how many episodes you were in actually I want to say at least 4 right?

Amanda: Well, we did three pitches

Steve: Right.

Amanda: Then, you know, I was mentioned in a couple Facebook lives. So that was nice too, but three official pitches.

Steve: Yes, so you can actually get more detail about the numbers side of her business by actually checking out five minute pitch over at 5minutepitch.com. So Amanda, thanks a lot for coming the show. This interview was a long time coming and you delivered fantastic.

Amanda: Thank you.

Steve: Thanks for coming on.

Amanda: Thanks for having me.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, Amanda is one of those entrepreneurs that I knew would be successful. As soon as we met and her business is killing it right now. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode269.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

268: How To Rank An Ecommerce Store In Search With Dan Shure

268: How To Rank An Ecommerce Store In Search With Dan Shure

Today, I’m excited to have Dan Shure on the show. Dan is the founder of a boutique SEO consultancy called Evolving SEO and he is an SEO expert with a fantastic reputation.

He’s helped entrepreneurs like Nathan Chan of Foundr Magazine and Noah Kagan of Sumo.com with their SEO in addition to popular startups like Ring, and Hint Water.

He also runs a popular podcast called Experts on The Wire. In this episode, Dan and I discuss what it takes to rank an ecommerce store in search.

What You’ll Learn

  • What’s working with search engine optimization today
  • How to rank an ecommerce store in search
  • The right way to do keyword research
  • How to write clickable post titles
  • How to get the featured snippet
  • The main strategy when it comes to ranking a site in search

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

267: The New Amazon Ads You Probably Aren’t Running Yet With Brett Curry

267: How To Run Amazon DSP Ads With Brett Curry

Today, I’m thrilled to have Brett Curry back on the show. Brett is someone who I met through Drew Sanocki at the Traffic And Conversions Summit in San Diego.

He has spoken at my conference, The Sellers Summit, for the past 2 years and he runs OMG Commerce which is an ecommerce agency that has helped over 125 companies with their pay per click advertising.

In this episode, Brett and I talk about combining Amazon PPC with Amazon DSP to grow your Amazon business.

What You’ll Learn

  • What is Amazon DSP?
  • What ads can be bought through Amazon DSP
  • How is Amazon DSP different than the Google Display Network
  • How does Amazon DSP compare and differ from Amazon sponsored product ads
  • How to implement Amazon DSP

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I’m happy to have Brett Curry back on the show, Brett’s been on many times. And today what we’re going to do is we are going to cover an entirely new topic called Amazon DSP. Now, if you don’t know much about this new Amazon advertising platform then this episode will enlighten you.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode whether you were getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow and with Klaviyo, you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. Now, I want to talk about Klaviyo is new entrepreneurial growth guide. It is packed with must read blog post case studies and getting started content. This guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth now moving to a new marketing platform can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and growing fast, proven technology and countless support resources. Now, you can check out this free content now over at K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/mywife. Once again, that’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/mywife

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who is also sponsored the show previous a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what is Privy do? Well previous an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider. Now, they’re a bunch of companies out there that are managing email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now I’m using Privy to display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically a user gives her an email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and what I implemented this form email signups increase by a 131%. I’m also using their new cart saver pop-up feature to recover abandoned carts as well. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast Today, I’m thrilled to have Brett Curry back on the show. Now Brett is someone who I met through Drew Sanocki at the Traffic And Conversions Summit In San Diego a while back. He spoke at my conference, The Sellers Summit last year and he runs OMG Commerce which is an ecommerce agency that has helped over 125 companies with their pay per click advertising.

And I’m also happy to say that he’s speaking yet again at the Sellers Summit this year so if you want to meet the guy, you’ll see him in Miami on May 15th. Anyway, today Brett and I are going to talk about combining Amazon PPC with Amazon DSP which stands for demand side platforms to grow your Amazon business. If you don’t know what Amazon DSP is, stay tuned to find out and with that, welcome to the show Brett, how are you doing today man?

Brett: Steve. I’m awesome. Thanks for having me on really excited to dive into this topic is going to be fun.

Steve: It was great to hang out with you last week as well in person.

Brett: Yeah, man, that was great. That’s one of my primary reasons to do that event. Social media marketer. It’s a great event, but I love pain you know, guys like you and other speakers and it’s good time.

Steve: So Brett since you’ve been on the show before we are going to skip the intro this time around but what has been going on lately with OMG Commerce, where have you been seeing the biggest growth in advertising?

Brett: Yeah. So, you know, we’re growing as an agency. We’re up to 30 people now, which is super exciting and challenging and all that which is cool. So, you know, we primarily focus on two platforms. We were huge Google agency. That’s not talking about a seller Summit. So, Google search shopping YouTube lot going on there. On that side, YouTube is the piece that’s just kind of blown up for e-commerce Sellers and it’s been a lot of fun. I think we’re actually getting YouTube dialed in for e-commerce, which is great.

You know about going on three years ago now, when we started running Amazon ads or just a natural progression because we know search and a lot of similarities between sponsored product ads or now just called sponsor products, but those in Google shopping ads but less similarities. So serving those about three years ago and that’s been doing great. And we’re kind of leveraging some of Amazon’s new smart bidding. Some is not so good.

Steve: We’ll get to that. Yeah.

Brett: Yeah exactly exactly and you know Amazon DSP, which really we can talk about how it works and we’ll get into all that. But it basically the primary benefit is it allows you to remarket to people that visit your asons and don’t purchase. You can remarket to them with display ads that run across the web. And so that’s been that I spoke at Prosper Show recently James Thompson’s events event that we really well, but it’s mainly about DSP and a lot of Amazon sellers are pretty excited about the potential with that platform.

Steve: I want to ask you a quick question, since you run a ton of ads like how much has advertising increased in cost on Facebook Google and Amazon and just like the last year and what you’ve seen?

Brett: Yeah, it’s really interesting what we’ve seen with Google. So, okay. Let’s just talk Google in general. I think CPC’s have gone up. So if you look at search ads across the board. CPC’s have gone up. I believe though on the e-commerce side. It’s relatively mature. So if we look at Google shopping for back in 2012 to where it is today costs are definitely up but over the last year not a whole lot has changed because I think it’s reached a level of maturity where people are saying.

You know, because it is auction-based and you’re saying I can’t pay any more than this or that it becomes not profitable. So it’s kind of self-regulated. We did not see major increases for our search and shopping cost for most of our clients over the over the past year, but that’s because we’re running e-commerce campaigns. We still consult talk to like local businesses attorneys’ things like that. I think those cpcs are still on the rise to a certain degree.

Brett: What about Facebook?

Brett: Yeah, Facebook has definitely gone up and that that’s been a kind of a combination of Facebook restricting inventory. You know, trying to kind of clean up the feed and make users happy and you know, it looks kind of gone through a couple of crises but that stuff like going up right to the tune of about 30 plus percent. I don’t manage Facebook campaign. So I’m not in the platform very frequently. I understand it to a certain degree, but I know costs have gone up there.

We are seeing YouTube costs go up some so YouTube is one of those things where everybody’s excited about it. It’s actually we’ve got some ways to make that profitable costs are going up. And then with Amazon, so as we compare like CPCs are often higher with Amazon sponsor products and they are with Google shopping. But the conversion rates better on Amazon and so off probably.

Steve: Way better?

Brett: Yeah way better substantial better and some cases 3x better some cases. So the metrics still work but yet the CPC’s are almost always higher on Amazon and they are on Google shopping as an example.

Steve: Okay, and you know, if you guys didn’t catch the last interview that I did with Brett that was actually on YouTube advertising. So if you understand that you guys Check out that episode. I don’t have the number off the top of my head, but I’ll post in the show notes.

Brett: Great.

Steve: So Brett. What is Amazon DSP? What is it exactly?

Brett: Yep. So DSP, some people think it stands for like a display. It’s a shortened version of display. You do run display ads room is on DSP, but actually stands for Demand-side Platform, which will just means it’s self-service. So you get into the platform and you can build out your ad campaigns and things like that. And so basically what, it’s a layering of Amazon’s Shopper data.

So what they know about Shoppers and obviously hit they have millions of millions of Shoppers. And so it’s the layering of that data onto ad networks. So what we can do then is we can say hey I want to remark it to all the people that visit my asons either all of my asons or my top asons and I want to remarket or retarget those that visit those product pages and don’t buy and now, you know if they my product page and I’ll buy and a seminar on espn.com or MSN or something like that. I could run one of my ads to them to get them back to my listing.

Steve: This is very similar to the Google Display Network, right?

Brett: Absolutely. So it’s actually a combination of about seven networks plus some Amazon own properties. So it includes amazon.com also includes IMBD internet movie database, which is an awesome site if you’re researching movies. Amazon owns that then there’s Amazon publisher Services, which is a couple of kind of Comscore 100 sites that Amazon has control over. So that’s included.

And then there’s about seven open networks that Amazon participates in and allows you to run ads on. So basically those are other AD networks, you could advertise on on your own but what makes it kind of magical as you get the Amazon data that you’re using for your targeting purposes. So.

Steve: Just to be clear. These are the ads that kind of follow you all over the web on any arbitrary website, right?

Brett: Correct. Yeah. It’s standard retargeting. Right, which if You’ve been running your own website, you know, you potential been running retargeting for years and years. But sometimes Amazon will run retargeting ads on their own for your listings through vendor or whatever. But now this this gives you the option to do it yourself and it’s a pretty powerful.

Steve: Actually. That was my next question. I already see my ads follow around the web on Amazon, right Amazon’s running Those ads for me. So the question is why should I pay for them?

Brett: Yeah, it’s a great question. So one gives you more control right? You, you get to pick which of your products you’re going to retarget. Because Amazon is not retargeting every product that’s available on their site. So, you know, depending on who’s listening they may or may not have Amazon running ads for them at all. But usually Amazon’s not going to run retargeting ads for all of your products and not all of the time. So it gives you much more control.

Obviously you can see all of the data so you can see your cost per impression and your return on ad spend and all of that to kind of dial things in but ultimately just gives you more control and allows you to grow your business the way you want to grow it.

Steve: Do you have any visibility into because I still I notice an Amazon only runs Those ads for my best-selling products. Is there any visibility? Otherwise, if you’re not using their DSP platform.

Brett: Not that I know of, there may be something but I have not seen it. So that’s the other thing and I know you’re the same way Steve, but I love to see the data right? If we see the data, we know the data then we can make decisions and we know what to do. And so seeing that data is super important. Yeah.

Steve: How do I get access to this? And what are the requirements?

Brett: Yeah. So the requirements are actually a little bit steep right now. So you got a couple options. You can either go direct to Amazon and use Amazon’s managed Services where they’ll build campaigns. You’ve got a rep they’ll manage everything for you. We’ve had a few clients use that with different degrees of success, but the tricky part is they want to charge like 35 Grand minimum spend to get started.

Steve: Right.

Brett: So in that can be spent over a couple months, but 35k is kind of the minimum. You can also go direct. So DSP is the self-service platform you can get into that. Has a minimum too right now. It’s something at about 15K initial spends what they’re looking for. So that can be kind of steep for some people as well or you can find an agency like ours are there are others as well, but we meet all the minimum so we don’t have a minimum for people to run and test on DSP. So that, that’s an option as well. You also find an agency that has that direct connection to DSP and run your ads that way.

Steve: So just curious. Do you have to be brand registered like are than you requirements from the perspective of an Amazon Seller?

Brett: So you do not have to be brand registered. Yep. So that that’s not a requirement. You can actually run, there’s not a ton of restrictions on the ads you run. You could even run ads and direct people back to your website if you want it to.

Steve: Oh really?

Brett: Or or yeah. Yeah, they really are pretty lenient about that. It’s just a matter of you know, you’re paying for the you’re paying for the ads, but you can send them back to your site if you want. Or you can design your own ads obviously or you can kind of use ads that look like an Amazon listing and so that that’s typically what we do.

Steve: Well, so this is just like Google Display Network, except you have all the Amazon data.

Brett: Yeah.

Steve: You can take them anywhere you want you can put anything you want in the ad as well?

Brett: Absolutely. Absolutely and we’ll go ahead and fall apart.

Steve: I was just going to say can this be text-based as well as image based or is it just image-based?

Brett: Yeah. It’s all image-based right now. So you got kind of you know, the various sizes of image ads, you know skyscrapers and Banners and stuff like that, you know. The square ads 250 by 250. So yeah, it’s your standard display ad sizes.

Steve: Okay. And then can you target specific sites? Like how powerful is it right now?

Brett: Well targeting specific sites. You can Target specifically Amazon property. So if you want to choose Amazon and IMBD, or you can you can run just app ads inside the Amazon app. But we found that a lot of results from the open network as well. So we will build campaigns targeting both what kind of use your segment them, but the open networks work really well also.

Steve: What does that mean please? Open? What’s an open network?

Brett: Sure. So the open networks would be, networks, like AOL. As an example their ad Network or there’s other AD Network names that that basically they’re like an alternative to the Google Display Network. So it’s a group of sites where you could go directly to them if you wanted to and buy ads, but this is allowing you to run ads with those networks using Amazon’s data. Even cooler I think than placements because ultimately the placements are an important, aren’t as important as the people that you’re targeting right? So it’s really about the Amazon data.

What’s awesome is that it’s not just about targeting people the vizier asons or your product pages and then bounce without converting. You can also Target your competitors and you can also Target people that are just in the market so kind of shopping, browsing. So it’s really, I’m happy to break down those audiences for in kind of other words.

Steve: Yeah how do you the target your competitors?

Brett: Yeah. So this is yeah. This is one of the coolest thing so, you know, I’ve been in a Google guy forever, you know, and we’d always ask people are people always ask us. Hey can we retarget to people that visit our competitor sites in through Google Display Network, you know, the in the quick answer is no. You can build certain type of audience that sort of gets you close. It kind of builds a look-alike audience, but it’s called custom Affinity audiences.

But really you can’t you can’t quite retarget visitors to your competitor sites. With Amazon DSP, you can. So basically what you do you give Amazon a list of your asons, you know, either all of them or just the ones you want to advertise and then they’ll build a list of similar asons, right? They’ll build an audience of similar asons, which would be your competitors asons. And it’s actually an audience of people that have visited those asons but did not purchase. So it is literally retargeting my get people to visit.

Steve: Oh my Goodness..

Brett: It’s crazy.

Steve: That is crazy.

Brett: To clarify this like three times because the marker and me was nerding out when I when we first learned about it, but yeah, it’s people that visit your competitors asons and don’t buy. What’s also cool is that the audiences are updated in almost real-time. So if someone visits, you know, this competing spatulas page, they don’t buy now. They’re on my list for me to run ads to but then you know this afternoon they do by their taken off the list almost immediately. And so that audience type is extremely powerful.

Steve: That is crazy.

Brett: Yup, yup.

Steve: And then you can go those people back to your own site or anywhere you want to.

Brett: Yeah, anywhere you want, you know, usually we’re we’ve tested that somewhere we’re finding and obviously these are Amazon customers and Amazon Shoppers. So an ad that looks like your Amazon listing that points people back to your amp bacterium is on listing. Those do work best. But test whatever, you know, I’m always about testing to see what’s going to work.

Steve: Totally makes sense. So, do you have any numbers that you can share like what sort of results you’re seeing targeting your competitors? That sounds amazing by the way.

Brett: Yeah, it really is. So there’s a couple ways to look at the numbers. So when you run Amazon DSP get a couple different reports, you get kind of this direct sales report right that just shows people that click on ads and convert. And so, you know, we’re seeing in the high range of you know, 4x, 4x, 2/5x for those similar product targeting. So 400, 500 return on ad spend.

Steve: Okay.

Brett: Kind of on the higher side were seeing lows of you know 1 to 2, but that’s just people that click on the added by immediately. There’s also what’s called a brand halo effect. And this is something I’m sure you seen Steve and something that I’ve noticed forever. Once you start running ads, you’ll just see everything increase right direct traffic will increase. People you know, searching for you by name only increase things like that.

So that happens on Amazon, so Amazon will give ran halo effect report as well aware of the opinion. It’s a little bit greedy right now. I can I think it over Rapport so sometimes it’ll be like 3x what that is. So it’ll still say like a yeah 12x return on your ad spend when you look at the halo effect. I don’t know. I don’t know that I buy that so the truth is probably somewhere in between. Yeah, the results have been going out results for asons retargeting where your retargeting people to visit your products and don’t buy. That’s great. I mean that’s a no-brainer. I think that works for essentially everybody.

The similar targeting, you know or competitive targeting works for most people. But you’re not in all in all cases. So as an example for retargeting, I mean we’re seeing return on ad spend of 11, you know, 11x 20x from the direct sales report.

Steve: Okay.

Brett: You know, yeah. and then, and then the brand Halos higher but you know average your least 4x on.

Steve: That’s still pretty cool. I mean 11 X is crazy. These are just straight retarding ads where you just retarding back to the product they were looking at.

Brett: Yep. Correct, correct.

Steve: And are you able to put in your at exactly the product that they were looking at?

Brett: So no, so that that’s what okay, so so there’s a couple ways to do it. Basically what you’re doing is you’re Building audiences and audiences are based on asons. So you can either send Amazon single asons and ask for an audience for each ason or kind of a group of asons and ask for an audience around that group. And so if you their requirements as well, so you can’t do this unless you have Five thousand unique visitors per month to either one a son or your group of Aces.

Steve: I see.

Brett: So where that becomes tricky as if you’re kind of just getting started and I have a lot of traffic you may have to bundle all of your asons together to get an audience that’s sizable enough to Target. And then if you get a lot of different, you know use it you’re a sins are very different from each other that it may be hard to serve the right ad. Because basically you’re matching add to audience if that makes sense.

Steve: So basically it’s the dynamic aspect is not quite there yet?

Brett: You have to put there is not correct. There’s not a dynamic aspect. So it’s you building audiences and they can either be single product audiences or audiences based on a group of products. And then and then you have to run an ad to those people. Say there’s not a dynamic offering yet. I’m sure that will happen yet. That’s the way it works with Google and GDN which is a beautiful thing. So that will.

Steve: Force your Facebook already to so

Brett: For sure. Yeah. Uh-huh Yeah

Steve: So on these Ads like recently Amazon allowed you to run display ads on people, other people’s products right? And have control over that.

Brett: Yup, yes.

Steve: I’m just kind of wondering how that compares here?

Brett: Yeah. So those are those are really good. So those are from about the same thing and I think we are product charging.

Steve: Yeah. Product listing ads I think they call them? I don’t remember.

Brett: Yeah It’s a subset of sponsored products, but it is part of product targeting and just like with kind of like with Google Amazon changes the name of things, you know monthly it seems. But you can Target specific products and then, you know towards the bottom of the page your sponsored product or your sponsored listing will show there. And what we’re seeing with that is the results are really good almost identical to sponsor product ads that run elsewhere like in top of search and search results like that.

We are seeing volume is lower. So, you know some product targets work some don’t obviously but once we kind of down into the ones that work the returns are great. They’re just using not quite as much volume on.

Steve: Sure.

Brett: That’s but that is a great way to Target but that’s actually a subset of sponsor products. There is one other audience that was kind of interesting for display for DSP. And this is kind of a little a little broader. So, you know, we talked about funnels, you know, shopping funnels and things like that. I think it’s fairly instructive. But you know the top of the funnel that’s where people are maybe just becoming aware of your product or product options and then we’ll lower the funnel. It’s more of a comparison evaluation. I’m really shopping and comparing my options and then at the bottom its decision time. And that’s a, over simplified funnel, but we kinda get the idea.

So, you know retargeting that’s definitely bottom of funnel. The similar product argument that’s kind of mid funnel because that’s when someone’s doing some evaluating and they’re clicking on different products and trying to decide what to buy higher higher in the funnel than that is what’s called in-market audiences.

Steve: Uh huh.

Brett: So these are these are interesting. These are kind of based on category page activity. So basically you build, that you can build an audience of people that are in the market for organic dog food as an example. And that doesn’t mean that they necessarily clicked on specific asons or similar asons, but they were kind of on category Pages or there. They’re doing things on amazon.com to make Amazon say hey there in the market for organic dog food or there in the market for toys for kids ages 5 to 8 or whatever the case may be.

Steve: So they copied Google’s terminology here, right or is this? Okay.

Brett: Correct. Yep. Yep. So yeah in-market audiences at some of the Google builds as well. So this is a direct copy of that same thing happens though. Those audiences are updated in almost real time. So someone starts kind of shopping organic dog food there on that organic dog food in Market audience. Then later today, I you know, I buy my organic dog food now I’m off the list. So it does save you some money because what’s interesting about this platform versus others, is you’re actually paying for Impressions.

So we’re still seeing return on ad spend, you know, we’re really dialing in and looking at the return and all that and you can see CPC’s but you’re paying for Impressions so that that’s where it’s important that those audiences are updated in near real time.

Steve: If you saw an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon.

Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen wiggler and his team from Emerge Counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price.

Now for me personally, I like Emerge Counsel because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection such as a copyright or a patent. Check out Emerge Counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecounsel.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at e-m-er-g-e-c-o-u-n-s-e-l.com. Now back to the show.

You know, this is really powerful a lot more powerful than Google in my opinion, right? Because people are actively shopping on Amazon in a category. So if I understand correctly this in Market is category based on Amazon.

Brett: It is category based. Yeah, and I totally agree like I mean, I love obviously love running Google ads and stuff. But Google will put someone in and in and in Market audience based on you know, what searches they’re making and what sites are clicking on but yeah, it’s kind of hard to tell exactly where they are in the process.

Steve: Yeah.

Brett: But your conversion rates are so high on Amazon. And so if someone’s on category Pages really browsing on Amazon that they’re likely to buy pretty quickly.

Steve: How did the returns look for the for the in-market audiences as opposed in targeting your competitors?

Brett: So as you could imagine, because this is a little bit higher in the funnel the returns are lower. So, you know, this is where we talk to advertisers whether it’s on the Google side of the Amazon side, you know, we like to say, okay we need to get an overall return that makes sense. Right? We’ve got to we got to watch our overall money spent versus money that we’re getting in sales, but we can’t necessarily the same goal for every ad type. Right?

Sponsored products. They should just kill it. You know, they should do great High return on ad spend or actually it’s sponsor products a measure a cost. So it’s you know low a cost but for in Market, that’s kind of top of the funnel see I don’t want to spend the whole lot like, you know, that’s a smaller budget item depending on how aggressive want to grow but the returns are lower. So, you know, we’re seeing on the high side like a 3X return on those.

Steve: Okay.

Brett: And again, this is this is direct sales. The halo effect is always larger, but but you know, you have to trust it and I don’t really think I do yet. To kind of an average of between 1 and 2x return.

Steve: That’s If you just try to keep the Amazon flywheel going, right?

Brett: Exactly. Yeah, you’re trying to say, you know, because the Amazon loves you getting traffic from outside of Amazon, you know that can help with Organic rankings and those wasps and all that. So again, we like to at okay, if we if we look at all of our ad types is kind of a portfolio and we need a total, you know, return an spinner total a costs. Then let’s see where we you know, we just put a little bit of money to in Market because we’re always getting new people finding new people that way and so.

So yeah, we use this very heavily around the holidays for a large toy seller and man it did well. It was it just crushed it which that makes sense kill the market around the holidays and toys and you know impulse type purchase. So that worked very well, but yet it’s exciting audience type. I do viewed as a little bit higher in the funnel and so you just have to kind of budget and plan accordingly because of that.

Steve: Are you able to calculate lifetime value of a customer with this platform?

Speaker 1: That’s not something that I’ve seen yet. I would love to be able to do that. I mean, the oh that’s the other thing. That’s the other audience that I forgot to mention is as you give Amazon a list of asons, they’ll give you know, your retargeting audience will give you similar products, but it will also give you buyers. So you can you can find hey this is this is my list of buyers for these asons. Now you can Market to them and try to sell them something else right?

Steve: Ah, yeah cross sales.

Brett: Exactly so, you know, I bought a guitar. I did not buy a case. Okay, let’s run ads for the case or I bought the eye serum but not the facial mask. Let’s run ads for the facial mask. So it’s another way to kind of yeah cross promote and cross-sell.

Steve: Can you market to people who have purchased your competitors products or just looked at them?

Brett: Yeah, right. Now it’s just looked at them so that. And used to like when we first started doing this we could give Amazon a list of our competitors. Like he wanted we want to target these guys can’t do that. Now, It’s just all automated you give Amazon you’re asons you want to target they’ll automatically build that similar list. But yeah right now it’s just people that have visited those products and have not purchased.

Steve: And what’s in clear me is you keep mentioning that everything is in real time in people getting taken off a list, when they’re taking off a list is that when a purchase occurs of any type?

Brett: Yeah, so it’s near real time. So I don’t know what the actual delay it is. It seems like it is same day which is which is interesting. But it should be a purchase related to that category. So the way the way it was explained to me and you know, there’s always some of the some of these things that a little bit Black Box, you know, where you ask questions and you don’t always get super clear answers. But the example was given to me on the organic dog food as an example.

So now I’m in the organic dog food I go ahead and purchase them. I’m not in Market anymore. But then in 30 days, I’m back in Amazon searching again on category Pages. Now, I’m added back to that in Market audience. So it’s definitely one that you can you can be added to it again, but it seems like it would certainly make sense that it’s related to that I purchase that specific product. Or a product in that category.

So I know when it comes to the similar audiences and stuff, that’s did someone buy one of those specific products in Market. I don’t know that I’ve ever gotten confirmation, but I think would have to be a purchase in that category.

Steve: Do you get to set the duration?

Brett: Yes, there’s remember all the options that I know. I know the Google options a lot better, but you can, you can set the duration. Yes. And I think it’s I think it’s default 30 days if I’m remembering correctly, but you can modify that some not as much control as Google. So like with Google as an example, you know, we’re building sometimes three-day audiences and seven-day audiences and 14-day audiences and then being more aggressive with our targeting in different Windows. You can’t at this point. You can’t be that detailed with Amazon.

Steve: Okay. Can we talk about the creative little bit?

Brett: Yeah, absolutely.

Steve: Do you just take your GDN creatives and roll with it or do you create a fresh set just for just for these Amazon DSP ads?

Brett: Yeah, so we’ve tested it and you know Amazon DSP says, Hey run whatever you want. I mean obviously with some policy guidelines, but run whatever, you know, make the ad look like whatever you want to look like. So we tested it. We we’ve taken kind of our GDN looking, you know ads and we were Designers are really good really talented. And so we use some of those ads, but we also wanted to test you can kind of build these ads automatically in the DSP platform. It basically had just looks like your Amazon listing just you know, it’s got the Amazon add to cart button and it’s got the pictures from Amazon and ratings remember that just looks like Amazon.

Those ads always do better. They just do I I think it is one of those things that there’s some triggers there some visual cues or someone sees it I yeah, that was the product I was looking at. Even looks like the listing I was looking at and so the results are just better there. I think everybody still needs to test you never know but in our experience so far and we’ve done quite a bit of this the ads that look like Amazon there. Right now, they’re winning by a healthy margin.

Steve: Okay.

Brett: And they’re easy to build to because you just build a right there and DSP the not a ton of creativity. There you kind of decide you want to pull in your reviews or Price or you can have ads that kind of rotate and show multiple things. And so that’s what we’re doing primarily. But yeah, you can be as creative as you want and essential upload any add to test.

Steve: So these are just set templates like I want to display these three Essence and it’ll just put together an ad with add to cart buttons.

Brett: Correct. Okay, correct.

Steve: Does it add to cart when you click on it?

Brett: That’s a that’s a great question.

Steve: Or better yet. Is it one click sell, one click page?

Steve: That is what, no it’s not one click. That’s actually a great question. I haven’t clicked on the ads. I’ll confirm it. I’ll confirm that we can drop it in the show notes, but not actually certain on that. My thought is that it probably does go back to the product detail page. Yeah, that’s super interesting.

Steve: What other levers can you play in the ad itself that Amazon gives you?

Brett: You can add headlines. So there are depending on the ad size. You can add a headline. So even if even if you want it to look just like your product listing on Amazon’s, you get the picture and the reviews and you know, the Amazon looking buttons. You can still add a headline and test that and you’d be on the ad size that may or may not be eligible to show if it’s a smaller add than you have.

Steve: So do you create ads for like all the different ad types? There’s like a bunch, right?

Brett: Yeah. So when you when you go in and kind of build the basics, it’ll auto adjust to fit those different sizes. So but we do like to write headlines and that’s something that, you know been marketers for a long time.

Steve: Sure.

Brett: And we seen the power of one headline versus another even in search ads or on a landing page. So we do like to test headlines for sure and but you can also, so to clarify you can build specific ad sizes as well. So 300 by 300 whatever like you just build those sizes as well if you want. And you can get to the smaller skyscrapers or the smaller. I forget all the names of them, but you can just create those individually, and It’s one.

Steve: And on mobile as well, right?

Brett: Mmm. Yep.

Steve: And you can you control like I don’t want anything in an app or a game or anything like that?

Brett: So there are some controls you can you know, you can choose only on Amazon only in the Amazon app. You can choose only in these open networks. There are there are a few things you can kind of restrict on where your ads show. But it’s not quite the same as against it’s a GDN now, although I will say on Google. They’re getting a little more automated where they’re kind of automatically excluding things like, you know, sexually suggestive content or violent content. You kind of you can opt out of all of that if you want to. And that makes it pretty easy. So there are some controls with Amazon but not quite the same.

Steve: It’s really didn’t use it. Maybe they’ll get.

Brett: it is. Yes. Yes. Exactly.

Steve: So DSP like to get access to this two completely different site, right? You don’t get this from Seller Central for example, right?

Brett: Correct, it’s not in sort of central at all. It’s actually just obviously Google Amazon DSP, but it’s advertising@amazon.com and that’s when you kind of go and get some of the details and there’s some videos about it and stuff like that. But yeah, it’s separate from vendor or seller its own its own platform.

Steve: So I know you run ads like across the entire gamut, right? So let’s say I came up to you as an Amazon Seller. So let’s say I’m just doing 1 million a year. How do you prioritize the ad spend?

Brett: Yeah, it’s a great question. So same way I would do if I was talking to someone, you know using Google and so their own site. I want to maximize that bottom of funnel first, but specifically sponsor products. So our sponsor product ads what they used to be called so sponsor products and then headline search ads which are now sponsored Brands. You have to be brand registered for that though. So usually to maximize that or at least get that to where get some good volume the return is what you need it to be, I would prioritize that.

Steve: Sponsor products and headline ads. I know they’re not called sideline ads anymore.

Brett: But yeah exactly sponsor products and headline acts. Yeah. Those would be the primary drivers just because the return is so predictable and it just works. So then as you have..

Steve: About the product listing ones, I mean in my opinion, those for me have been the highest converting ones.

Brett: You talk about products targeting..

Steve: Yeah I’m talking about

Brett: Where you learn how to talk

Steve: Exactly. Yeah.

Brett: So those that’s a subset of sponsor products I can,

Steve: Oh okay. Yeah.

Brett: Sorry lumpy.

Steve: Okay.

Brett: Yeah, so I’ve got a lump that together but I totally agree. Those are those are awesome. And now you can Target those specifically which is really cool. So I would maximize the budget there before I would look at anything. That’s DSP related and then if you, so, you know that this will vary from seller to seller but maybe you’re saying hey 60% of my 60 to 80% of my ad budgets going to go to sponsor products in headline search ads with sponsor products taking the majority of that budget.

And then I’m going to take you know, 20 or mittens that maybe like 10 to 20 to 30% of my budget going to retargeting once I start doing some DSP. And then I would just use you know, and like that 10 to 15% range. And now that I’m doing math on the fly I’m not sure hundreds..

Steve: Haha

Brett: We always give we always give 110% Yeah, I don’t know. But then the rest would be targeting similar products and and in market and then you know, you can always shift things as you go. But I think that’s the allocation that makes the most sense. And that you can really grow as you get that bottom of funnel built out high converting, you know, consistent predictable ads really push those first and put most of your budget there. And then start with a small amount and then ramp up as you see results with other, you know audiences and add types that are a little bit higher in the funnel.

Steve: So let me ask you this. Typically when I do retargeting like I do it based on duration, right? Like if they looked at the product within the last three days seven days 14 days and 30 days. Can you do all that stuff and ESP as well?

Brett: Not quite that detailed and I totally agree like that’s exactly what we do on the Google side will split even you know, product detail page viewers, versus cart abandoners and put these tight Windows on it. And will be be super aggressive for that narrow window and then we’re less aggressive as we go. So right now no you cannot be that specific.

Steve: Okay. So basically it’s just kind of like this blanket 30 days.

Brett: Right.

Steve: Okay

Brett: Right. Yep.

Steve: I mean this is new I imagine all that stuff is coming on down the line, but that’s just the way

Brett: yeah and depending exactly and so he like depending on when someone listens to this maybe Amazon or at least they’re releasing new things all the time and we’re actually we found out we’re fastest-growing Agency on Amazon DSP. So I get to go to the Amazon headquarters with my.

Steve: Whoo Hoo!

Brett: yeah going there next week with my..

Steve: Can you take a fellow Asian guy along too. I’d love to

Brett: Dude, Come on man, come on yeah. Let’s do it.

Steve: While we were chatting earlier before I hit the record button you were talking about like Amazon’s automated bidding and your experience with that. You want to just comment on that real quick.

Brett: Yeah. Sure. So this is one of those new things for primarily for sponsored products right where, we’re all we’re always a fan of testing new things were pretty big believers. In Ai and machine learning and it just because we’ve seen what that’s done on the Google side and how that’s changed performance there. So as an example to make a comparison on the Google side, they go uses smart bidding. Specifically Target return on ad spend or Target CPA and that’s basically where instead of getting up and getting down on your own. You’re giving the Google algorithm a Target.

So hit five hundred percent return on ad spend and then we found the algorithm now is so good. It will dial in and hit that row as maybe exceed it and help you get more volume. so really powerful there, but what was interesting is that first came out though, it kind of sucked like for about a year and then it got better and better and now, it’s so good. Google leverages all kinds of data that you won’t be able to ever see as an Advertiser. They’re looking at, you know, 70 million signals that they’re kind of calculating it at auction time, you know some cool stuff.

Well, I would kind of you Amazon as being at the same place we tested the bit up, bid down feature for kind of our top 20 advertisers or so. Just a little bit on a few campaigns here, there and the results were interesting to say the least so..
Steve: It usually means negative But yeah, yeah.

Brett: Yeah. kind of yeah. Yeah. So the 50% of the campaign’s just went nuts, haywire, like spending a lot just going crazy. So we pretty quickly mix those about 30% of the campaign’s just fluctuated too much too much volatility. Like there be one week where they’d be Okay one week where they would just do weird things. We couldn’t explain, so all-in-all now, you know like 20% did okay. But anyway to date we only have about 10% of a campaigns we started with actually still use the bit up and down functionality.

So just a tiny fraction of our campaigns overall. We manage are actually using that using the bit up and bid down functionality. Here’s what I know about machine learning and I’m not a programmer not a computer scientist, but the one thing that machine Learning Systems need to perfect their craft is data, right? They need lots and lots of data my advice to people listening is, let other advertiser’s Supply Amazon with data for right now. I would probably avoid it, you know, maybe test it with the campaign or two just to see how it does for you.

But overall it just increased spending and increased a cost that that’s what we saw that those kind of end of story. So I think it will probably get there, you know, if because Amazon’s pretty smart lots of other scientists and just some really smart people. So it will probably be a tool that will be useful maybe you know in the next year is the results will change but for right now I would say proceed with Extreme Caution and probably. Just wait a bit the bit down only which is kind of been around for a while that still works well. But bit up and down is a I would give that a strong caution and probably just avoid.

Steve: So Brett you’re going to be talking about Google shopping at the soda Summit this year. And I’ve been asked this question in the past, and I’ve never tried it so I don’t actually know the exact answer. I thought take the opportunity to ask you right now. People have been wondering whether you can run Google shopping for an Amazon portfolio of products on your site where you’re actually linking direct to Amazon in your feed. Is that possible?

Brett: That is not currently possible.

Steve: Okay.

Brett: So Amazon has been kind of in and out on running ads themselves in the Google shopping results for longest time. They would not run Google shopping ads and then they were and so that’s kind of on again off again type of thing. You can run Google search ads to your Amazon listings and we do that a decent amount. It’s a great way to get you know, people off of Amazon to your listing and increase velocity and ranking and all that.

It’s hard to track currently, you know, because you can see the click and cost data inside Google but then you can’t connect that with conversion data because the Amazon and Google, you know won’t connect to each other that way. But you can only do that if Amazon isn’t already bidding on your keywords. So Google’s policy is for any given keyword, they’re only going to show one ad for a given domain. So if Amazon’s already bidding on ads for your top keywords, then you’re likely not going to be able to run.

Doesn’t mean you shouldn’t still create it because you know Amazon may be bidding in such a way that you would win the auction versus them or what have you but you can’t have an ad and Amazon have an ad both to your listing or both just the Amazon for the same keyword so search yes with those caveats shopping ads to Amazon listings, No.

Steve: Okay, even if this is the structure that was thinking like even if the shopping at takes them to a page on your website on your domain with the add to cart button leading to Amazon?

Brett: You can totally put that yes, you can do that. Yep

Steve: But it’s just not track, the conversions aren’t trackable?

Brett: Correct and you can’t see it and we’ve had some clients that have done that where you know, they’re get their listing on the shop store, you can check out there or you can check out on Amazon. and that’s not necessarily a bad thing. You may get overall more conversions, but it will make the data a little bit a little bit messy. There is a kind of preview some of that’s kind of cool that’s not really ready for prime time, but it is interesting. Have you heard of Amazon attribution?

Steve: Nope.

Brett: It’s a new tool. We’ve got done now several webinars kind of still in beta right now, but basically it’s a way to track campaigns off Amazon and see whether those people convert on Amazon. So basically, it’s just pixel-based but you’re creating pixels for

Steve, Oh yeah yeah, I have heard of this. Yes, yes.

Brett: Yes, it’s really cool you can search campaigns. It’s for criminals work on Facebook, but for Google search campaigns or the display campaigns or whatever the only not the only one of the drawbacks is it only works for vendor right now? So if your Seller Central you can’t use it, but it’s coming, you know Amazon’s working on in perfecting it’ll be available for everybody at some point.

So once that’s available. Now you can start tracking and seeing okay this campaign did lead to these conversions on Amazon. So that that has the potential to be a game-changer as we’ve kind of demo to I think it’s going to be a potential little bit confusing a little bit messy in the beginning but promising for down the road for sure.

Steve: Cool. Well Brett where can people find you online if they have more questions about DSP or anything advertising related.

Brett: Yeah. Would love to connect left to talk Amazon DSP one of my favorite topics or sponsor products. Or I can connect you with the true wizard of all Amazon ads and OMG Chris Tyler’s our director of Amazon, but go to omgcommerce.com. It’s the best place and info their info on Amazon ads. Reach out If you’d like to schedule a free consult, happy to do that, and then you can actually on LinkedIn. I’m also on Facebook happy to connect with fellow Amazon sellers and marketing nerds alike. Happy to connect.

Steve: Cool. Well Brett. Thanks again for coming back on the show.

Brett: Yeah, man. Thanks for the invite had a blast and I really appreciate it.

Steve: And I’ll see you in a month and a half. It looks like.

Brett: Yeah, just a few weeks excited about it.

Steve: Alright, man. Take care.

Brett: Okay. Thanks Steve.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode now. I’m pretty excited about Amazon DSP because Amazon has so much shopping related data that you can use to drive targeted traffic anywhere you want. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitjob.com/episode267.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now. I talked about how I use all these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six a mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

266: How To Invent A Product From Scratch And Sell Over 300K Units With Kim Meckwood

266: How To Invent A Product From Scratch And Sell Over 300K Units With Kim Meckwood


Today I’m thrilled to have Kim Meckwood on the show. Kim was the winner of the 5 Minute Pitch, my Shark Tank like show with Mike Jackness, Greg Mercer and Scott Voelker where we gave away 50,000 in cold hard cash.

Kim invented an ingenious product called Click And Carry that has sold over 300K units. Click And Carry is a tool that allows you to comfortably carry a bunch of bags all at once and sling them over your shoulder.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about the triumphs and the struggles of entrepreneurship and how Kim got started with her business.

What You’ll Learn

  • Kim’s motivations for starting her business
  • How Kim validated her niche before she began
  • How Kim designed and manufactured her product
  • How Kim generates most of her sales and how to get on QVC

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today. I’m thrilled to have Kim Meckwood on the show.

And Kim is the founder of Click and Carry. The ingenious invention that allows you to carry an insane number of bags hands-free that she was also the winner of the five minute pitch. And today we are going to do a deep dive into her business and her story.

But before we begin, I want to give a shout-out to Privy who is a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy to display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up.

Basically, these are gives our email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce cart abandonment with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well and one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution.

So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales. So head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

And I also want to give a shout-out to Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now whether you are getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow and with Klaviyo, you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email in advertising experiences. So I want to tell you about Klaviyo new entrepreneurs growth guide.

It is packed with must read blog posts case studies and getting started content. This guide helps you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth. Now moving to any new marketing platform can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and growing fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now you can explore this free content now, Over at K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/mywife. Once again, that’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the my My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have Kim Meckwood on the show. Now, Kim was actually the winner of the five minute pitch my Shark Tank like show with MIke Jackness Gregg Mercer and Scott Walker where we gave away $50,000 in Cold Hard Cash to a single company. And that was Kim’s. Kim runs an e-commerce business selling Click and Carry, an ingenious tool that allows you to comfortably carry a bunch of bags all at once and sling them over your shoulder.

Now, it is truly an amazing invention that has sold over 300,000 units. Anyway, I’ve been looking forward to this interview now that the winter has finally been announced for 5 minute pitch. And what we’re going to do is we’re going to talk about the triumphs and the struggles of Entrepreneurship and how Kim got started with her business and with that welcome to show Kim. How are you doing today?

Kim: Hi Steve. Thanks so much for having me. I’m doing well, and I’m absolutely thrilled to be here and I’m really honored to be your winner on Five minute pitch. It’s huge for me. Thank you.

Steve: You know what’s funny about the five minute pitch, you know, we only saw each other virtually and then we finally got to meet in person at my event to seller Summit and it was awesome. It was great to see everyone in person.

Kim: I couldn’t agree more and I can’t believe how many great new friends. I have as a result of your five minute pitch. So thank you all around. I feel really lucky and it’s an honor to meet you.

Steve: Yeah, you know, it’s amazing how all the finalists got along really well and just started, you know, hitting it up. Basically.

Kim: Yeah, they’re pretty great. In fact, I actually have John’s product for my cat.

Steve: Oh, you purchased it already. Awesome.

Kim: Yeah, and I sent one to my mom to so, so prudence and Leila have a cheese.

Steve: Nice nice. So Kim, please tell the audience about your product what you sell and how you got started.

Kim: Sure. So I have a product it’s called Click and Carry and it’s just a simple handle device and it has two areas that allows you to put in as many bags as you can fit. Each side takes 40 pounds for a total of 80 and then you can secure them into place by rotating the top into place and then you either hold it in your hand with a comfy gel grip or even better you wear it over your shoulder and your hands-free.

It’s just very necessary for condo living or for moms who have to have a free hand for their baby or for people who just want to have a free hand to unlock their door.

Steve: I’ll post a picture of it in the show notes. So people can, sometimes you really have to see it in order to understand the product fully.

Kim: I agree and as you know, because you’re you were one of the few judges who actually had a Click and Carry, it’s one of those things where once you use it, you can never go back because it just really saves your arms and hands from getting the grooves from carrying so much weight.

Steve: Absolutely, so how did you get the idea for this? And yeah, how did you get started manufacturing? Did you start already knowing how to make stuff, or?

Kim: Okay, so this is such a bizarre story, but I have really vivid dreams and, in my dream,, appeared to Click and Carry but it was actually flat and it was a Jetsons ask dream where there are those flying cars and they zip in and zip down kind of like a helicopter. And in my dream, it was basically a line of those cars but one slot was missing.

So this car zipped in and zipped down and the Click and Carry was there it was in the form of an ex the cars zipped down it closed and then the train took off so I thought to myself. Oh, wow, that makes sense. That’s a way to secure things together, but you’ll still have room in the middle to put your hand. So I just modified it slightly. I made it a little bit rounded so it fits perfectly on one shoulder and then the product was born.

And the interesting thing is that I was talking about it for a while and I was sketching it. And at the time I was in medical device sales for Medtronic I used to work in Brain stimulation. So one of my clients she’s a neurologist at USC. She I guess was sick of hearing me talk about it. So she said you know Kim will you shut up and stop talking about it and do something about it. So I took her advice.

I actually met her neighbor who at the time was studying an entrepreneurial studies at the Pasadena design school. So I hired her neighbor to help me with the prototypes because the Pasadena design school had access to a 3D CAD printer so which was huge because at that time each CAD print was about $175, but if I had done it in just the real world it would have cost me probably a thousand each time.

I made a prototype. So with the help of this design student, I created the winner and once they had the winning clicking carry prototype, I sent it off and I made a mold in China.

Steve: How did you get in touch with a vendor who would make a mold for you?

Kim: That’s another weird story. Okay. So I live in a Condo building in Los Angeles and they call me the mayor here in my condo complex because I talked to everyone and just so happens that across the hall. There was this guy his name is Stewart and he worked for TIE and Tie’s the company that makes beanie babies.

So I told him all about my invention and what is trying to do and he put me in touch with his Factory that made the beanie babies. They were able to make a steel mold for me. And so I made the mold

Steve: Wait. Okay. So the Tie manufacturer you got in touch with them and they decided to make a mold for you?

Kim: Yes. Well, I mean, they also made steel molds. They didn’t just make Beanie Babies. They had, it was, it’s a really big Factory over there.

Steve: Okay.

Kim: But..

Steve: How much of the mold cost?

Kim: At that time, It was $5,000

Steve: That’s really cheap. Actually.

Kim: It is. But not when you’re bootstrapping. I mean for me at the time it was a lot of money, but the sad news is that I knew that it wasn’t going to work that it wasn’t going to be perfect. But I also knew there was a good chance I’d be able to modify my mold. So what happened is I received the first prototype back from the mold and initially, I’ll actually send you a picture of the original one.

Originally the slot where it turns it was just a straight line. So what would happen is when click into place, even though there was a male female parts prevent it from moving and dang stationary since it was just a single line. It was easy for the Click and Carrt to continue to move. So it just didn’t suit the purpose.

So I redesigned it and I made it kind of like a tooth and I’ll make sure that I get that to you so you can show your podcast viewers what it looks like but I changed the groove which also allowed me to modify my patent. So I ended up getting two patents from the same mold and now I finally had the winner. So that’s when I decided I did that I was going to take that revamped version and go and get a patent. So that’s just what I did.

Steve: So in terms of manufacturing the mold part, how much did it cost to redo the mold?

Kim: That was about $3,000 to modify the $5,000 molds. Luckily, It was using the same shape of the product. It just needed to be modified slightly so you could only take away from a mold. You can’t add to a mold.

Steve: Right.

Kim: So I was lucky in that sense that I was able to just take away a few things and modify it slightly. So ultimately the first mold cost me about 8,000 and my current mold cost about 25,000

Steve: And this mold is it’s in China?

Kim: it is in China. Yes.

Steve: Okay. And did you ever go visit there or was this all done remotely?

Kim: It was all done remotely and lucky for me the factory that I used to work with, they used to do a trade show in Orange County, California once a year, so I would meet them once a year here in the state.

And we would just talk to each other via internet. I should have gone but the interesting thing and sadly this is still the case in China if you’re a woman owner or inventor, you’re just not taken as a credible.

Steve: Mmm.

Kim: Inventor, in fact, many of the times when they were when they were in town meeting me. I would bring my nephew who I had working for me and my company and they would always ask questions to him, even though he wasn’t the owner or the inventor but he was a guy so

Steve: Right.

Kim: So I felt safe that they came here to meet with me. So it was a much safer way to go.

Steve: Okay. And so at this point you’ve spent $8,000 you have a new mold what happened next?

Kim: So I just started going around town and talking to local stores and I started sewing up farmers markets and I even did the Pasadena the Pasadena Rose Bowl, which is a swap meet that has I think 50,000 visitors once a month and I was just trying to get the word around and..

Steve: How many did you make in your first production run? I forgot

Kim: Probably about 5,000

Steve: 5,000 Okay.

Kim: Yeah.

Steve: And how much did it cost for that? First run, per piece?

Kim: Oh my gosh, they were really expensive and luckily I’ve turned things around but I think when I first started they were two dollars and nine cents a unit and then they ultimately went up to about two dollars and Seventeen cents a unit and that remember that’s not including importation taxes and getting it to the United States.

Steve: Mmm. So your landed cost was maybe around $3 or?

Kim: Pretty close. Yeah. It was it was pretty high. Luckily. I’ve modified the mold and made a new mold that and reduce cost but at the time that was what I had to work with and that was kind of a hard sell because it’s just a plastic piece of good. So people don’t want to pay a whole lot of money for it.

Steve: What was the selling price in the beginning?

Kim: It was $7.99 in the beginning.

Steve: Okay and two x mark yeah

Kim: Yeah. It was fine for me because I would you know, I was just bootstrapping it and just selling out of my out of my place. So I didn’t have to worry about getting margins for retailers and things like that.

Steve: So did they just fly off the shelves at the swap meets?

Kim: No, no. No.

Steve: Okay, I’ll let you continue.

Kim: They didn’t because it’s the kind of product that needs a demonstration and all of the sales that I made were made showing how it’s used or demonstrating it on a mannequin or actually physically showing the person they use. Once they actually had it in their grasp or over their shoulder, that’s when I would be able to sell them. But it was a one-on-one kind of thing. So.

Steve: Okay.

Kim: That’s when I really knew I had to really Branch out into the website thing.

Steve: Okay, and then so how did you start generating sales at the swap meets and that sort of thing weren’t working that well?

Kim: So then I started to get smart and I did research and I found out about a trade show in Chicago called the home and housewares show. And I knew it was a big risk. It was going to be very expensive. It probably cost me close to 10,000 to do it because I think..

Steve: So you bought a booth at the show?

Kim: I did there they have a section and this is great for young companies who want to get their product out there if it fits the genre. There’s an area called the inventors corner where you get a discounted Booth.

I think it was something like five or six thousand, but obviously that doesn’t include getting all your stuff there and you know having monitors to show videos and things like that, but the beauty of inventors corner is the fact that all of these bigger companies come in and try to find a young brand new company or brand new unique product and then they allow you to pitch your product to a panel.

When I pitched, the people on the panel were QVC, HSN, and SkyMall and companies like that. They were always looking for new products oh, Lakeland UK, which is a popular retailers in England. I was able to pitch to them. Unbeknownst to me, they really liked my product.

And the funny thing is I’ve gathered all of their cards and when I got home from the trade show, I followed up and I reached out to QVC. Bernadette of QVC didn’t call me back and didn’t call me back. I thought that was really strange. She seemed to like my product but then I got a call from the Bethenny Frankel show. Bethenny Frankel is the girl who sold this Skinny Girl Margarita franchise for I believe about a hundred million dollars.

Steve: Wow Okay.

Kim: I know, she’s a rock star. She makes margaritas and wine that they’re low-calorie and I think she’s well not I think, she’s one of the New York Housewives. At the time, she had a talk show and so I had applied for it months earlier because she would help a female entrepreneur once a week and a segment called Bethany, Bethany in your business, and I never received a call back.

But then, all of a sudden, out of the blue, I got a call from her people. And they asked if I would be interested in doing her show and I said, yes, of course because I knew I would get business advice from her. And again, she had just sold her company for something like a hundred million dollars. I knew I would get her business advice and perhaps a stipend.

I was expecting maybe five or ten thousand dollar stipend to help me in my business. And instead, I ended up getting a contract with QVC which was a Cinderella. It was crazy. It was such a Cinderella moment and it really it changed the trajectory of my business.

Steve: How does QVC work exactly? so they have a contract. Do you have to produce a certain amount of units?

Kim: You do. So it works in many ways. I was really lucky. They basically brought me in under their Sprouts program. So they really made it easy for me. Usually people have to pay for all of their inventory and they only get paid as they sell the product.

But because I was the Sprouts winner that year, I was the gadget of the year. Since I was the winner, they allowed me to have a guaranteed sale. So they initially ordered I think it was thirteen thousand six hundred units.

Steve: Oh wow Okay.

Kim: I know it was crazy. It was it was an interesting time because they made a lot of exceptions for me. Usually you have to have all those products in stock and I just didn’t and I had like maybe whatever the leftover what from my 5,000 units was. And they ordered 13,500. They filmed me. I filmed that Bethany episode in April.

That’s when they told me. They wanted to order the 13,000 units. I went on a month later, but the units weren’t ready. It takes about 3 months to create that many units at that time. It’s different now. And then like another month or so to get to the United States, so I filmed in May I sold out in 7 minutes.

And then customers were going to receive their products in August of that year. But the funny thing is I did so well that they added another five or 6,000 units too, to that initial order because I sold out.

Steve: So, did you have to front all that money for the production or did they help you with that?

Kim: No, I had a front all the money, which means I was out of that money from April until a month after it was delivered which was August 8th. So until September 8, I was I was out that money and then when they do send you the money they take away five percent because they count on returns. So.

Steve: What are the terms of the QVC deal? Like how much do they take? So you retail price before you said was $8.00, right?

Kim: Yes, yeah because I sold a set of four and they sold it for $25.

Steve: They sold 25 and how much of that do you get to keep and how much do they take?

Kim: I ended up keeping a little bit over five dollars a set. So was it wasn’t huge obviously. It was like well, let’s say about a dollar forty a unit is what I made. Okay. I didn’t really know what I was doing at the time. But it was it was still okay, it was fine, but it was a real success story in that right after that delivery. They ordered 60,000 more.

Steve: 60 thousand. Wow. Okay.

Kim: Yeah, so I had to figure out how to find the money to make the product. So that’s when I made a really big error because I didn’t really know how to go out there and pitch and find investors at that time and I had to learn these things kind of on the Fly and my Dada just passed away. So I wasn’t going to ask my mom for the money so what I did as I use my 401 k because you sometimes you have to strike while the iron is hot.

Steve: Sure.

Kim: Though I knew I was going to have a tax penalty. I thought I was going to be 20 or 30 percent but it ended up ultimately being about 50%. I know, on a bright note though. I didn’t get that tax penalty until about a year and a half later. So I was able to really function and build the business in the meantime.

Steve: So 60,000 units menu had to front like a hundred and twenty k or a little bit more than that?

Kim: Yeah, that’s exactly right.

Steve: Okay.

Kim: I think was like a hundred and thirty thousand and that wasn’t including shipping it to the US and oh one thing I forgot to mention about the initial order is you know, you have to keep your timelines if you’re working with QVC. You don’t want to set the wrong precedent. So my factory lagged a little bit and I actually had to fly the first order into the United States which cost me an additional 13 thousand which would normally have cost me like maybe 5,000 if I shipped it.

Steve: Right.

Kim: So.

Steve: So the money that you made from that first run of QVC, wasn’t that much was it like on the order of 20 grand then?

Kim: I don’t remember the exact amount and I should have had this prepared for you. But it was I want to say offhand I made, I don’t know, I didn’t want to discuss..

Steve: It was just far less than you needed to front the money. Right?

Kim: Far less. Yeah.

Steve: Okay far less. Okay.

Kim: Far less, yeah I was I was lucky I had the money in the 401K to be able to continue working with QVC cuz it and it was a great thing for a few years and I could I could go back and I eventually will but it was a really great thing.

Steve: So, okay. So you you borrow money to buy this production run for 60,000 units what happened after that?

Kim: So then I continued to go on until you go on until the units are sold. So I’ve I was on like seven or eight times on QVC. In fact, they even did a segment on me during breast cancer awareness month because I’m a Survivor. And they brought me on and they did a beautiful segment and I was able to tell people how you know, you have to believe in yourself and you know stick with your plan and try to get over adversity and do what you need to do.

So QVC’s been amazing to me and it’s been a really credible source, for example, when I go and I try to sell to other retailers when I say that I have been working with QVC for so many years they’re really impressed and they know that I have a quality product because it takes a lot to be proved as far as the quality of your product at QVC.

Steve: So there was a gap where you stopped selling all together, is that because that tax bill finally hit and then you for to produce anymore?

Kim: Yeah. It was a little bit of that in a little bit of, you know, I was to the point where I was just living off the proceeds from Click and Carry. That was great. But when you have these orders and that was at the same time getting orders from other places like Ralph’s which is a local grocery chain here in Los Angeles, you’re putting out all this money, but you still have to live and I was to the point where it was really hard for me to pay for my mortgage.

And more importantly for my health insurance because I was a cancer survivor. So I had to make the choice to go back to work. I kept Click and Carry alive and I continued to sell the whole time. But I had to go back to a daytime job just to just to make sure I was going to survive with Click and Carry.

Plus on QVC, I received 4.7 out of five stars. And that was after many many reviews hundreds of reviews. And the only negative comment, I would get on Click and Carry is the fact that it was difficult to open. So that’s when I realized that I needed to make a new version and I decided to back off a little bit on QVC to re-engineer my product and that’s when I met an amazing Mentor. His name is Mark and he invented the perfect push-up and he then taught me the ropes.

He taught me how to pitch to find an investor. He taught me how he used his Factory and how his Factory produced over 10 million versions of the perfect push up with very little error and he put me in touch with them. So then I switched factories and now I’m proud to say I’m with a new Factory. My new mold is significantly better in that, there’s very little error in the product that I produce and I’ve reduced cost and the amount of material going into each product by 81 cents a unit which is about a 37 decrease in cost. And that’s just it’s a game changer for me. It just it brought me to a new level and that’s, all thanks to mark.

Steve: This new mold. Was it significantly more expensive than the last mold?

Kim: It was, my new mold is 25,000.

Steve: Okay. So that was more in line with what I was expecting actually for the first round.

Kim: Yeah, that’s it was it was 25,000 and in the United States the same mold would be somewhere between sixty five thousand and eighty five thousand. And the per piece units were more expensive in the United States. I wish that weren’t the case because I’d prefer to make a US.

Steve: Sure.

Kim: Company, but unfortunately it was a lot less expensive for me to make my own mold in China and to produce there.

Steve: How did you get into Ralphs and those other stores?

Kim: All just knocking on doors, cold calling? I really used the clout that I had with QVC to get into these places. The same with the Container Store and Lakeland UK and then there’s a Japanese company called Essaouira Park. And it was all because you know, just being aggressive and getting out there and just doing your research or going on LinkedIn and finding out who the buyers are.

Steve: So what is it cold call look like? Like, pretend you were cold calling me.

Kim: Sure.

Steve: What would your script like?

Kim: So I have this cute little PowerPoint presentation and I had a printed out version as well and I told them about my success on QVC or I would play them my b-roll that I show on QVC. A b-roll is a, in my case. It’s a 53 second video that shows all the different uses of Click and Carry. I would show that to them I would tell them how the function.

Steve: Back up for a little bit. How did you get that first meeting did you cold call? Were you introduced by someone from QVC?

Kim: Glad you asked that question because I’ve missed that part right? I would send samples in the mail to them. I would find out who the buyers were. I would send a little care package. I would send pictures of the product in use. That’s how I would get my foot in the door. So many of those times people would call me or you know, email me and ask for more information.

Steve: In case you haven’t been following the latest e-commerce news most of the states in the US are now requiring you to collect sales tax. Even if you don’t have a physical presence in that state. As you can imagine, keeping track of every state sales tax rules can be a nightmare. Now, instead of pulling your hair out.

You should let a tool like Avalara take care of your sales tax headaches for you. Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax calculations and automatic return filing and the best part is that Avalara are already integrates with your existing accounting e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super simple to set up. So even if you have no idea how to get started with sales tax Avalara can help you get registered in a snap so you can focus on getting back to business.

Join over 20,000 businesses already automating sales tax compliance. Simply put Avalara is tax compliance done right. Find out more at avalara.com. That’s A -V-A-L-A-R-A.com. Now back to the show.

Okay, so they didn’t know you at all and you didn’t have any warm intros to these people. You just literally cold called them sent them a care package and then they reached out to you?

Kim: Yep. That’s right. In fact.

Steve: Amazing.

Kim: Yeah. In fact my buyer from Ralph’s. He’s one of my best friends to this day. He’s since retired from Ralph’s his name is Chris, but he and I probably talk once or twice a week. He’s in fact if I get to the point where I’m very successful, I’m bringing him on board for operations. He’s awesome.

Steve: It’s funny how these things work out, isn’t it?

Kim: It really is.

Steve: All right. So you have your pitch deck and I’ve seen this pitch deck obviously since you pitch this in five minute pitch. And is a very compelling pitch.

Kim: Thank you.

Steve: So I can see why after that you got into these stores. The one question in my mind is I imagine the margins are better than QVC for these retail shops. So how come the money from that wasn’t better than QVC?

Kim: Actually, no, I’m sorry. You’re not right. The margins are about the same and it’s because remember it at the time it was a $7.99 item or let’s say all the way up to $9.99. because that’s what the container store sells it for is $9.99. You have to give them a price so that they can make at least a 50% margin.

Steve: Right.

Kim: So it, I would say the average was about a dollar forty a unit as what I would make.

Steve: Okay.

Kim: Because it’s retail and I think I told you this because one of my issues with retail is that when people see it in retail, they’re not sure what it is. They don’t know if it’s a chip clip or if it’s one of those little gadgets that women hang their purse off the table with.

Steve: oh yes, yes.

Kim: So I actually need to revamp the way I work with retail and there’s this new idea now where there’s a mini screen that Loops a video and they could be charged with a UCB charger and they last for about six months and they continuously Loop a video. So people can actually see the product in action and see what it’s for, but I’ve actually pivoted and changed my strategy because of you and because of the other judges because you’ve opened my eyes and you’re absolutely right.

I was missing the boat in regard to selling online because the margins are significantly higher. I can make my money there and then I could afford to buy things like this little screen that would Loop a cute b-roll and show people the product in action on a show, at a store and actually relay the proper message. And so that’s what my concentration is right now online.

Steve: One thing I was curious about also is how did you come up with your pricing? Like was $7.99 kind of arbitrary?

Kim: It was kind of arbitrary and now I think $9.99 is probably the perfect price. In fact, I get a lot of feedback that perhaps it’s too low, but since it’s a brand new product It’s an Impulse buy. I think you have to kind of lower your cost to entry initially to get it out there. So I kind of think it might be a fair price at $9.99.

Steve: I was just kind of curious if you tested that at all because impulse buys for me are anything under 20 bucks like a no-brainer buy anything under 20 bucks.

Kim: Mmm-mmm

Steve: And I was just wondering what you could get away with. I don’t know. Just thought I just wonder if you do any testing on the pricing or if you got any feedback from people from QVC or the retail shops on your pricing.

Kim: No, I didn’t do any testing but see that’s that just goes to show why I am so lucky that I won the five minute pitch because that’s a great suggestion that you just gave me and that’s something I will Implement. Because I didn’t do any testing and the beauty is then now I’m concentrating online. It would be easier to test their and fast.

Steve: Absolutely.

Kim: Yep, and I’m currently testing a single unit on Amazon Prime at $11.99 and then a set of two for $19.99. So it’s incentive obviously for people to buy two. But I’m so I am selling units at $11.99.

Steve: Yeah, absolutely. I mean, I think there’s room for to go up. I don’t want to just preemptively say that but it seems to me that you could get away with higher pricing.

Kim: Thank you.

Steve: So let’s switch gears a little bit. So a lot of the listeners of this podcast are people who want to start a business and follow down your path. And so I wanted to get your perspective on some of the more difficult Parts about getting your business off its feet and what you did about it. What would you say was your greatest challenge?

Kim: Well, my current greatest challenge is showing people what it is because it’s basically changing the way people shop for groceries. My biggest challenge right now is getting the word out and product awareness.

Steve: What about in the very beginning when you first got started? Actually one question, I forgot to ask you is did. You know that this was going to sell when you started making it like did you have any initial orders before you create the mold and invested all that money?

Kim: No, I just knew in my heart and I know in my heart that this is going to be everywhere. It’s going to be like an umbrella and I know that sounds like a conceited thing to say, but I know I feel like that dream that was a gift from God. Like it was this is something that’s going to make people’s lives easier. Even if it’s just a little bit easier, especially people who don’t have cars or in third world countries who have to carry heavy things. It’s going to make lives easier. I just know it’s going to be out there everywhere. One day it’s just the challenge is getting to that point with a shoestring budget.

Steve: Sure. Absolutely actually. My next question was how much did you invest it sounded like $5,000 to get started with this?

Kim: Yeah. No, it’s way way way more I would say today, I’ve probably because I put a lot of my my proceeds back into it because it takes money to make money, you know, making marketing pieces packaging promotions. I probably put about a quarter of a million dollars into this business and much of it was the patents. And the multiple molds and shipping and production there. There’s a lot to it keeping up licenses every year.

Steve: I meant like to get your initial first couple of units for sale. So you spent 5,000 for the mold and maybe an additional production of 5,000 units, right?

Kim: Yeah.

Steve: So we’re looking at like 15 grand or so.

Kim: Yeah, that would be about right.

Steve: Hey, I know you’ve invested obviously a lot more over the lifetime of the product but also produced a lot of things as well.

Kim: Yeah, I have yeah, but yeah initially, yeah, I would say 10 to 15,000 like I did it as inexpensively as I could.

Steve: Then so once you had produced your product, I’m just trying to get an idea. So the swap meets was your initial strategy and then what kept you going? I mean when things weren’t going well.

Kim: Just that believe I just for example, when I had to go back to work because I didn’t want to lose my condo. Like I mean, I had already lost my 401k the anxiety level if I lost my condo on top of that I wouldn’t be able to handle it and I would be homeless.

So I just I knew that I had to step back for a little bit and be conservative but I kept the dream alive and I would work nights and weekends. Wake up super early mornings to keep the dream alive and it’s just something I know in my heart that has to be out there and I’m not going to stop until it is. I am not gonna stop until I can do just Click and Carry again because there was nothing more exciting than to wake up and to be creative and to work on your own dream.

It’s in fact, my days would be 12-15 hour days because I loved what I was doing and that’s what I would I would push to every entrepreneur out there who has something and has something that they believe is special, believe in it. Don’t listen to the naysayers. Just keep moving forward because if you believe in it, there’s a reason and I really, I believe there’s a reason and I’m going to get this out there if it kills me.

Steve: In terms of your initial motivations for starting this, it wasn’t because you didn’t like your job or anything right? It’s just because you had a dream one night and then this you just knew that you had to bring this product to the market?

Kim: Yeah, actually, let me go back and tell you, I did love my job. I loved it. It was amazing and fulfilling. But when I first started talking about it when I first had the dream, I was in pharmaceutical sales, and I was selling this drug for Parkinson’s that was just a slight modification to the gold standard. It’s called was called Percopa, which is the staple of a Parkinson’s drug regimen is called Cinema or Cardio Levodopa.

The company I worked for put this product on the market as of a kind of like a Band-Aid because they were going to be launching a new product once it was FDA approved. And the FDA approval kept getting delayed and delayed and delayed.

So initially when I first met the doctor Jennifer who helped me to find my help me with the cad design. I had really nothing to talk to any of the doctors about because it was a slight modification on the gold standard said that’s when I would talk to them about my ideas and inventions and we talk about life, but then I end up getting a job with Medtronic and deep brain stimulation.

So it was a very serious job and it was a very exciting job, but what happened is a couple of years later, I was there for about five or six years. A couple of years later I ended up getting breast cancer. That was a really scary time and luckily everything’s fine. I’m cancer-free. But when you go through something like that life event like that you realize how short life is and even though I made it a ton of money. I didn’t really have any free time. I realized what really made me happy was working on Click and Carry.

So I ended up getting breast cancer in February of that year the completed all my surgeries by the end of March of that year and I decided right then and there I was going to quit my job. So I saved up all my money till the end of the year and then I just did something crazy and starting in the new year. I started Click and Carry and it was never so exciting as those three years where I just did Click and Carry. And didn’t have a day job and I can’t wait to get back to that place and I’m going to get there soon.

Steve: Okay, So last question for you Kim if you were to start all over. Again, and I never you’ve made your share of mistakes and whatnot. What would you do differently today if you were to start all over again?

Kim: Gosh, well, so there’s so many different tools now available to people and online sales have really blown up. Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, they’ve all blown up. I would use those vehicles to get the word out and the awareness out versus starting in retail, which I enjoyed.

Those something that you pointed out to me and you were absolutely right. I started with the hard part first. The good news is now I know the Beast that is retail, and I know how to be successful in retail, but I could have made this a lot easier on myself by starting out selling online or starting on Amazon and that’s something that people now have the luxury to do.

Steve: Would you go back to that trade show again or?

Kim: yes, I would I wouldn’t be allowed to go back into inventors corner, but though I would obviously have to be more successful in order to go back. Because the booths on the regular stage are a lot more expensive than and inventors corner. But that Is just the end-all be-all for products like my product. It’s the home and housewares show is a magical event that really introduces you to a lot of people around the world.

Steve: You know, one thing I actually forgot to ask you to just popped into my mind. Was that worth getting was it a hassle and has it protected you in any way?

Kim: I wouldn’t say it was a hassle because I did it the right way in that. I actually hired an attorney was very expensive. I actually have two attorneys. I have an attorney for my patents and one for my trademark, but it was the best thing I could have ever done because it gives me the confidence to know that I’m protected at least in the United States.

If someone were to infringe on my patent, I am very safe. I’m I have two utility patents on Click and Carry, but even better the United States patent and trademark office did a story about me. They have a publication called it’s called, Inventor’s Eye and they put me in a segment called Spark of Genius. So if someone were to try to infringe on my patent, I’m not only do I have a United States Utility Patent, but I’m also in their publication so I’m extra protected.

Steve: So just curious have there been any copycats that you’ve experienced at all?

Kim: There have been 16 products since 1962 to carry groceries. But the reason I was awarded a Utility Patent is because mine is the only one that can be worn over the shoulders as well as carried in the hands.

Steve: I see.

Kim: But there’s a new product. It’s called grocery grips and it’s just a strap that you kind of Sling over your shoulder kind of like a hobo strap and in a way, I think they’re infringing on my patent to a small extent but it’s not truly hands-free.

So I haven’t filed any paperwork, but they’re trying to say it’s hands-free when in actuality. It’s not necessarily hands-free because you can’t you have to hold it with your hand down one side and it doesn’t evenly balanced though, the weight so it defeats the purpose.

Steve: So Kim moving forward, it seems like you’ve had a lot of hardships and you recovered from them and you’ve won $50,000 from five minute pitch. What are your future plans in the near future?

Kim: So my future plans are number one, I’m going to get the mentorship from the four of you. I am so thrilled about that. Because one thing I won’t do is waste money in the wrong direction. So I’m going to hopefully with your help take that money and I’m going to produce many ads for Instagram for Facebook for YouTube. I’m going to reach out to influencers who are let’s say Mom bloggers do-it-yourselfers for the construction industry. I’m going to use my money wisely. I’m going to do that because I’ll be educated by all of you.

Steve: Awesome. Well Kim where can people find you online and get a video demonstration of your product?
Kim: So if they go to clickandcarry.com, it’s C-L-I-C-K-A-N-D-C-A-R-R-Y.com, you can see quick video that shows how the product is used. It’s the b-roll that I use on QVC and it’s also available on Amazon Prime and the videos also there.

Steve: Awesome Kim. Well, you know what I like about you a lot? And this is what made you stand out in the competition is that you’ve went through all these hardships, but you didn’t give up and you’re in a really good position now to kick major butt.

Kim: Thank you. I can’t wait to get out there and kick major butt and I know I’m going to be able to do that. Thanks to you. So thank you for picking me.

Steve: And Kim, Thanks a lot for coming on the show.

Kim: It’s an honor. Thank you.

Steve: Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, I just love Kim’s spirit, her work ethic and the fact that she’s not willing to give up no matter what the circumstances. And with an extra 50k and our mentorship, I know that she’s going to be successful. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode266.

And once again, I want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

265: How To Be More Efficient With Your Time With Thanh Pham

265: The Secrets To Asian Efficiency Revealed With Thanh Pham

Today, I’m really happy to have my fellow Asian compatriot Thanh Pham on the show.

Thanh runs the popular site AsianEfficiency.com where he teaches others how to be more productive with their time.

He is considered to be one of the top thought leaders in the productivity industry and he has been featured in Fast Company, Inc.com, Forbes, Huffington Post, and The Globe & Mail.

In today’s episode, we uncover the lost Asian secrets of productivity.

What You’ll Learn

  • Productivity tips on how to manage your inbox
  • How Asian Efficiency gets its traffic
  • How AsianEfficiency.com makes its money
  • Top productivity tips for small business owners
  • The Pomodoro technique

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners, and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. But today, I’m happy to have Thanh Pham on the show, and Thanh runs the popular site asianefficiency.com where he spreads the long-lost secrets of productivity from the asian culture. Do not miss this one.

But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, whether you’re just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale, Klaviyo offers fast, simple, and repeatable ways to grow. And with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing, build your customer relationships, and automate your online sales. And it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. Now I want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneur growth guide, packed with must read blog post, case studies, and getting started content. This guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth. Now moving to a new marketing platform can be intimidating, but Klaviyo helps you get up and growing fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now I encourage you to check out this free content now over at klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again that is K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/my wife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what is Privy do, well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms. And I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now, I’m using privy to display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up. Basically, user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form, email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. I’m also using their new cart saver pop-up feature as well to recover abandoned carts. So bottom line, privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So, head on over to preview.com/steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou!

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today I’m really happy to have my fellow Asian compatriot Thanh Phan on the show. Now Thanh is someone who I met at Billy Murphy’s mancation and we’ve hung out on several other occasions, including the men potential conference a couple of weeks ago. Now Thanh runs the popular site asianefficiency.com where he teaches others how to be more productive with their time. And he is considered to be one of the top thought leaders in the productivity industry and he has been featured in Fast Company, Inc.com, Forbes, Huffington Post, and the Globe and Mail and in today’s episode, we are going to uncover the Lost Asian Secrets of Productivity and with that welcome to show Thanh. How you doing today, man?

Thanh: Hey Steve. I’m glad to be here and thanks for having me.

Steve: So Thanh, we both turned 13. We signed a solemn oath to never reveal the Lost Art of Asian efficiency to the mundane world yet here you are spraying the hidden secrets of our culture to the masses. Please explain yourself. And what caused you to sell out.

Thanh: Hehehe well, thank you for introducing me in a way. Uhm yeah, I think you know in our culture we have this secret that I think everybody would benefit from. So I thought, “Why not let it out and share with everybody and not give the Germans so much credit for their efficiency.” And so, I thought let’s launch asianefficiency.com and spread the message. But it all seriousness, really started off as a passion project for me back in 2011. I was trying to figure out how to be more productive at my first job and I was so behind at work. I was losing clients. I was just so overwhelmed. I started to gain a lot of weight from all the stress and such and so I start to figure out okay, I need to be more productive because like behind and everything.

So, let’s read some books and let’s go to a bunch of seminars. And so, I started to document everything I learned and throughout the whole process in one year was able to read 35 books, listen to 21 audiobooks and drop the excess of 25 pounds or so that I gained from being so stressed out about my job. And so, people kept asking me all the time “Thanh, how did you do this?” “What did you learn?” Like, how should I go about this and I started documenting everything on asianefficiency.com which kind of started off as a joke and now is a full-time business for me. And so, I’m super fortunate to be able to do what I love and help people.

Steve: So, it’s funny as you learn how to be productive not at work, right? But with your own stuff.

Thanh: Yeah, I was just trying to figure out like, okay, if I’m like a few weeks behind at work. What do I need to do to change my life there? And then I started to learn all these different things and then I started to apply that to my own life as well. And so, as you gain control of your life you get more time you start to think, “Okay, what should I do with this time?” And I’ve always been somebody who’s really interested in personal development and developing myself. And so, I started to read more books and listen to more audiobooks and just trying to figure out like, okay, how do I get the most out of my life? And that is always been my guiding compass to say, “Okay, let’s maximize my life as much as possible.”

Steve: So how many hours do you work? Because I always see you doing two things shopping and traveling just curious right now in your current lifestyle.

Thanh: Hehe well, fair enough. I probably work anywhere between like 30-35 hours a week I want to say? Definitely few years ago. It was more in the 60s and 70s, so I definitely cut back a lot and I remember meeting you a few years ago and we were having this discussion was actually a Billy saying that you mentioned at the beginning and I remember you saying how, how little you worked and I thought that was really amazing and I was at that time trying to transition into that myself as well and it was the whole idea of something that you can have like set off the cuff as well. It’s like you’re basically trying to focus for happiness. Right? Like what’s the point of making more money if you’re you know, if that’s not going to make you that much happier, right? And you want to spend more time with your family or kids and only do the things that you love and I think that’s one of the most beautiful things that we can discover in life is that it’s not all the time about working harder, making more money, but also actually enjoying our lives throughout the journey and process as well.

Steve: Absolutely and we both know that you love Louis, right? So, Thanh…

Thanh: I think that’s partly an Asian thing.

Steve: So, before we get to the productivity section of this interview, I am actually curious how you built up your site. So, first off, we talked about it earlier. It is a seven-figure site. So, you make seven figures off of it. And where do you actually get your traffic from?

Thanh: We got most of our traffic from organic. So, we started back in 2011 and we just started to post once a week. And at the time I was having a partner alongside of me to help me with that and I said, “Okay, let’s publish something once a week and just share our message.” So, we posted every single Tuesday and over time, it just got so much traffic and traction that all the people than our friends and family started to email us and ask questions and we just kept this publishing schedule over the last eight years now. So, we’ve never missed a Tuesday ever from just publishing that over the last eight years has garnered so much organic traffic that, that’s pretty much our main source right now.

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: And then over the last two to three years or so we started adding Facebook on top of that. Where we basically set aside a budget every single month and just spend that on look-a-like audience to kind of like get exposure to new people and then we run a lot of targeting on top of that as well. And so, that’s our main traffic source right now.

Steve: What’s funny about your story is that it’s exactly how I got started. I started publishing once a week and I’ve done it for the past nine years now, I should say? And yeah, just traffic just builds over time and the majority of my traffic is through search as well. So ha-ha, I want to ask you, are you very deliberate in what you write about? Or is it just kind of off the cuff? Whatever you think it’s going to be interesting.

Thanh: So, we have a quarterly publishing schedule so we know every single quarter ahead of time. What podcast is going out, which blog post is going out and over the years, we kind of tweaked it where we definitely started off by saying, “Oh, let me just write whatever I want to write about.” And that was completely fine. But, as our audience grew and we kind of got to know better who audience was what they wanted, what they needed, and then also matching that with the several products that we have nowadays. We are more strategic now in terms of, what content we publish, when it goes out, and what we should write about. So now we have our quarterly publishing schedule so we know for example, okay, if we want to launch this product on this month, we should probably write about that particular topic in this week. And this week leading up to the launch for example, so it’s a little bit more strategic now and we try to mix it in kind of like own accord off weeks where we just want to write whatever we want to write about. So, it’s still you know is fun at the same time while also having strategic content in place.

Steve: I guess what I was trying to ask was do you do and do you write your posts to actually target specific search terms?

Thanh: So, I would say tiny part of it. We know we want to rank for five to six keywords and we have like specific landing pages where we try to rank them and try to target them. And so, when we write publishing or and publish blog posts about certain keywords, we will try to obviously redirect all that traffic to the main landing pages and such. But for the most part, we really focus on solving problems. And so, we have this huge community called The Dojo where we have tons of people in there and we have a private forum and I’m talking to customers like five hours a week. So, I’m always in the “Marketplace”. So, I have an idea of what people are dealing with, what kind of struggles are having. I also review customer service tickets every now and then to kind of see what’s going on there and what people are dealing with and so I always have a pulse of what’s going on and that gives me a lot of ideas and inspiration to say “hey, this is a product we should create this is type of content we should write”. And then once we have that kind of like topic figure it out, then we will look for keywords to kind of match with that. So it’s kind of almost like an afterthought not the other way around where hey let’s try to rank for a certain keyword and then published content around that.

Steve: Okay, and you mentioned a bunch of things. There are private Community. Is that on Facebook or is that your own private Forum now.

Thanh: We have a private Forum. I think it runs on in vision boards. And yeah, we’ve been doing that for the last four years now.

Steve: Interesting. So what’s the rationale of doing in there as opposed to like Facebook groups? For example.

Thanh: We actually started off on Facebook and I think it’s mostly specific to our audience where most of my audience hates Facebook because they want to be more productive and going on Facebook as well.

Steve: That’s true. Yeah, I didn’t think about that

Thanh: Productive for them. So they all said to us. Hey, we hate Facebook, please move it away. And most of our audiences can go into code organized or they want to be organized. So they love the search function. They love to be able to revive old topics and look for stuff and we kind of realize that the form or having a private forum is the best thing for them.

Steve: Okay, and I actually, you know, I don’t even know the answer this how do you make money? Like, what do you sell exactly?

Thanh: Yeah, when people come to our website they can enroll in one of our courses. So we have about seven courses right now. Most of them are like anywhere between like fifty dollars to a thousand dollars. Hours and then we have a members area as well as our membership site for $49 a month or 350 a year.

Steve: So for the thousand-dollar course, for example, is that a high-touch course?

Thanh: Yes. It’s a high-touch course you work with a coach. So as soon as you enroll, you get a few sessions with a coach and then that coach will help you walk you through the program and kind of like help you stick to it. Make sure that you’re accountable for the things that you say you will do. So it’s a little more High touch and for people who want to have a little bit more personal attention. Where’s the other courses that are on the lower end. It’s all kind of like do-it-yourself go through it at your own pace and make it make it happen.

Steve: And how many people are employed by you right now?

Thanh: So right now we have about 12 people.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay. So yeah actually have quite a few people and how many of those are coaches versus writers versus marketers?

Thanh: So coaches, we have two coaches and marketers. We have one marketer and then writers we have like four of them.

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: And you mentioned earlier that you’ve branched into Facebook ads which I find kind of funny because people don’t want to be on Facebook and I guess the audience who aren’t productive yet are still on Facebook. But what is your ad strategy look like?

Thanh: Yeah. It’s actually really simple so I am of the mindset of okay, let’s publish amazing piece of content on our blog or have an amazing podcast and let’s share it with as many people as we can. So what we do is we will have a look-alike audience in Facebook of all of our customers and then say, hey, let’s target all of these people and just get them onto the website. So every time we publish a new blog post as long as we’re really proud of it, it should usually be published. And then also we want to send it out to as many people as we can. So we have a fixed budget every single month where we just say Hey, Let’s just get the word out there. It’s kind of like putting a billboard on the road and no it’s not. It doesn’t even matter how many options we get or how much traffic we got is really just like advertising in the traditional sense. Right? So we just want to get the word out there as much as possible. And then on top of that whatever traffic comes to that we will then retarget those people to then either join us on a live webinar or an evergreen webinar or a specific landing page where we try to give them some sort of lead magnets and get their name and information so we can follow up with them over email.

So the strategy is relatively simple, but it really just started off one thing at a time. I just said, hey, let’s start off with like five hundred dollars a month. So you just, you know, promote our blog post and then we just increase that budget over time. And then as soon as we start to get more traffic, you know, some people opted in some people didn’t and then on top of that we just added over time to say. Hey, let’s try to retarget everybody that came from Facebook and see if we can collect very name and email address as well. And then that is where we are today and we just continue to do that in just cycle that over and over and over again.

Steve: So you have you put out content?

Thanh: So we have a weekly podcast on Monday and then a blog post that goes out every Tuesday.

Steve: So terms of these ads does that imply then that you’re rotating out ads once per week?

Thanh: Yes and no. We sometimes we find a one of the ask just what just takes off right and you just never know which ad that is and if we see one ad just taking off then we just keep it running because you just what we’ve learned is you just never know which ad is going to really take off and the Beautiful Thing with Facebook is if an ad takes off a lot of people start to organically share it and then we’ll take a life, It takes a life of its own so you get a lot of traffic that way and so you’re not just limited to your own budget.

Steve: So these ads are just traffic ads?

Thanh: Yeah. Exactly. We just want to get people to the blog or to the podcast and just grow it that way and I’m not too concerned about how many people opt in or like take a specific action. It’s really just like hey, let’s get the word out. And as long as you have a profitable business in my opinion, that’s one of the best things you can spend your money on is just to get the word out.

Steve: What do you consider a good ad versus a bad ad I guess in terms of how much money you’re paying per click?

Thanh: Yeah, so I don’t even look at the like cost-per-click or anything like that like to me a good ad is when people are organically sharing the ad so that’s why we know the content is really good and it’s resonating and the ad itself is really good. So when people are organically sharing a ton of ads then I know OK that’s the thing that’s resonating. We should continue to publish that even more

Steve: What are certain guideline for like share percentage?

Thanh: No, like as we see like as long as we get over like 10 shares or something that’s probably something worthwhile continuing to maximize and optimize.

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: So it’s really simple because the flip side is if nobody sharing this ad then the ad as probably not that great. And also if a lot of people are just like, you know skipping it or just not checking out the the post then we have that data. So we just try to continuously, you know evolved that strategy.

Steve: Okay. So basically it’s you looking at shares rather than likes and comments for the most part?

Thanh: Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: Yeah, because I just know that the more people share this stuff the more it’s resonating and the more benefit we get as well, right so we know that the content is good. This is something that’s obviously very helpful. It makes certain people look good as well, right? Like a lot of people want to share stuff because it makes them look good. And so if we can accomplish these things with our ad and contents then I think that’s a winning strategy and then if you see that taking off, then it’s worthwhile to put in extra money in there because now, you know more and more people are going to come to the website.

Steve: So you mentioned you have seven courses and you do a lot of email marketing. Does that imply that you have seven different funnels that kind of funnel different products? Like how do you organize your email funnels?

Thanh: Yeah, so when people come to the site they can basically buy like three or four products. So we have like an evergreen webinar. We actually have two of them now so people can join one of them and then usually most of them funnel into the members area. So the membership site that we have and that’s really the main focus we want to get as many members as we can that’s kind of our strategy but sometimes people don’t want to subscribe to a subscription right away and sometimes they just want to buy something first and then decide later on to join the members area. And so we have a few lower ticket items that people can buy and then say hey, oh just this content is great. This has been really helpful. And then from there we try to get them into the members area or some higher ticket programs on the back end.

So it’s a very simple strategy in terms of like come to the site join the members area. Okay, if you’re not interested, That right now then you can buy one of our other lower ticket products kind of get some few quick wins. See that what we do actually works and as legitimate as well and it’s helpful. And then from there, you know, it’s up to you to decide like how you want to evolve, you know your own life and how you want to maximize your time.

Steve: How much is the members area cost?

Thanh: So right now it’s $49 a month or three hundred fifty dollars a year.

Steve: Okay. And then so how long is this sequence to get them to pay $50 a month?

Thanh: So the sequence that get them into the members area is right now, I believe like seven or eight months or something

Steve: a seven or eight month email funnel?

Thanh: Well, once people get on the campaign, you know, we will try to get them on the webinar.

Steve: I see.

Thanh: That’s the most effective strategy I find terms of getting people in the members area, but that campaign will keep running for eight months basically. So.

Steve: I se.

Thanh: It’s like an evergreen process. So some people you know are ready to jump in right away and some people it takes a few months to kind of, you know convince them to join. And so I also don’t know what the right length is, but we just found out that we have eight months of content that we can give them.

Steve: Right.

Thanh: And not every single email is like hey, you should join the webinar or hey, you should join the members area. Some of the emails are just like hey, here’s some useful contents for you to you know look into but it’s strategic in the sense that it’s hopefully getting them closer to joining the members area at some point.

Steve: And you mentioned you run webinars are those Auto webinars are those live webinars?

Thanh: So we have about to live webinars every single month that we do and then we have to automate a webinars as well. So the automated ones there on the website you can find them there when you join our email list, you’re going to get the opportunity to join one of them as well. So we have basically to “sales processes” going on all the time that people can join plus, you know, the email funnel itself and then the live webinar we do about twice a month as well to talk about specific topics something that’s little bit more up to date of what’s going on sort of in our industry and then also have a good time with people.
Steve: Are they all different content all the four webinars?

Thanh: Yes. Yep. So the to automated ones are completely different. They talk about very different topics. So for example one is more about habits. The other one is more about Focus. These are two things that we see in most people struggle with so we decide to make ever Evergreen webinars around that and then the live webinar is more about like, oh, let’s pick a topic every single month and then talk about that and it’s really just partly fun. But also partly just you know show people some of the advanced strategies that people can learn when they join the members area.

Steve: And those webinars that they funneling to the members area or specific classes?

Thanh: Most of them are for the members area

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: Because the product that we really want most people that buy and join because once you become a member you also get access to all the other high ticket courses that we have as well. So it’s almost like a no-brainer.

Steve: It’s like a gateway drug. So to speak.

Thanh: Yeah, exactly. Yeah.

Steve: Okay and just curious. What is your turn right look like on the membership site and how do you keep people interested?

Thanh: Yeah. So one of the things I’ve learned is that you know, when you started off building courses, you sometimes have the mindset and or at least as was the case for me like this is an evergreen product. So let’s just build it and then just try to get as many people as we can and what I learned from the membership site is that it’s really evolving product. It just changes every single month in terms of like what we introduce what we take away and it’s like a product that is just constant evolving and improving. And when we first started off the average Troon in terms of Lifetime, Lifetime is the easier way to calculate.

Steve: Sure. Yeah.

Thanh: For you is roughly like seven months or so.

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: So we find out that’s okay, on average when people join they stay for about seven months. Hence why the pricing is also annually at 350.

Steve: Right.

Thanh: For us, because we just know that okay, that’s the average price that people are willing to stay on for a while. And then from there is just making tweaks and opportunities to make it better. So we run sprints in our company. So we have like a scrum methodology in terms of how we run everything. So every two weeks we have like things we need to do like publishing content, you know recording a podcast and such but also we always try to add one or two things in there to improve the members area as well. So we always have like little tweaks and fixes that we introduced and a lot of that comes from the feedback that I get from either, you know talking to people that are in there or what we see are happening on the forum or we have a private slack as well. We kind of see what’s going on. There and then also from a customer success team where they are interacting with people and they’re getting you know bugs, bug fixes submitted to them as well. And so we try to like evolve and fix it all the time.

Steve: So let me ask you this. You mentioned your lifetime values about a 350 bucks. So why not charge like five hundred dollars and give them life time and have payment plans?

Thanh: Yeah. That’s the thing that we thought about as well. And the bury we ran into was like the whole price point, what people are willing to pay per month and then also per year as well. So we’ve done a lot of testing around that and we just found that like over 49. It was almost I wouldn’t say impossible but it was definitely more challenging to get people in versus, let’s say it’s like we saw no difference between 39 and 49 for example.

Steve: I see.

Thanh: And we started off at 29 that’s when we first started off like four years ago. And so we moved around to like 69 to 99 to 150. We’ve tried all sorts of different things and it seems like 49 is the sweet spot for us.

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: And yeah, we also you know, anybody that’s listening you just never know until you test. And testing can also take a lot of time because you know, when you test a new price when you have two tests are going how long do they then stay on right? Because if you get somebody a 39 versus 49. if the turn rate is exactly the same then that’s great that you can charge $49. But sometimes you won’t know until you know, eight months later because our lifetime was about seven months. So we had to wait.

Steve: Right, yeah.

Thanh: Eight or nine months or 12 months sometimes to kind of see what’s going on there. So if anybody that’s listening right now, you haven’t run any tests yet. I would say, you know start sooner than later because there’s a big waiting game that has to happen.

Steve: in terms of lead Gen. Would you say that your podcast is more effective or your blog?

Thanh: Oh by far? It’s the blog.

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: I think the Podcast, I always have a love-hate relationship with the podcast because I love the podcast, it’s engaging, it’s so intimate. People love the contents and it’s a great way to stay in touch with people. but as you probably have seen as well, It’s a terrible way for getting people to take action on something.

Steve: Right.

Thanh: Because the conversion of the so low from hey, I’m gonna make you this offer on the podcast and then actually seeing people take action on that compared to the download numbers is really low. So what we found is that the block is the most effective way of generating leads for us, but the podcast is the most effective way for keeping people in the members area.

So an interesting Insight that we’ve had is we had the members area before we had the podcast and what we found is that most members who are in there are podcast listeners and then also once we introduce the podcast we noticed that our turn rate went down. And this is before started introducing a new sort of fixes and changing the product and stuff. And so what we found from also talking to our members in such is that whether they admit it or not, they almost like subconsciously associate the podcast with being a member. And so, the more amazing content we put out when it comes to the podcast the longer at this stay on in our members area. And so what we found is that the pockets is a great retention tool for your members area. And so if you have a members area, I would highly encourage you to get as many members on the podcast because it’s just another channel to keep people excited and you know stay on top of mind and continue to be part of your community.

Steve: In case you haven’t been following the latest e-commerce news most of the states in the US are now requiring you to collect sales tax. Even if you don’t have a physical presence in that state. As you can imagine, keeping track of every state sales tax rules can be a nightmare now instead of pulling your hair out. You should let a tool like Avalara take care of your sales tax headaches for you. Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax calculations and automatic return filing and the best part is that Avalara are already integrates with your existing accounting e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super simple to set up. So even if you have no idea how to get started with sales tax Avalara can help you get registered in a snap so you can focus on getting back to business. Join over 20,000 businesses already automating sales tax compliance. Simply put Avalara is tax compliance done right. Find out more at avalara.com. That’s A -V-A-L-A-R-A.com. Now back to the show.

Yeah, you know most of the students who sign up for my course say that they really started trusting me once they started listening to the podcast. Which is kind of why I asked that question, but in terms of tracking conversions, it is very difficult to do so, you basically have to ask.

Thanh: exactly yeah. You don’t know until you start talking to people and that is one of the reasons I spent about five hours a week just talking to either prospects or customers. So I always have an idea of like what’s going on? Why did they buy? You know, why did they decide to join us? Why did they decide to leave? So once you kind of start talking to people that’s the only way I found out that there was this relationship between people being a member and also listening to the podcast and so, you know, as you know, all of us have like internet businesses and we tend to shy away from talking

Steve: I know like talking to people. What’s that?

Thanh: exactly. What’s one of the most valuable things you can do and that’s one thing I took away from tending a couple scaling up workshops and they encourage all the time for CEOs or like business owners, like continuously talk to your customers because that’s where all the insights come from.

Steve: Do you do live sessions as part of this membership site on a regular basis?

Thanh: Yeah. So we have a monthly live coaching session that we do.

Steve: Okay.

Thanh: So once a month we talk about a topic and we talk about industry news and that kind of stuff so people Always on top of things. Yeah.

Steve: Okay. Alright. So let’s switch gears a little bit now and talk about the Asian secrets of productivity. You probably get asked these questions a lot. So what would you say is your number one top productivity tip that you get asked about a lot for business in particular.

Thanh: Yeah, whether it’s business or personal I think the most important thing that you can do is whenever you start your day, tackle the most difficult task first. So whenever you look at your to do list as you’re starting your work day, pick the thing that you find most difficult to do or the thing that you will most likely procrastinate on. Because if you get that out of the way first, then you can go on with the rest of your day knowing that you got that done and then everything else that comes your way is relatively easy. So I’m going to copy this analogy that John the Cavalier share with me on my Instagram page because I share this tip with some people and he said well, you know the way I see it is I just climb, I climb a mountain every single morning and then I hang glide down for the rest of the day. And I thought those are really interesting analogy. And I feel that way too. Like if I get the most ugly thing out of the way first then everything else all my to do list looks really simple and easy to do. And I have confidence, I have momentum. And even if I don’t get anything else done, at least I got the hardest thing out of the way, so I still have a productive day.

Steve: What if that hard thing cannot be accomplished in a day and it’s more like a year-long study project?

Thanh: Yeah, when it comes to things like that, what I encourage people to do is to break it down as much as possible. Right? So let’s say you want to publish a book this year. Obviously, you’re not going to publish a book on one day, but what if you broke it down and say hey, I’m going to maybe write one chapter a month for example, right? And then every single week you could say, okay my goal every single week is to have a draft ready of Chapter and then every single day you can break that down to say. Hey, let’s let’s write at least for 50 minutes for example, or let’s write at least for 90 minutes or let’s write at least 1,000 words a day or something like that. So the key is if you have a big outcome or a project break it down to its smallest Parts as much as you can and just start there.

Steve: You know, what’s funny is tackling the hardest thing of the day. It’s actually a mental issue. Right? Most people want to just get some of the simpler stuff out of the way just so they can get those items off their checklist. So is there any ways of mentally preparing yourself to I mean, it’s easier to say hey, I’m going to tackle the most the hardest thing in the beginning of the day, but are there any mental ways to get over that hurdle?

Thanh: One strategy I find really useful is where you basically set a timer for yourself. So some people called the Pomodoro Technique. It’s like the most popular strategy out there. But it’s the idea of okay, if I’m going to tackle something and I have sometimes troubles getting started, what I find really useful and what a lot of people find useful is if you just commit to saying doing 15 minutes or 25 minutes or even just 30 minutes? If you set a timer for let’s say 15 minutes, you just say, okay, I’m just going to do this one thing and after 15 minutes I can stop. It’s usually good enough for people to commit to at least for that short period of time.

And the reason that works is because you give yourself an excuse or a reason to stop working after a while. And that is often times good enough for people to get started and just focus on one thing and often times, what you find is that as soon as the timer runs out you got oh man actually, you know what? I’m going to keep going because I’m in the groove right now. I have this momentum. And then often times people will just continue to work on the thing that they you know, didn’t want to do in the first place. So setting a timer really helps.

Steve: I see, your kind of tricking yourself into just getting started

Thanh: Exactly. So the language I usually coach people through is to say to yourself, “I will just do this, so I will just write a few hundred words” or “I will just write for 15 minutes and that’s it”. And so you’re essentially tricking your own brain to say, “Okay, I mean, I can do 15 minutes, right? I can do 25 minutes. That’s not a problem. And then after that I can do whatever I want”. But then often times you’ll find yourself in that groove to say “Oh man. I feel so good about myself now. I’m so glad I got started. Like I actually want to continue to work on this” and then oftentimes people will.

Steve: You know, this isn’t exactly the Pomodoro Technique, but I remember when I wanted to start my blog, I kept putting it off, kept putting it off, but then once I installed WordPress it became a lot easier because that just one main hurdle of having like the infrastructure in place allowed me to just start writing on a regular basis.

Thanh: Yeah, when it comes to getting started and procrastination and just getting things done, one big thing that just I hope people take away from this is, the more friction you removed from everything that easier it is for you to get things done. And often times, It’s not just about learning a new strategy or learning a new way of doing things. But sometimes it’s just about like how do you remove friction from your life? So for example, it’s way easier for me to get started when my desk is clear and it’s clean and tidy. Whereas, if there’s papers on there if there’s books on there, there’s like dishes on my desk as well. Then I’m not going to feel motivated to start working because it then I have to remove some stuff first. I have to get rid of some stuff before, before I can actually do the thing I’m good at. Right? So when I know for example the next day that I’m going to be writing and I need to be creative, I will actually put an effort the night before to clean my desk make sure everything is put away so that my future self when I wake up the next morning I can get started right away. So it’s just all about removing friction as much as you can.

Steve: And I imagine that applies to working out and that sort of thing as well, which is kind of why I moved all my work out equipment to the garage. I mean, there’s no excuse for me not to go in the garage every day.

Thanh: exactly. Like how do you make it inevitable and that’s kind of like what I teach people as well as like the inevitability mindset. Like, how do I make it inevitable for me to do this? So for example, if I want to work out? Yes, I can go to the gym downstairs or I could go to a gym that’s one block away from me. Right? Like how do we remove that friction? Because if you have to go to a gym that’s 50 minutes away and traffic, you know chances are you’re not going to go as often versus having a gym at home for example, right? So, how can we remove friction in our lives? And the more you start to look for opportunities to remove friction and getting rid of that the more you start to see that you can actually accomplish way more things.

Steve: I don’t know what you call this technique either. Maybe you can classify it. So I have a pull-up bar right outside the bathroom and before I can go to the bathroom, I have to do some Pull-Ups. So that’s just like another Fitness thing that I do.

Thanh: Yeah. I have the same thing. I have a pull-up bar in my bedroom that connects or transitions into the living room. So anytime I go to my bedroom. I have to do 5 pull-ups and that’s just.

Steve: Interesting. Okay.

Thanh: A commitment that I made for myself and you know, I could be an ugly pull up. It could be really good pull up. It doesn’t matter as long as I do five. You know, it’s my Integrity that I like to stick to, right? and that’s really important to me as well and something I teach clients as well, like, if you have integrity you do what you say you will do. you’re going to live, you know, authentically. And that’s the kind of person I want to be. And so, every time I do 5 pull-ups, you know, I’m living up to my own integrity and I want to stick to that and that’s why I am and that’s what I value. and so you know, pick a number that works for you, you know, if you have a pull-up bar, but it’s just the whole idea of like how I how can I stay with doing this and also have my word that I said I would do.

Steve: Yeah

Thanh: just having Integrity in my life, you know.

Steve: That’s interesting. I would probably never go to the living room then. at least, you know with the bathroom. I gotta go to the bathroom. So, All right. So Thanh, I have I guess a personal problem. I want to talk to you about, like how do you manage your inbox? My inbox is crazy. I was hoping you’d provide some insights there.

Thanh: Sure. Well, we have one course that’s going to help you. It’s going to cost you $499.

Steve: Amazing. You know, 499 I don’t know Thanh. Sorry go on.

Thanh: So it’s called Escape Your Email, but the short version is there’s so many things you can do. One, is most people have no clue or no system for managing their email. it’s kind of assumes that everybody knows how to manage your email inbox, right? So some people do it from top to bottom, some people have to email inbox open all day long and there’s like hundreds of different strategies. And what I found most useful is setting aside, maybe two or three times a day to check your email for 30 minutes or less. Each time you check your email.

So if you can commit to just doing a 30-minute sessions of checking your email, if you do it twice a day, that’s one hour a day on email and then, and as soon as that timer goes off right for 30 minutes, then you can stop and you can continue to do other things. So this is one simple strategy I recommend for most people to do because most of my clients tend to have their email client open all day long, and then they easily get distracted, they feel like they’re on edge all the time. They can’t really focus because this email notification will always distract them and derail them. And that’s the last thing you really want. Right? So especially if you’re a business owner you need to have like Focus time and create stuff. The worst thing you can do is having your email client open next to you while you’re producing video course content or recording a podcast or whatever, right? So closing your email client as much as possible and then only checking it two or three times a day is the best thing you can do.

Steve: but if you do it that way email tends to pile up right? So do you just not let that bother you?

Thanh: Well, when you process your email, you can then kind of like prioritize right? what you want to tackle. And so whenever I check my email I try to get it done as much as I can but realistically that’s not always going to happen. Right? So for some weeks, it might be where I have more emails to process than others and that’s totally fine. As soon as I dive into my email inbox. I know I have 30 minutes and then I’ll just try to go through as many emails as I can. And I personally just want to spend less than an hour a day on my own email and I know this is going to be different for certain people. Right? Let’s say you work in customer service, for example, that’s obviously going to be different than somebody who is a sales person versus somebody who’s a marketer somebody who runs their own business. So my guideline is usually shoot forward an hour a day, but for some people might mean two hours or three hours, but what I don’t want you to do is to spent your whole day in your email inbox.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah. I have the opposite actually try not to spend much time at all in there and I have like a dedicated support desk for the important emails that I have to respond to any given day.

Thanh: Yeah, exactly. Yep.

Steve: So Thanh, let’s pretend that you were to start Asian efficiency all over again. What would you say are some of the most important aspects to this success of Asian efficiency that you would carry over if you were to start all over?

Thanh: Whoo, interesting question, I would say one concept that I would instill in others, is to show up consistently every single week. Whether that’s podcasting, blogging, doing a webinar. I think the key to our success was to show up every single week to publish something and that lets you, you know, lots of organic traffic and such but it was, you know, found it on the foundation of showing up every single week. So that’s one thing I would continue to do if I were to start all over again. The other thing I would say is, I wish I had done webinars much earlier. I was definitely late to the game when it comes to that. I think we started doing webinars and maybe like 2017? so not too long ago.

Steve: hmm mmm

Thanh: And Yeah, like we just seen that one people really love them, and to I think it’s one of the most effective strategies for selling. And then three, it can also help you generate more email subscribers and leads as well. And then four, if you make it Evergreen as well, you basically have a new sales person in your company working 24/7 for you. So yeah, definitely more webinar.

Steve: Can you comment on auto versus live and why you kind of combine both?

Thanh: Yeah so auto I think is great when you have an evergreen topic. So when it comes to productivity and procrastination is an evergreen topic how to focus is an evergreen topic. So for our particular industry, that’s great. And you know, it took a lot of live webinars to eventually make a really good Evergreen webinar. And so we want to give people the opportunity to sign up for this material when it is convenient for them because when we do them live we can only cater to one specific time. And so, we can’t cater to everybody. Whereas with Evergreen we have, you know, just in time webinars where you can sign up and then 15 minutes later get started or one minute later, depending when you sign up. But there’s also specific times as well.

So I like to think of it as like you can pick a time and place that works best for you to learn something really interesting and beneficial. and even if people don’t buy on the webinar, I’m still happy that people go through it because we just know that the information that’s in there is really helpful and beneficial to them. So even if they don’t buy, that’s totally fine. Because as long as we make that impact then that’s really good for us. And eventually, you know, the more people spent on webinars in terms of time, the closer they get to purchasing from you anyway, right? So we’ve also learned that for example, some people like to watch the same webinar like two or three times before they make a purchase and that’s totally fine too. Right? So, it’s really just a tool for us. You allow people to get educated become more familiar with us and then hopefully down the line bring them closer to making first purchase with us.

Steve: So in terms of the lives, I’m just curious why you haven’t doubled down on the Autos then maybe just narrowing it down to just one live webinar.

Thanh: Yeah, so we have the auto one’s going where we have like Facebook traffic sending, you know, to landing pages to the webinar. And then we have like our own email responders as well. But there’s something about live that just one, is more interactive and converts better. Because as you probably have seen as well, as soon as you go from left to automate it the conversion numbers are never the same.

Steve: Yeah, right.

Thanh: So if you do live at ten percent, which is pretty decent then if you go to automated if you do like, I don’t know, anywhere between like three and five percent that’s really good. Right? So like the numbers are never going to be the same but in terms of the impacts, I think combination of both is the way to go.

Steve: Okay. Hey Thanh. We’ve been chatting for quite a while now. Where can people find you to become more efficient.

Thanh: Yeah, you can go to asianefficiency.com. We also have a podcast called The Productivity Show, so you can look for that as well. And if you want you get in touch with me, you can just go to asianefficiency.com and reach me there.

Steve: Cool. And Thanh, where are the next events you’re going to be going to?

Thanh: I have no clue. My schedule is pretty empty this year. So I’m going to be playing it by ear and see what’s going on every single month.

Steve: Cool. Well, thanks a lot for coming on the show. Really appreciate your time.

Thanh: Thank you.

Steve: So there you have it all of the secrets to Asian efficiency in just 40 minutes. It is now a Level Playing Field for everyone, great. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode265. And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

264: What Amazon Strategies Are Working Today With Brad Moss

264: What Amazon Strategies Are Working Today With Brad Moss

Today I’m thrilled to have Brad Moss back on the show. Brad is the former head of Seller Central at Amazon and he’s also the founder of ProductLabs.net where he helps Amazon sellers blow up their businesses.

As a result, he has intimate knowledge of how Amazon works from the inside. This year, Brad spoke at my conference, The Sellers Summit, for the 3rd straight year, and his presentation was very well received.

Brad is one of my go to guys when it comes to Amazon and today, we’re going to talk about the latest Amazon strategies.

What You’ll Learn

  • The biggest changes with Amazon in the past year
  • The most effective way to launch a product today
  • Notable changes with Amazon ads
  • Email append services – Are they worth using
  • External traffic strategies that are working well

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I’m thrilled to have my friend Brad Moss back on the show, if you don’t remember him, he is the former head of seller central and today he’s going to give us an update on what’s working with Amazon today.

But before we begin, I want to give quick shout out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use preview to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution.

So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show. Whether you are just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale, Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow.

Now with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. So I want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneurial growth guide. Packed with must read blog post case studies and getting started content this guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth.

Now moving to a new marking platform can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and going fast with proven technology and countless support resources. You can actually check out this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife once again that is Klaviyo.com/mywife now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Brad Moss back on the show. He’s the former head of Seller Central at Amazon and as a result, he has intimate knowledge of how Amazon works from the inside. He’s also the founder of productlabs.net where he helps Amazon sellers blow up their businesses.

This year, Brad is speaking at my conference, The Sellers Summit for the 3rd straight year, and his presentations are always well received. And in fact, Brad is one of my go to guys when it comes to Amazon and today, we’re going to talk about the latest Amazon strategies and sale. And with that welcome to the Brad, how are you doing today?

Brad: I’m doing great, thanks Steve thanks for having me. I’m really happy to be on your show again.

Steve: So Brad, we haven’t spoken I guess since the last seller Summit what’s been going on with product labs? And what are some of the biggest changes that you’ve seen with Amazon in the past year?

Brad: Yeah it’s kind of a loaded question there so much that goes on every single year you know I’ve actually noticed a trend I think during the end of February beginning of March. Amazon belong to some new big thing for sellers last year it was they got rid of vendor central our vendor express on vendor central.

Steve: Yeah.

Brad: This year now, they’ve recently just kicked off. Well not in this a kicked off its not fulfilled POs for over 10,000 different vendors outside the platform

Steve: That came without warning right?

Brad: Yeah, It came without warning and it was a lot of confusion some vendors were getting notices of all there’s a problem in our system other ones were saying, yep. We’re just not reordering from you anymore.

Steve: So what are those? I don’t know if you’ve been in contact with any of those vendors what recourse do they have?

Brad: I know they don’t have anything in particular, Amazon’s acting like a retailer, right? so they have the right to order from you or not but these people who are depending upon these order from Amazon or no longer getting, it’s just, which is a little, spooked a lot of people and it’s also going to speak on how. In general, how much control Amazon has over these things but they do make policy changes as they said and they review them and sometimes they make adjustments.

Now, the kind of silver lining here is that there is there’s another way of selling for these vendors it’s just they’re going to have to spend some time in shifting their business model over to two or three P the market place side has a lot of benefits that I think these be seven or double we’ll see as they jump into it.

Steve: I mean will they be competing against their own vendor central listings, though?
Brad: Not necessarily, so once Amazon ships out the last of their goods then inside so essential if they have an account set up they actually can jump in and have control again over some of their aces and there listings inside of Amazon.

Steve: Okay I didn’t know that, so they’re basically taking over their listings their vendor central listings and turning them into third party seller listings.

Brad: Yeah there’s some complexity there and how to do it but in general Amazon is selling your product through vendor you cannot change anything about it through 3P but once they’re out of inventory and we help clients sometimes even buy back all their inventory from Amazon because soon as themselves out then we can go through and start making adjustments on the three P side of the other listing.

Steve: I see and that’s assuming that Amazon’s knocking a reorder again though, right?

Brad: Yeah or it’s assuming you may just not fulfill the PO even if they do re order because it’s all done through systems right? And that’s the that’s the hardest parts of the vendor model is that it serves the very large companies very well but it doesn’t serve the mid-sized or smaller companies very well.

I mean, I got buddies over there who are running you know five hundred thousand SKUs right? so how are they are they giving you or even more? But how are they giving you any attention for your you know kind of SKUs or your even a couple thousand SKUs.

However, you need that much attention and so that’s what’s so hard that model the doesn’t scale very well from the vendor side because they have to spend so much time on each one so they have systems that are doing these things and so Amazon and systems are doing kind of predictive reordering of their products and goods and when you’re relying the whole thing your entire business on that was on the system you don’t have any control over the intimate you know, knowledge that you have in your business saying, “Hey look springtime’s coming I know our sales are gonna be bumping up an extra thirty percent”.

Amazon’s now ordering an extra thirty percent for me and I can’t get a hold my mentor manager to tell him to order an extra thirty percent or whatever. it might be and that that’s one of the beauties of three P side. as you have full control over what you’re doing with your business on Amazon and really the customer sees no difference if you’re selling prime then there’s no different to that to the consumer.

Steve: It sounds like just say no to vendor central at this point.

Brad: I don’t necessarily want to. There’s different there’s different businesses that work different ways. And I always say it’s more like vendor Central’s like putting the plane on autopilot. Seller Central is more like jumping in there and having full control over all the knobs and wages of what’s going on with your business. and for us and you know, I think my perspective for us who have such a deep intimate knowledge of how to run these businesses inside of Amazon from the third party side. We love it more because we have more control.

There’s so many more knobs that we can adjust and to get more out of the business versus some companies are just large enough that it doesn’t matter for them. They say this is fine. I wasn’t just another channel. So let’s just set this whole thing on autopilot. We don’t need to squeeze out an extra 10% or 50% out of Amazon.

Steve: I mean I guess from the perspective of the listeners of this podcast I would say three P is the way to go right?

Brad: Yeah yeah I think I think you’re probably right.

Steve: So what are some of the most effective ways of selling today and have the metrics change at all like the past year in terms of strategies or what not?

Brad: So I think what’s happening, and this we predicted this several years ago when you look at the general market place you know there was when I first was at Amazon talk about this a little bit. I was inside Amazon I was looking at all these numbers in these categories and saying well there’s so many holes in the system and then this is back in 2014 when I was inside Amazon and looking at this stuff.
So many holes here.

Say, well there’s a lot of opportunity right with Amazon and then did the guys down a couple people down from me, he created the whole brand idea inside of Amazon. And launched that whole component and then mixed with Alibaba. you know created this kind of brand revolution you know that the new brand private label movement essentially that’s come on Amazon.

Now, since then, what’s happened is the market is starting to get full. it used to be a land grab and now the land’s there and now it’s more real estate development right?

Steve: Yeah.

Brad: Dealing with what’s going on and so it’s the people and the business are more and more sophisticated. they are the ones who are winning out now and so you used to be able to put the product up and sell it. Now instead, you have to start using more and more of your analytics and looking more and more deeply at the market of what’s going on with your competition to make sure you’re staying in business staying healthy and not just relying on and not and you get to know your numbers you’re not relying on top line that you’re acting as your bottom line also.

And so all this kind of wraps into being more more sophisticated. And how you’re selling so you can make sure you stay alive. And then also, so that you can start climbing various different categories knowing what your limit is. You know a lot of people came to us in the early days “Hey here’s a switch and I want to sell a million dollars worth of it”. And the market wasn’t there.

And so, but they didn’t know that, we did we had to do the research and looking into Amazon and “hey your markets only big enough for you to sell five hundred thousand”, not a million dollars for this product. And so it’s understanding your limits on the various different products, kind of have the full category is and then using various techniques to kind of grow your ranking position inside of that.

Steve: Can we talk about some of these metrics? You know in more depth.

Brad: Yeah. So.

Steve: So let’s say someone comes at you with the product what are some things that you look up?

Brad: So, we don’t, we take a look at who are the top sellers inside of Amazon. Kind of what the estimated search volume is for the key words for those top sellers. A lot of it’s straight up math right? so if I’m going to look at, if I’m going to look up paper towels, that’s kind of a lame example.

Steve: It’s okay doesn’t matter what the examples listed as the mechanical pencils.

Brad: Okay. Sure. So I’m going to look for mechanical pencils. I got a look at the key word by a mechanical pencil right?

Steve: Right.

Brad: And if I’m looking at the total volume of that key word it might be say fifty thousand searches a month. You want to look at the whole landscape and see okay, well who are of the competitors this mechanical pencil? How powerful are these competitors? And socially, how may refuse to they have? How well is there, are other listings developed? You know sometimes, there’s listings I just need a lot of help but they’re the top sellers. So that might be an opportunity for you to come in.

And with all those very factors, we I mean, we create internally kind of like a string to string factor of how competitive this category is.

Steve: Can we talk about the components of that strength factor? I mean, like how many reviews is too strong for example?

Brad: Yeah it’s. So. Reviews my view on reviews our view is different from a lot of people out there. We consider reviews one of four key input into your conversion rate. And so, review is reviews are one thing. The price is another the key inputs. Your images, you have on your listing is another input. And the last one is the text you have on the screen. So those four things make up your conversion rate.

And so if you have no reviews you can still sell product and do well, for example, we had a client come in launched a brand new product in a category that was really old. I had a lot of old big brands in it and we got them to over a million dollar run rate with zero reviews on that product. And I only bring that up because to make the, to emphasize the point the reviews are one of four main inputs.

Steve: Can we use that example that you just gave? Like, what are some of the things that you did that allowed it to sell so much even without the social proof of reviews?

Brad: Yeah exactly yes, so what it was, was we came in we had a much better image. So our listing was a lot better than all the other competitors, I guess. It was a little bit older guard inside this brand. There were some really old brands that were there but they just didn’t do a great job with their listings, right?

Steve: Okay.

Brad: Amazon was selling their products and so they might have had like two pictures or three pictures. We came in and it all nice you know six or nine pictures for these products and then we had a really nice description. Product description, people appointed that spoke to the consumers need for these products and those things like we said those are four different inputs back to make their conversion rate go up or down. And those things are powerful enough to overcome any idea of reviews of needing refused to sell that particular product.

Steve: How did you get the visible in the first place was it just sponsored content ads.

Brad: So, this an interesting one like, yeah, we get just a little bit of sponsor product content. But we had done a really good job with the key word research in getting them indexed for the right key words for their for their category. And there’s another interesting point here, in this product was American made and said made in America versus all the other competitors were made overseas. And so and in this particular category people care about. And so, that I think that also had a factor there. But because of those things we actually need to push too much marketing into this at the very beginning. And I know it’s kind of counter to what the general strategies are from our people out there.

And I like to bring this up because I will work for one thing. There’s no silver bullet and these things right and want to bring that up but a lot of people believes there is a silver bullet. But there is no silver bullet, it’s really taking a closer look at all the different strategies and factors that you need to consider for your business.

Steve: When you’re doing their key word research, especially on search volumes, what would you say like you would estimate your conversion rate would be? Assuming you fully optimize the listing.

Brad: So a couple different things. There’s a click through rate since one is on the search results. That’s how like you’re going to get that click on the convert from that key word. And then once you’re on the page, there’s the conversion rate of one someone then your detail page, how often are they convert. The general number that we like is around ten percent conversion rate. One, some of on your page. Now that’s an Amazon, that’s a general one. Based on all categories, there some categories are smaller some that are much bigger.

Steve: Sure.

Brad: So, I am not much higher general ECOM right? ECOM is closer to three percent conversion rate. Now, taking a half step back on to the click through rate. So you’re, someone types in mechanical pencil and I show up. How many of those clicks? You know, if there’s fifty thousand clicks on mechanical pencil. How many does can I allocate to my particular product? That’s a little it’s a little trickier, but we do like to look into that. And the General numbers are the top three listings, are going to get between 40 and 60% of that traffic. The top three listings on that keyword.

Steve: Hmm-mmm

Brad: And so if you’re number three, if we’re saying, okay, we’re going to try and get you to number three. So we’re going to estimate, we can get 15% maybe 20% of the of that volume of the 50,000 volume. Like that would be the ideal position to be for this product. So then we take you know, take those numbers or say with 10% just for easy math, right 10% of the 50,000. So you get 5,000 clicks once your number three, so that’s 5,000 clicks. And now in the conversion rate once they’re into your product is 10%. So now we’re going to say, okay you’re selling 500 units.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: Your product, based on that one keyword, right? And so there’s probably a list of 25 to 50 keywords that you could be could be doing this on but that’s I mean that’s so that’s the general approach. We start taking into it when we really look. Closely at the numbers.

Steve: And In terms of actually getting that product visible initially though, what did you do, cause in the beginning you get no reviews, nothing. And you said you ran limited sponsored product ads how did you actually drive product ads into the listings?

Brad: So, for that one, that, strategy worked. I would say in general using the sponsored product ads are the way to go.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: We used to get the product team with the sponsored product ads and you’re trying out this key words right? So you have the list of your fifty key words, that would be the most important key words to you and you want to start putting money against those ones on the sponsored product ads and then you want to be tracking your ranking because to us, It’s more important than getting your return on that ad. You want to be moving up your organic ranking on those key words also, and so that’s the, it’s the most, it’s the purest, most authentic way growing your organic ranking inside Amazon is to use Amazon systems to just do it.

We know in our world all of the various different “hacks” out there to try to increase the ranking and all of those things. And the ones that Amazon likes the ones they frown upon. So in short, it’s the most authentic way to use the Amazon systems to do it the right way.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: In using the advertising systems.

Steve: Let me ask you this, you know, In your listings, in your key words tab of you listing, there are a variety of fields like intended use subject matter and that sort of things, how much do those field do actually take into account in the rankings for key words?

Brad: So in the rankings for key words, very little.

Steve: Okay.

Brad:They do take, they to matter certain parts of Amazon’s back end. So they’re trying to map different categories and different use cases with the really complex back-end network of things. But when clients talk to me about it, it really comes down to more of a, it’s like creating just the keywords, because someone people so many people search through keywords. And so the vast majority of all searches are through keywords because that’s the case adding. The rest of those fields is more like is more like saying, hey, we’ve got 95 or maybe even 98% of this listing complete. Doing all the rest of that stuff is like filling the last two percent right? To make the rest of it complete.

So it’s more of saying hey, what’s our biggest priority if we want to make sure everything is listings done a hundred percent great, but that last five percent or two percent could take you know, double the time of doing everything else on the you know on the listing.

Steve: The only reason why I’m asking this question is because there had been rumors floating around that the subject matter field you know, which I can’t really confirm or deny with my own account. That the subject matter keywords are very important. I don’t know how people came to that conclusion. I was just curious you talked with a lot of you work with a lot of Amazon sellers. So I was wondering what your opinion was.

Brad: Yeah. I mean they also very important subjective term, right?

Steve: Yeah.

Brad: So it’s like I said, there’s value in all of them. It’s just questions of what’s the highest value that you’re going to get? And I wouldn’t deny that someone might, you know, there might be one or two examples of someone finding “Hey, I actually put this in in my keywords or in my fields” and all sudden, I’ve seen some growth and that happens a few times. But in the vast general landscape, it’s looking at you know, the core keywords that you’re putting in are what mattered the most from what we’ve seen.

Steve: Okay, okay, what are your views on some of the other services? So we’ve been kind of chatting about, you know prior to this interview about customer demographics and getting a hold of their customer data outside of Amazon. What are your views on like email a pin services and what are some techniques for data mining?

Brad: Yeah. So I think one of the one of the most valuable things that we try and help our clients understand, general businesses understand is that a lot of people inside of Amazon because Amazon posts up that big A cost number and even many third-party software’s are built on top of that idea of the a cost number. A lot of people are really focused on the A costs, right?

Steve: Yep.

Brad: And which is the advertising cost of sale and what that number is telling you is that it’s telling you how much I spent on ads and then how many sales resulted from those ads. And so what that’s not taking into account, so say my a cost is 50 percent right, which a lot of people be like.

Steve: Gosh that’s so high.

Brad: But if you’re spending money on the right keywords and you’re moving up the organic ranking, you’re going to also see a bunch of organic sales that come along because you’re doing so well on your advertising. And your actual your total what we call your ad spend over sales is the real number that matter. So what’s your total marketing budget, divided by what your total sales are that’s it. I mean, that’s the simple math. Let’s say, my total marketing budget was $30,000 this month and my total sales were a hundred thousand dollars. So my total ads been over sales is was 30% that’s actually high. But in my example, we could say $200,000, 30 to $200,000 So it’s 15 percent.

Steve: So that’s the number that you primarily look at? Instead of a cost? Because I guess it’s all intertwined right?

Brad: Yep. It is and we do look at that because that matters so much more. I mean someone saying “hey I’m going to do a giveaway”, right? And I’m going to give away, you know, $10,000 worth of product and my margin on that $10,000 with the product is going to be, I’m only getting 10% of that and so I’m now giving away nine thousand dollars in advertising essentially by doing a promotion. You should take that put that in your marketing budget and say okay. I just spent $9,000 to do a giveaway to try and rank on something. Is that more valuable? In spending nine thousand dollars on ads to also to rank through Amazon for the exact same keyword.

Steve: I guess the problem arises though, when you start lumping a whole bunch of other stuff in there, right? Like I could run and spend 50% on Facebook ads, but the Facebook ads are in fact driving any sales, right? and then it wouldn’t show up.

Brad: Yeah. So that’s why you got that’s the complexity and some of this is trying to take all of your marketing budgets and add them all together and to giving you a true or number there because the a cost is really useful or the account has a sales is really useful when you’re looking at a campaign by campaign metric of how well is this one campaign doing versus this other campaign? And so are you using those relations there? That’s it’s really used to I mean, it’s like the key metric you got to be looking at but if I’m looking at my business, I’m taking a step back from my business and say okay how well is this generally working for my business or how well is this product working? The entire catalog of Amazon I have to take into account what my SEO, what the Amazon SEO is doing. Because the advertising that I’m running also.

And a lot of people don’t know that because Google is different. In that Google, it doesn’t matter, the Google SEO algorithms are totally different than Amazon. Amazon, it’s hey, who’s number one when I’m looking at mechanical pencil, the guy who’s number one, guess what? He’s the guy who has the most sales right now on mechanical pencils. And so if I have more sales on a particular keyword that I’m going to be moving up that SEO ranking. Make sense?

Steve: Yes as far as you know Brad, is there a way to figure out which keywords organically are translating in a sales?

Brad: We have our own algorithms that are backing into that. There is no way Amazon’s not giving any data, any of that data to people and that’s all close. So we’ve actually come up with several algorithms internally that look at that.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: It’s a really complicated takes a lot of a lot of math to try and back figured that out.

Steve: In case you haven’t been following the latest e-commerce news most of the states in the US are now requiring you to collect sales tax. Even if you don’t have a physical presence in that state as you can imagine keeping track of every state sales tax rules can be a nightmare now instead of pulling your hair out. You should let a tool like Avalara take care of your sales tax headaches for you. Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax calculations and automatic return filing and the best part is that Avalara are already integrates with your existing accounting e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super simple to set up. So even if you have no idea how to get started with sales tax Avalara can help you get registered in a snap so you can focus on getting back to business. Join over 20,000 businesses already automating sales tax compliance. Simply put Avalara is tax compliance done right. Find out more at avalara.com. That’s A-V-A-L-A-R-A.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: Based on what you are saying. I think Amazon advertising is you can lump the ad spend over your total sales for that because the sponsor product ads you’re bidding on keywords and those keywords directly attribute those sales will affect your rankings for those keywords?

Brad: Yes.

Steve: So for that it’s probably okay for the other stuff. It might not be okay to lump in?

Brad: Yeah, I mean.

Steve: Was that?

Brad: Yeah. Yeah, I mean perhaps yeah, it’s what we look at it on a product basis and then on a business basis, so I would say from a business perspective you still should be looking you should love everything in and look at it from an entire business perspective. But if it’s are you looking at on a project by project basis and then are you looking at on a campaign by campaign basis. From, so campaign by campaign, Is that a cost the product or product, you do the ads over sales for those and then from a business, you should probably won’t be in all the advertising activities and see how that’s working. Because it’s your margin in the end. Right?

Steve: Sure.

Brad: So after giving Amazon 15% that’s 15% out of my margin and by spending 10% on all add activities great as 10% out of my margin. That’s how you to operate a business.

Steve: So what are some external traffic strategies that you’re employing for your clients or that you’re using?

Brad: Yeah, so externally some really interesting stuff that we’ve been getting into as looking at lifetime value of customers repeat purchases repeat purchase rates and starting to figure out who are these customers. Because Amazon in general doesn’t want you to have a relationship with your customers. That’s how Amazon is treats it. They like to have a relationship and they don’t like to share it but in the end they are your customers and there’s some data inside of Amazon that you can start looking at. At least understanding generally who these customers are and what the repeat that repurchase rates are the life and values are.

And so what we’ve done is we go through and we creating some ways of finding who some of your customers are. As you mentioned, there’s some email append Services. We have some stuff that’s kind of taking another step deeper that we do internally.

Steve: Tell me.

Brad: So if someone saw that our work that the software that we’re working on and we’re still debating whether we’re going to launch it external or not or just keep it for our clients.

Steve: I mean strictly turned against terms of service, right? So I would imagine you might have some conflicts with Amazon if you were to release it.

Brad: Yeah, that’s some of the fine details that right?

Steve: Okay.

Brad: But what people can do actually, I mean I want to offer information people can just go use so, you know, you can go in and download your Amazon shipping reports and find some of that information who you’re shipping to and then use some of that with inside of Facebook. Of say, create some groups of who you want to target at like groups. Not those people but, people like those groups and we’ve done that before and found some really discounted. Well, our ads used to be like a buck 20 per ad and once we started finding these groups and refining the group’s it dropped it to like 40 cents per click or even 20 cents per click on some of them. So we’ve been able to find some Facebook ad efficiencies by grabbing some this information from who your customers are and just grabbing some similar target groups through Facebook’s systems.

Steve: Right. And that is generally not risky at all, right? B=Because it’s not like you’re targeting the exact Amazon customer.

Brad: No, no, you’re not you’re just finding like people and saying here’s general people who order from us and it’s either an a Facebook has their own algorithms that say it they have a whole little upload portal that you can say. “Hey you want to find a light group to the current group of people?” upload information about them here. And we’ve done that and create some really efficient Facebook advertising that way.

Steve: So when you’re doing your analysis on who to create these look like audiences from, what are some of your metrics?

Brad: So, we look at repeat purchasers. So if you grab everyone I would say, you know, we don’t like describing everyone who’s ordered from you. We like people who have purchased from you more than once. We actually look at geographic information as well and start looking at which regions are these are people purchasing from me is really interesting. We had a brand that was selling jewelry. And this is just a fun example, a brand that was selling jewelry and another brand that was selling athletic socks. And we compare the two and the price point was the same there around 20 dollars each for the products. But the jewelry was over-indexing which means, in relation to the population more people are buying it in Florida for the jewelry. And the athletic socks, it was under indexing in Florida. And so, I don’t know that speaks about Florida but.

Steve: But they don’t wear socks, they probably won’t wear flip-flops. So hot there, right?

Brad: They love it. Yeah, exactly and but ever they want to wear some bling right? Some really good jewelry. So it was just interesting looking these exact same price points, but there’s a different distribution of the geography and both of those were kind of generic brands. There’s some brands that are specific to a region. So we see over indexing in specific States and the U.S of the region say, hey this was over-indexing in California because it’s a West Coast brand. This one’s over indexing in New York. It’s an East Coast brand and what not, but that just gives you some higher-level insight into your business it right? And how you might want to think about it, or even if you’re looking for retail strategies. Some estate is useful there, of talking would read it with retail buyers now, I don’t know how many of your listeners actually are.

Steve: So, so how does that affect your bidding? So that Florida case did you just not run ads in Florida for those socks?

Brad: For those socks the experiments we did there. I don’t think I can fully answer your question where you’d like me to. To satisfy you, but.

Steve: Let me re ask a question after you’re done. Yeah, go for it.

Brad: Okay. No, but I think it’s in Florida. We didn’t use geography to be to be doing those Facebook targeting ads. We used more of specific individual profile information.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: Yeah demographic information and send Geographic.

Steve: The way I was going to refine that question was you know, how useful is that Geographic data? Because most of our sales and most of the sales for anyone happened in the large the larger metropolitan areas, right? California, New York, Florida, is one of those Texas is one of those States. And so, isn’t just creating a look-alike audience. Doesn’t that just kind of circumvent that whole thing?

Brad: Yeah, I guess your point. You can circumvent it by just doing the look-alikes. Now the Geographic, I think you’d have to think kind of one step up is saying how is my brand position in these areas and these regions or are there things about the people in those areas or their Lifestyles that I’m really kidding or not hitting.

Steve: I see.

Brad: We’re selling we are selling a for another example. We’re selling a water aquatic product and it was selling really well in the Great Lakes area, but not very well in the coasts. And so some of the information they took back to the manufacturer. Well they were the manufacturer actually, they’re saying okay, well, these are all these are more targeted towards specific Lake people and people who like to go to lakes and hang out on lakes all day long. Versus people who like to you know, be really active in not seem like people aren’t active. I’m an active like person myself, but you know versus people who are on the coast and might be more of like an ocean kind of water aquatic products.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: So with that they took it back in the kind of double down. They actually went after a license for their products. That was really, that would target that Great Lakes area and it was really heavy in that Great Lakes area. And they’re now launching, they got the license and now they’re going to be launching a big thing that’s going to push heavy to the people in the Great Lakes area for The Aquatic products. I mean, it’s a perfect example.

Steve: I can see how that effect copy and marketing strategy. Can we switch gears a little bit? And just kind of talk about, you mentioned, in the early days it was a land grab now. It’s about building up your real estate. So when we are competing against sellers in China who might have a pricing Advantage what are some things that you’ve been doing with your clients to kind of combat this?

Brad: I think one thing we still in, I think when you say, we you probably more referring to people here in the in the states were selling these things. Is that right?

Steve: Basically, anywhere that’s not in Asia

Brad: That’s not China?

Steve: Yeah. Basically, yeah.

Brad: So there’s, actually we found some pretty fascinating manufacturers locally that are all in the state. There’s over 300,000 manufacturers in the United States. Did you know that?

Steve: I did not know that.

Brad: There’s a lot and so most people, I think it’s just we have access to overseas manufacturing so easily through Alibaba. But there is, you can make some really good advantages locally in the states. I mean, that goes the back to your supply chain, right? As saying well are there other options in the States. But in terms of, you know, what to do with where you are now, where most of these sellers might be now, there’s a whole concept that I think, speaking to, knowing your customer is extremely valuable and extremely important. So I would double down on how well, you know, your customer and making it, making your experience that much better. Because if you’re living in the states you speak the language, you know how to perhaps market and brand your product to them, price matters somewhat. But again, it’s one of four different inputs into your conversion rate, right? And so how well can you treat your customers that really do love your product.

We have another brand where we’re actually selling it for twice the cost that Amazon selling it for. And we’re still out selling Amazon with the product. And the cost is I think it’s up to $16 versus Amazon’s $8. The exact same product, but it’s much better branded has better reviews better, just the detail page and the whole experience is better.

And I like to bring up these outliers to just give people hope too and saying well, you know, you know, I’m not falling into all these just general boxes, but there’s plenty of outliers out there that are that show that you can do it. If you, if you kind of hit if you really focus on the key things that you have an advantage for. So the question is, what is your business? How’s your business differentiate itself from other people’s businesses? Are you just going to do a land grab? Just do a me to hey, we’re grabbing, we’re going to grab our own bit fidget spinner and put our own twist on it. Or we’re just, we’re just going to be a me to fidget spinner company, right? You know that strategy, that’s not a strategy. That’s just trying to move product. But if you’re building the brand and focusing on what are you building as part of this? Then you can, there are unique angles and that’s the create, that’s the creative side that you know, people like to deploy and get really good at.

Steve: So using that example that you just talked about. Is that an Amazon only brand or are they doing a lot of things outside of Amazon?

Brad: This is an Amazon only brand.

Steve: Interesting.

Brad: Only on Amazon.

Steve: So it was just purely based on their listing that they

Brad: Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: And good and really good customer service. So we had some people who didn’t like the product or had some problem with it and you know, they reached out to him like the day, you know, the day something happened reached out to them sent them some free product and try to get on the phone with them and even talk with them. I know that’s not, they did that, we didn’t encourage that. But it really took the customer service to the next level of trying to make people happy with their product and their brand. And they you know, they built it in a really good clean way and it’s been it’s still been very successful for that.

Steve: It’s funny that you say customer service. I just think of that as like par for the course, right? Someone complains you just give them a refund. I mean, I feel like almost everyone’s doing that already like

Brad: Yeah.

Steve: It seems like it’d be really hard. To stand out from that perspective.

Brad: Yeah, it can be but I guess versus and maybe it’s just unique for this category, right? As is versus the other people in their category. They’re doing better.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: On that and then so again, it’s a question of how do you stand out versus your competitors too? And you might be right, It might be customer service. You can’t do anything unique in customer service in a certain category because everyone else is doing an A+ job. And so it’s well, you know, what else can you do that differentiate yourself?

Steve: I just saw this question just now. In terms of enhanced brand content, based on the clients that you’ve seen, what has been the lift for doing a good job there?

Brad: We have seen a minimal lift.

Steve: Okay.

Brad: What it is it just gives, it my opinion, I think it gives a little extra confidence in the brand. But we have never seen any huge changes in conversion rates. And I think some of that speaks to over 60% of people looking at product or doing it on their mobile devices. And your enhance credit on content is squashed in a mobile device. You’re seeing one picture and like one small snippet of information there on your mobile device. And so it’s still the hero pictures, the hero are one two or three pictures that people are looking through on mobile.

Steve: Okay, that makes sense.

Brad: Now out the minority of sales still come from mobile from what I understand. It’s people look at it on mobile put it in their car and they buy it eventually on their desktops. That’s General the behavior in general right now.

Steve: I also wanted to get your opinion real quick on, you know, Amazon developing their own brands, and I know for a certain listings where I’ve done a search for like glad trash bags for example. And then all of a sudden Amazon has this gigantic pop up that fills up like a third of the screen that says, you know, their own brand the same quality as the Glad bags for like almost half the price.

Brad: Yeah.

Steve: And it just seems like those are unfair tactics that Amazon is employing to compete against their, the third-party sellers. Are you seeing more and more of that and how do you fight against that?

Brad: I think we can agree that we are extremely frustrated with that kind of behavior. I’m very frustrated Amazon’s kind of behavior. And it’s just them we have multiple examples of how they’ve done stuff that only they can do, they only they have access to and their squishing out all the other sellers. I know there’s been some articles written. I’m not sure what to do about it because some of us try drives me crazy, honestly.

Steve: Okay

Brad: Honestly, with what they’re doing. Now, I think some of the interesting things they’re trying to do, so you got to think the other side to is Amazon, there’s a whole section of Amazon that loves their customer loves their sellers and they really want sellers to do well. So there is, you know, they’ve started opening up more and more information to sellers now. It’s just lagged, right? So, you know something that we saw, you know an ad spot that was there for Amazon a year ago, finally is coming out for a 3rd party seller can do the same thing now and it’s lag.

So, yes, they have a first mover advantage of advantage and all of these things but there’s a side of everything. I think that really really cares about their sellers and are trying to get these tools in these spots open for their sellers also. And so I don’t want to just come out and say Amazon’s the devil because they’re not. They’re doing, there’s a lot of good stuff that they’re doing but I think there are certain groups inside of Amazon that are taking advantage of their space a little bit too much and it’s driving drives us crazy when they do.

But some of the new brand stuff that’s come out. It’s interesting. They’re talking to date now in this seller and the advertising portals, at least in the ads. You can see how many people are coming that are new to your brand, versus people who haven’t seen your brand name or that’s really cool. That’s really good information. You have more control now in the market in the advertising of where your product placement. With the called.

Steve: Yup.

Brad: Is your placement. Now, on that piece of you want to say, you know, certain people start talking about hacks and everything there. There’s no hacks. It’s just it’s just how the system works. And Amazon’s now giving you access to bid extra if you want to be on the first page or if you want to build a product pages of the rest of search results.

And there’s some extreme, some people saying, hey just do everything for the first page. I would say that’s short-sighted and that you should look at your A cost between those three placements and try and balance those. That’s a kind of a side tangent. But I think that’s a you know, again, it’s many times new stuff comes out people find a little a little trick that works. It’s the whole ecosystems, you’d be able to adjust a little bit better right now with these new features, so.

Steve: Okay, well that’s good to know. So Brad, we’ve been chatting for quite a while. I wanted to also give the listeners a chance to kind of know a little bit more about product labs and what you’re up to. So anyway, they can get it get ahold of you.

Brad:
Yeah, so come to our website at any point at productlabs.net or productlabs.ai actually. We have both domains that we are some interesting things were trying to do there. Check out what we do as a service that we do, many times clients will come to us and say hey my business is too big or I want to grow I want to get a little bit more sophisticated what I’m doing. We do full on operations. So we’ll take over the whole Amazon channel for our clients, but we add a whole level of strategic analysis and strategy and analytics of everything that we’re doing.

So myself and Tim my business partner, we will become from more formal business backgrounds. And so we believe in setting out long-term 6 months, 12-month plans for our clients or even longer. S couple of year plans. And we look at the marketplace. And so we a lot of the value that aside from the core operations that we do for our clients is looking at this this whole strategic piece that we’re putting into play for them. And so they can understand for the Strategic level what to expect and what our goals are and everything. And so we got, we have some larger companies that come to us. We also have some business that are growing and they want to just off load everything on Amazon on to a team which allows them to do more stuff or allows them to maybe go find more product or focus on off Amazon tactics and things that they want to do there.

So that’s you know, that’s kind of the core offering that we do but the fun stuff that we’re doing for me is, well, aside from growing businesses, it’s always super fun to grow businesses for our clients and see all the success. But the technology that we keep developing. We like, you know, my background I worked inside and ran the other Central platform built the Amazon seller app. So there’s a Tech in my background and we just have a lot of cool Tech that we have going on. And it’s all kept under the hood at this point, and some point will let in more and more people see it in the light of day. But it’s just been doing really well for us internally and so.

Steve: Cool.

Brad: We’re building lots of cool Technologies. Some of these things that we’ve been talking about that’s been really good for our clients.

Steve: And I know there’s like a signup form on your site. If you want to be a part of the beta program too, right?

Brad: Yep. Yeah and do that and that’s the group we’re going to go to first when we launch. Something that people can take a look at and start using. I think, in general, we have a very different approach to what from what we found is this whole community. And when we launch something, you’ll be able to see that. It will be pretty evident of our whole different approach of how we look at a business and look at how you want to grow your business inside of Amazon. or even operate your business inside of Amazon.

Steve: Cool. And Brad is also going to be speaking at the seller Summit this year again, I’m saying this little late because all the tickets are sold out. I was going to say go buy your ticket, but I mean if you already got one, great. You’ll see Brad there. He’s very knowledgeable and he’s a lot of data. So if you are at the summit, be sure to flag him down and ask him your questions.

Brad: Cool.

Steve: So Brad, thanks a lot for coming on the show man.

Brad: Yeah. Thanks a lot Steve. I appreciate it.

Steve:
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Brad is one of those guys who is always up-to-date with Amazon. And if you need help with your Amazon business and you’re in the seven to eight figure range, then he is your guy for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com episode 264.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence it post purchase flow win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit and sectarian tools and make it super simple as well and I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied to your Ecommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free. So, head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s privy.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store headed over to mywifequitjob.com and sign up for my free 6 day mini-course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro:
Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

263: How To Outsource Your Amazon Business For Less With Omer Riaz

263: How To Outsource Your Amazon Business With Omer Riaz

Today, I’m really happy to have Omer Riaz on the show. Omer and I just hung out for 3 straight days at my annual event the Sellers Summit. He’s been an Amazon and Ebay seller for many years and now he helps others manage their own businesses.

Today, he runs the popular Amazon VA service Urtasker.com and in this episode we are going to talk about how to outsource and scale your Amazon business even if you are a one man show.

What You’ll Learn

  • Common mistakes Amazon sellers make
  • Which Amazon tasks are easy to outsource
  • How much it costs to outsource Amazon management
  • How to work with a virtual assistant
  • The biggest mistakes sellers make when outsourcing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m happy to have Omer Riaz on the show, and Omer runs the popular Amazon VA service UrTasker.com. And in this episode, we’re going to discuss how to outsource and scale your Amazon business if you’re a one man show.

But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Whether you are getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale, Klaviyo offers fast, simple and repeatable ways to grow. And with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing, build your customer relationships and automate your online sales. And it’s now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. Now I want to introduce Klaviyo’s new entrepreneur growth guide. Packed with must read blog posts, case studies and getting started content, this guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth.

Now moving to a new marketing platform can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and growing fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now you can actually check out this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, that’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/mywife.

Now I also want to give a shout out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what does Privy do? Well, Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms. And I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prices in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this. And when I implemented this form email signups increased by 131%.

Now I’m also using Privy for their new cart saver pop up feature to recover abandoned carts as well. So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve and try for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve, now onto the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Omer Riaz on the show. Now Omer and I just hung out for three straight days at my annual event the Sellers Summit. He’s been a seller on Amazon and eBay for many years until he decided to help others manage their own e-commerce businesses. And today, he runs the popular Amazon VA service, UrTasker.com. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to outsource and scale your Amazon business even if you are a one man show. And with that, welcome to the show, how are you doing today Omer?

Omer: I’m doing good, what about you?

Steve: I’m doing well, still recovering from the event however, since a full week of lack of sleep has gotten to me, but I’m slowly catching up.

Omer: Same here.

Steve: So Omer, I understand that you used to be an Amazon and eBay seller. So first off, are you still selling today? And then how did you kind of come up with the idea of starting UrTasker?

Omer: Sure. I mean, currently, I’m not selling on eBay or Amazon. My story started in 2015. So my background is in IT. I have worked at Accenture and Deloitte as an IT consulting for implementation of ERP softwares. So me and my brother, we started selling on Amazon in 2015. And when we started, we obviously started with the retail arbitrage. And then later on, I moved to private label. And that’s how we started. But when we started, what I felt is there is a huge gap when it comes to staffing for e-commerce. You can find people, and if you find people they’re not economical. So we basically brought our third co-founder and we set up a team in Pakistan with three people.

And what happened after a year or so, they were managing our listing, listing creation, PPC management. Obviously, when we brought them in, I got myself training first and then I trained them on these basic tasks. So after one year, we were doing pretty good. Like we were six figure seller, and we had some of our suppliers in New Jersey, and by the way, I’m from Long Island, New York. And so they were asking, you guys are from IT and how you guys are doing e-commerce, it doesn’t make sense. And we could see our orders and everything. And we said, we have our own team, which is managing all the daily tasks.

And they said, wow, where is your team? And I said, it is in Pakistan, and they said, okay, can we get those guys to manage our account? And that’s how the idea came in. And we said we could be sellers. But then we started, we felt the gap. I mean, these guys are facing the same issue so we should start growing that outsourcing practice because in our IT background, we have managed teams in India and Philippines. So we had an experience to manage and grow our teams. So we said we should apply the same experience in e-commerce, there is a huge gap. So that’s where we started building our team. And now I was back in Pakistan two weeks ago, and we completed our fourth year in business. We have about 200 trained e-commerce specialists on our team. I have three offices, one main office in Long Island and two offices in Pakistan.

Steve: So Omer, I’m just kind of curious, why did you outsource to Pakistan so early? I mean, a six figure business is still manageable with just like a couple of people, right?

Omer: Yes. At that time I was working full time. So it was not easy for me to do e-commerce as well as do my job. So I had to delegate to someone who could basically do all the product research criteria, because it was taking a lot of time. So I was not ready to invest that time. I mean, I was good learning stuff and then delegating stuff to my VA. So that’s why early in the race[ph] when I started selling I started delegating, and that’s how we came up with that team.

Steve: I see. So in Pakistan, these are just your friends who are helping you out with the business. And it just — you just kind of stumbled upon UrTasker or basically.

Omer: Yeah, so UrTasker is basically a family business as well.

Steve: Interesting okay.

Omer: Yes, yes. So we are three co-founders, three brothers, one in Pakistan, two here in US. So we brought our younger brother who is helping us, he’s the director of operation, he is doing great job. So it started within the family. And now we have a family of 200 people.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay cool. And so when did you decide to just shut down the e-commerce business and just focus on the outsourcing part?

Omer: In early 2016, where people are demanding a lot of where we can allocate time to train people rather than just focus on our Amazon account. So we stopped selling and also it’s not interest of the sellers because if we keep selling that and it’s a conflict of interest, I would say.

Steve: If there’s an overlap of product, I would say.

Omer: Yes.

Steve: Okay. All right, so I mean, you’ve been doing this for quite some time now. What would you say are some of the most common tasks that you believe that everyone should be outsourcing with their business? And I understand you do more than Amazon, right? You also do PPC advertising, you also do Shopify store outsourcing and that sort of thing. Is that correct?

Omer: Yes. So we started delegating very basic tasks, like we were doing Amazon wholesale, retail arbitrage. And so basically, we started with the listing creation. Then when I learned Amazon PPC, I delegated that to PPC. So we were growing our team. And one of the basic concepts behind UrTasker is that we always vet the skill set of our VAs. So if I’m not comfortable — I was not comfortable two years ago when we were doing PPC, but now I’m comfortable. They can manage PPC because they have this knowledge and experience as well managing multiple accounts. So I would say everything which has to do e-commerce, whenever I talk to someone I said, other than making your coffee in your room, we could do everything like customer support, listing.

Like the other day, I heard a story which I would like to share. One of my guys reach out to me, and he said a lot of time when I was at Sellers Summit, they said, a couple of people were asking me how do you do inventory management? So one of the managers shared a story that we were doing, we were filing case in Amazon for missing inventory and they basically helped the client to recover around $5,000 which is amazing. We’re doing that job, which probably could take a lot of time like researching, and doing data filters on Excel and getting all the data and then submitting cases. So these kind of tasks. So I mean anything which has to do with Amazon, other than shipping your product can be delegated.

Steve: Well, okay, so if you look at your client base right now, what would you say is — I want you to just give me like a prioritized list. So let’s say I’m a seven figure amazon seller, and I need to offload some stuff, what are some of the low hanging fruit things that everyone you believe should be outsourcing right now?

Omer: Well, it depends on the business model. Let’s say, if you’re private label, and you’re running business on private label, and I think the major part is listing optimization and PPC management. That takes a lot of time because you’re getting data from your PPC, you’re downloading reports, now you have to get the data and put into your listing whatever you find. Initially, you have to do optimize your listing based on best images based on Amazon standard, you have to check your title, bullets, backend keywords, description to make it attractive to whoever comes to your product listing. Then you have to come in the second part is like when you start running PPC, now you’re getting very valuable in information you need to input.

A lot of what I have seen the past two years, a lot of people miss that opportunity, they are so busy in their day to day tasks that they don’t focus. I mean, how I see like a lot of people are focusing on listing optimization and as you have seen since 2015, Amazon is changing a lot of things. Back in the days if you remember, you were allowed to have 500 characters in the backend. Now, they only allow you do 55. So a lot of people don’t know these basic things. So the VA should not only be doing whatever you assign, but also researching whatever is going on Amazon or eBay or Shopify, just to bring the latest stuff in your plate, so you decide what to do and what not to do.

Steve: Okay. And so, in terms of the listing itself though, there’s a lot of components of that, that need to be provided to the VA, right, like product images and all that. Is there any disconnect then with the message you want to give across? And I don’t know, for my listings for example, I would tend to want to try to handle those myself rather than someone who does not know anything about the product to handle the listing, right? How do you rationalize that?

Omer: I mean, the very first thing which I tell everybody whenever they come to get our services or inquire about our services, I say that the very first thing you need to ask yourself is, are you following Amazon standard? Okay. I mean, titles are you putting — are you utilizing the full space available? When it comes to bullets, are you putting relevant keywords there? Description, is your description attractive that people can make decision based on that? Are your images optimized? I mean, back in the days, there was only like people used to focus on the main image, now you have lifestyle images, and based on your product category you need to optimize that so it can convert well.

Steve: But are those images, those aren’t something that a VA can handle; you have to take your own images?

Omer: Yes, VA can basically, I mean, you have to provide basic images. And then a VA can also suggest you, if your VA is on advanced level, that once you’re taking images, you need to keep this thing in mind in terms of lifestyle images, these are the things which I need as a VA from product. So it makes your job much easier when you’re taking photos of your product.

Steve: Sure. Okay. So I guess the real question I’m trying to get at is what is the best way to work with the VA, right? Basically, you’re contracting your work out to someone who knows nothing about your business. What are some of the best practices with working with the VA?

Omer: Sure. I mean, one of the concept which we’re trying to implement at UrTasker basically is we want to provide or any other agency, it’s basically provides same services which fortune 500 companies get. I mean, obviously, these are small sellers, they don’t have like, probably they don’t have corporate experience. But there are a couple of things which they need to keep in mind whenever they are working with the VA or any agency or freelancer. I mean, the first thing is you have to be patient, you need to spend some time to know your VA, since you’re working with a human being. So you need to build a strong sense of mutual understanding. That’s the very first thing, because that guy is working as your employee, so you need to be patient, learn about them.

The second thing is that you need to make sure, and that’s very important, whenever people come to us, and they said, well, you said that your VA is trained and we could start working from day one. And I said, well, that’s true. But what you need to do is you need to make sure that your VA understands your business process, okay? So everybody has a different way of doing things. So you need to show them what and how, okay, so this will basically eliminate roadblocks and downtime. So you need to spend some time to make sure how your business process works, it is documented, it’s great. If it’s not, document that and make sure your VA understands your business process. And don’t start from day one. Obviously, everybody wants to utilize their VAs from day one, but spend some time teaching them or helping them to learn about your business process. That’s the second thing.

Steve: What does a realistic onboarding process looks like? So let’s say I approached you guys, and I said, hey, I need a VA. What’s the onboarding process look like?

Omer: Well, onboarding process is basically — I mean, if you ask about your task, and obviously we do account audit first, okay, that’s the very first thing just to know how you’re doing, what you’re missing. It’s basically give us the scope of the work. And then we take the task which you want to delegate, and we make it a complete scope of work which needs to be done. But onboarding process, I would say, let’s say, I mean, it depends on the availability of the VA or the skill set you’re looking for. But once you start, you need to at least for two weeks, you need to have continuous meetings, spend some time.

So I don’t know if I answered your question. But it depends on the skill set of the VA. If availability how long it — but normally, onboarding would take probably two weeks I would say from the day when we do analysis, and then you should probably spend like one or two weeks, not every day, but maybe spend every day maybe 30 minutes, 40 minutes with your VA to help him or her to understand your business. So that’s how the typical…

Steve: So you mentioned the skill set of the VA. I understand like at least in your firm everyone is trained right. So is that not a factor any more then?

Omer: I mean they are trained on different levels. But again, what is your requirement, what exactly you are looking for? You need to match the skill set of the VA and then the business process. I remember when I used to work in big for IT consulting firm, they used to spend a lot of time during the project implementation for requirement gathering for defining the scope of the word. So that is also very important in e-commerce world as well.

Steve: So outside of listing optimization and let’s say PPC because PPC involves money, I would imagine people might be a little bit squeamish about that, what are some other things that people have been outsourcing?

Omer: I mean, customer services and other stuff like basically talking to your customers, let’s say if they have an issue with your order that is another thing. And then inventory management, which that takes a lot of time as well, like you are creating FBA shipment orders whatever, and then you take like number of steps just to make sure all of your inventory arrives at FBA warehouses, okay. And let’s say if they are doing FBM, then you need to have run the whole system at your own, whether you’re selling on multiple channels, so every seller has their own ways of doing, they have different softwares to manage that. So basically, depending on your business model, inventory management would be another.

Steve: Can we go into more depth on the inventory management? So am I using a VA just to make sure all my stuff arrives on time, and then nothing is lost? And will the VA also just contact Amazon for a refund in case things do get lost? Like just outsource that whole section? Is that what you’re suggesting?

Omer: Yes, yes. I mean, there are two ways. One is like manual way of submitting cases. Now there are like software as well, we are working with a couple of vendors who are basically, they are using different softwares, but at the end of the day, there are still some manual work which you need to do. Like when you’re pulling up the report, inventory report and you just have to filter out some data just to see what exactly you’re looking for, so these kinds of tasks needs to be — that can be managed by a VA as well.

Steve: Okay. And in terms of customer service, I know you said your team is in Pakistan for the most part, right?

Omer: Mm-hmm.

Steve: I guess one of my concerns if I just — off the top of my head if I didn’t know you would be okay, how is the English of the people? And can someone really manage a customer service team because they’re representing your company, right, and you want everyone to respond appropriately?

Omer: Definitely, definitely. For customer service — I mean, in Pakistan, the second language, I mean, English is obviously a second language, but they, for past 10 to 15 years, they start teaching from grade one. So obviously, the level is good. But if you compare to a US resource, you cannot compare. Obviously, there is a difference in skill set and all those things. But what I suggest is whenever you’re working with VA, or you’re going to delegate, I tell people that you need to build your templates. That’s very important.

There could be communication, which is outside of those templates which can be handled, but you need to have your templates, and every business has different scenarios, and you need to build those templates so your VA can easily use those situations, scenarios, and reply to customers, or Amazon using those templates. So that is another way of doing smart things. Rather than yourself, you’re putting yourself basically applying the same thing over and over again.

Steve: Do people ever outsource their voice support over to you guys, because I know you guys do more than just Amazon?

Omer: Yes. I mean, voice support, not much. I mean, they can call to Amazon, okay or they can talk to their customers as well, but not much, mostly focused on PPC and listing optimization. And some of our clients have their own rep in US which they would like to use.

Steve: Okay. And I know, I’ve heard some stories about this in the past, but have you ever seen the issues with Amazon sellers allowing freelancers and VAs into their Amazon accounts? And the reason I bring this up is because I have a buddy who once allowed a VA into his account, and that VA had been doing some suspicious activity with other accounts kind of inadvertently and he ended up getting suspended for a brief period.

Omer: Mm-hmm. I mean, that’s a very important point. I mean, that’s how — we try to manage it in this way. Like we have our own offices and all of the traffic is managed. The very first thing, whenever we work with someone, we will tell them, like what is your scope of work? What exactly you want your VA to do? Okay. And then we suggest, okay, we need permission using user permissions of those stuffs, don’t allow us anything else, okay. And we continuously review that after a month or so if let’s say, the VA is just focusing on some tasks and he is not authorized for other one, we tell the client right away, you need to take back access for those stuffs. So it’s very important.

I mean, Amazon encourages people to give their staff permission using user permissions rather than giving them admin account. So the way like you have seen in offices, people have signs like no smoking, so we have signs, posters in our offices saying no admin account, okay? Don’t log into any admin account. So there is no admin account, obviously, and everybody who’s starting, who is thinking about delegating it, they need to make sure that whoever they give access, it should be through user permission. And they also need to inquire about, let’s say, a freelancer, if he or she has admin account, because they need to add that extra layer as well.

My younger brother, he’s a cyber line Pro local, cybercrime lawyer, and he recently recorded a video as well just to educate people that what they need to do when they are delegating, just to make sure they are not end up giving their account to a freelancer who is basically also having his own account or managing someone else’s account through admin access. So you need to be very careful, make sure. And also, one other thing you could do and all of our client do with us is sign NDA as well. So in this way, they are safe since we are located in the US. So, we sign NDA with everybody, whoever gets our services. So that’s another layer you can add to just protect yourself.

Steve: So what are some of the biggest issues and pitfalls you see with Amazon sellers? What do they run into while outsourcing? Like what are some of the common problems that you’ve witnessed?

Omer: I mean, let’s start with if someone is very fresh and start planning to sell on Amazon. I think the major mistake which they make is they rush into their product research, okay, they don’t spend much time looking at different categories and looking into different options, looking at the market, their competitors, they rush into first product. I mean, that is fine if you have a lot of money, but let’s say if you’re trying to build your dream, and if you’re working full time, and you have low budget, so you have to be very careful when you are selecting the first product.

The way we do is now like for the past one and a half year we started — we said okay, you don’t have to hire a VA, we could give you a small package where you could hire someone for a time being who could do product research. So this way you are safe, you basically get maybe five or six choices of product research and products, and then you could basically order them in like less than 100 items, and launch maybe four or five, and obviously one or two is going to work. That should be your product rather than just rushing into the product research phase, and then ordering thousands of items and they are just sitting in a warehouse or Amazon.

And that’s how you basically, the dream you’re trying to build or being an entrepreneur or having your online business, it’s basically you just making a mistake right there. That’s for people who are starting up. So if you’re starting out, just make sure you spend your time just learning about basic stuff and spend time on product research.

Steve: I guess specifically what I was asking is what are some of the problems or unrealistic expectations that people have when hiring a VA and what are some common mistakes? So for example, let’s say I get a VA, and I expect this VA to be able to do everything right off the bat, and I just throw everything over and expect my business to take off. It’s stuff like that, what are some, what are some of the biggest mistakes that you see people performing when they’re just dealing with VAs for the first time?

Omer: Sure. I mean, there are two things. First thing is people who basically give everything to their VA, okay, and then they expect that this VA is going to work like them in first two months, or one month or two. It’s going to take time. Basically, if you’re making a photocopy of yourself, it’s going to take some time to have level of that VA, if basically, your level as a VA should have your level, so it’s going to take some time, that’s the first thing, okay? Obviously, you have to review some of the stops in the beginning, you have to spend some time so that you need to have real expectation. They going to do stuff for you, but as an owner of the business, you have to review their stuff and make sure there are things which need to be improved next time, you highlight those on, okay, you do that.

The second thing which I have observed, a lot of people, they get their VAs okay, but they don’t know how to delegate. They still like to micromanage their VAs. And that takes a lot of time. And that creates a lot of frustration on our end as well. And we basically, the way we have structured our business model is every VA has a quality assurance manager. So whenever someone gets a VA, we provide complimentary quality assurance manager who reviews the work before it is submitted to a client. So the quality assurance manager maybe has like 10 to 15 years under him and he makes sure that the quality of work is delivered.

But on the client end, if start doing micromanaging, it’s not going to work. It’s basically you have – you now you’re managing your VA and then you have to do your work and that creates a lot of frustration as well. So whenever when I talk to someone and they said, we need to hire a VA and I say that are you ready to delegate and said, what do you mean? I say, well, did you listed all of your tasks you want to do and how you’re going to monitor those? And I mean a lot of people they say they are not ready, or they have not thought about that. And I said; spend some time before doing that. We can educate you in first few weeks that how you need to monitor work of your VA or what are some best practices, we can educate you.

Because at the end of the day, what we want to do is we want to free up some of their time, so they could focus on strategy or important part of their business to grow their business. Let’s say if they are good in product manufacturing or product research, they can focus on that and all of their day to day tasks can be managed by a VA. So these are the two things which we observe that people have issue when they try to delegate.

Steve: And specific to UrTasker, you employ all of your people and VAs. So if I were to go to you, does that imply that I might be sharing a VA with other sellers?

Omer: Okay, so let’s say if you’re hiring a full time VA, okay, obviously, that VA is fully dedicated to you. Or if you’re hiring like let’s say, a half VA or four hours of VA, obviously that we have to put their hours somewhere else. But most of our clients have dedicated VAs and they love that, because they have someone who they can reach out every day, at any point in time during the day, they can call them, Skype them, message them so they have this back office team during the whole day. And that’s how people have built their team from one VA to like 15 VAs right now.

Steve: Is there an option to hire the VA outside of you guys like if you like them?

Omer: Outside of us, what do you mean by that?

Steve: Meaning you just want them as an employee of us and not of UrTasker, does that make sense?

Omer: Yes, a couple of people have presented that. I mean, I wouldn’t say a couple of, maybe one or two. But there is an option, they can do that. But obviously, they have to pay a certain number of fees.

Steve: Sure. I was just wondering if that was a common practice. And I’m just kind of curious, since your team is in Pakistan, how much would it realistically cost for me to have a full time VA handle my Amazon listings and my PPC and my inventory management, that sort of thing?

Omer: I would say that probably less than, way less than if you hire a full time resource in your office.

Steve: Oh yeah, absolutely. I’m just trying to get an idea. I don’t know if you feel comfortable just giving me a ballpark?

Omer: Sure. I mean, it depends on the skill set. We have basically three packages and that ranges from $6 to $15 per hour. So it depends on the scope of the work, what exactly you’re looking for. I mean, a lot of people have hired expert level VA as well, because they found it very helpful to have someone, there is only month to month contract, you’re not paying for anything. We take care of everything basically, we take care of their trainings, we take care of their benefits, we provide — I mean, obviously, we’re providing backups to clients whenever they go on vacation or something like that.

So we take care of that, we have a lot of benefits that we will provide them since they work full time employee, so we take care of that, I mean everybody. On top of that what we do is, which help us a lot in past three years, is that we get a client feedback every month. And based on that feedback from our payroll, we give them bonuses. So client is not paying for that, they are just paying the fixed amount. But that help us a lot in growing our practice because everybody is interested to make their client happy.

Steve: Sure. Yeah, I’m just thinking in the back of my mind right now, I guess a couple things I might be nervous about would be like if that person decides to leave you, leave UrTasker, the person that’s been assigned me who has intimate knowledge of my business, and then all of a sudden I have to start all over with someone new, right? I guess it’s the same whether they’re an employee of my own.

Omer: What we offer is basically we say that, okay, obviously, whoever leaves they have to provide us a two month notice. So, we basically prepare the replacement during that time, and obviously, the client has to agree, are they have to be happy with that new guy. Let’s say if someone leaves immediate notice or whatever the situation is, we take care of the replacement better in training. So let’s say if the new guy needs two big training, we’re not going to charge to client, we’re going to take care of that. So replacement is complimentary as well.

Steve: Can you give me an idea of what I get for six bucks as opposed to $15 like at the ends of the scale?

Omer: Sure. So six bucks is I would say like someone who has six months or one year experience, okay, and they could do like basic data entry. Obviously, they’re trained on Amazon, eBay or Shopify, Walmart, but they would know basic stuff with one year experience. Then we have specialist and expert and expert is basically lot of people who use for PPC management, just focusing on PPC. We work with a lot of agencies as well, they get those guys. But the middle one is the most popular one specialist one where he or she can manage all the tasks for listing, listing optimization, PPC management, all those things.

Steve: So it sounds like realistically for like 10 to $12, you can get someone to just do listing optimization, PPC management, and all the basic tasks I guess that an Amazon seller requires. And then the most expensive part would be just specialists that have been doing this for a very long time if you need more specialized help.

Omer: Definitely yes.

Steve: Okay cool. Hey Omer, I also wanted to give you a chance to talk a little bit about UrTasker and the special offer that you’re giving. Before you talk about that, I just wanted to just mention that I had — the reason why I came across Omer in the first place for the listeners out there is they came to me and they said, hey, we’re willing to do this free account audit for you. And because I treat my e-commerce business like a laboratory, I was like, sure, why not? Let’s see if they can find anything.

And during this free audit, they discovered that my team had made a couple of mistakes on my Amazon listings and they were there actually embarrassing mistakes. I guess someone on my team had mistakenly put something in the incorrect field on my Amazon listing and once that was rectified, sales have gone up close to 30%. And when you have a lot of listings, oftentimes you might lose track of some little details and just using and getting another set of eyeballs on your listings is actually quite helpful. So sorry, Omer, tell them about this, the service and where they can find you.

Omer: Sure. I mean, what we offer is — I think we offer at Sellers Summit as well and through people who are coming from your podcast, it’s a special offer as well. Whenever we onboard someone or we talk to anyone, the very first thing we do is account audit, just to make sure how your account is doing. Basically, it serves two purposes. On your side, it tells you like, do we really know Amazon? That’s how we know each other when I talked to you and you said, what is UrTasker? I don’t know. I said; okay let me do an account audit. And we did that and we found a couple of things which are helpful to you.

So we do a very detailed account audit. And I’m going to offer through this podcast free of cost. We could basically audit your account, and if you want us to focus on some listing, we could do that as well, just to find out and it’s great information, no obligation you take it, okay. If you like it, that’s great. And you could basically use that information to improve your account, or make those changes. And it shows you that what we know about Amazon. So it’s a free account audit, it takes us two to three days to perform. So that is the offer which I have.

Steve: Yeah. So just for you guys listening out there, you got nothing to lose. Like I said, Omer just came up to me and said, hey, let me audit your Amazon listings. And I didn’t think he was going to find anything to be honest with you. But he ended up doing it. And it’s actually this PDF report that he sends you which is pretty good. So I mean, even if you already been selling on Amazon for a while, it’s worth just getting this account audit, which is free. And since that, they found some stuff and I’ve been using UrTasker to do some listing optimization and basically just to check up on my work. Anyways, so Omer, they can find you at UrTasker.com, right?

Omer: Yes.

Steve: Okay. And they can just ask about this offer they just heard on the podcast.

Omer: Yes, they can ask us through Facebook, on our website. Our reps are there so you could find us.

Steve: Awesome. Well Omer, I appreciate you coming on the show and sharing your wisdom with respect to outsourcing. Thanks a lot.

Omer: Thank you so much. And at the end, I would say that I was at the Sellers Summit and it was great, great summit, and I would tell everybody to go next year. It was such a great summit. I still have memories, talked to so many people. It was so different. It was amazing.

Steve: Awesome. And I hope we’ll see you there next year again.

Omer: Definitely.

Steve: All right. Take care.

Omer: Take care.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you find yourself overwhelmed with your e-commerce business, it makes sense to outsource some of these tasks overseas. And right now I have a full time VA in the Philippines who has worked out great and I’ve used UrTasker to help update my Amazon listings as well. For more information about this episode, go to Mywifequitherjob.com/episode263.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. Now if you want to give it a try, it is free. So, head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to Mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s Mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.Mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

262: How Amazon Counterfeits Nearly Destroyed A 7 Figure Business With Kevin Williams

Today I’m really excited to have Kevin Williams back on the show. Kevin runs the site BrushHero.com where he sells a power cleaning brush.

Last time we spoke on episode 209, Kevin’s company was doing great, sales were going gangbusters and they had just been on Shark Tank. But last year, things took a sharp turn due to an unfortunate sequence of events involving IP theft and piracy.

In today’s episode, Kevin and I talk about what happened and how he almost lost his entire business.

What You’ll Learn

  • The revenue and profit of Kevin’s business
  • How Shark Tank affected sales
  • The dangers of comingling inventory
  • Amazon’s take down policy for trademark and patent infringement
  • How to fight the fakes

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Kevin Williams back on the show. And the last time I had Kevin on; his business was flying high and growing at an exponential rate. But this past year, a group of malicious Amazon sellers basically came close to destroying his entire multimillion dollar business. And in this interview, we’re going to talk about what happened and what you can do to fight the counterfeits.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Privy who is a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. And right now I’m using Privy to display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. And customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form email signups increased by 131%.

You can also use Privy to reduce cart abandonment with cart saver pops and abandoned cart email sequences as well at one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full blown email marketing solution. So, bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales. So, head on over to Privy.com/Steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of the show. Whether you’re getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale, Klaviyo offers fast, simple and repeatable ways to grow. And with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing, build your customer relationships and automate your online sales. And it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. So I just want to introduce Klaviyo’s new entrepreneur growth guide. It is packed with must read blog posts, case studies and getting started content and this guide will help you prioritize what you need to do to maximize revenue growth.

Now moving to a new marketing platform can be intimidating. But Klaviyo helps you get up and going fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now you can explore this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, that’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/mywife, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Kevin Williams back on the show. And Kevin runs a site BrushHero.com where he sells a power cleaning brush that hooks up to your hose and spins with a lot of torque to clean up hard to clean objects like wheels, bikes, boats, and more. Anyways, last time we spoke on episode 209, Kevin’s company was kicking butt, they had just been on Shark Tank, sales were going like gangbusters. But last year, things took a sharp turn due to an unfortunate sequence of events involving IP theft and piracy. And I want to let Kevin talk about what happened. And with that welcome to the show Kevin, how are you doing today?

Kevin: I’m doing great, Steve, how about yourself?

Steve: I’m doing well. And you sound great by the way.

Kevin: So last time we talked was…

Steve: Six to eight months ago I want to say right.

Kevin: Yes, six or eight months, February or March last year. Our Shark Tank episode aired right at the end of January, which to be honest, was a little sub optimal for a water power clean brush. But still all the anecdotes you hear about Shark Tank are pretty much true. We got a bunch of media attention, we got a surge in sales, real high levels of morale. And then we realized that the judges and the American public weren’t the only people that were watching Shark Tank. It turns out that a lot of Chinese manufacturers were watching Shark Tank as well.

Steve: Why is it always the Chinese manufacturers? I mean, you could have just said manufacturers. But I guess they were…

Kevin: No, it was Chinese manufacturers.

Steve: Oh they were, okay right.

Kevin: It’s true. It’s true that it is — it could easily have been Bangladeshi or…

Steve: I’m just giving you a hard time sorry, go on.

Kevin: But it is a good question, it really is. And I think the answer in my case is that because it’s an injection molded product, and China is the land of injection molded products. For clarity, I produce my product in the UK and then assemble it in the US. So I don’t actually do Chinese injection molding. But China is the source of all things plastic, generally speaking.

Steve: That’s correct.

Kevin: Anyway, so we’re doing well, we’re selling a lot of units, even though it was cold and dank outside. And then right around the end of April and the beginning of May, we started to see fakes pop up. And the way that we just discovered it was truly unfortunate. We started to get calls into our customer service department saying, hey, my brush popped off or the turbine just broke, or hey, this thing is just a piece of junk. Or most disturbingly, why does it say made in China on the box? That raised all kinds of red flags.

So we had some really well-meaning customers send in their packaging and it turned out that not only did we have knockoffs, but they were true fakes. They were using all of our images, including images of me, they put our patent numbers and our customer service phone number right on their fake box. So after they sold the product, and people had trouble, those customers rightfully dialed that customer service number and it was absolutely devastating for us.

Steve: Are you sure the – so how did this affect sales? So first of all what were your numbers in profit? I guess the last time we talked and what happened immediately after that happened?

Kevin: Well, we were on a big upswing anyway. Before Shark Tank, we had both Walmart and Costco retail distribution heading our way. So we were – oh gosh, in 2017 we were heading towards $3 million. After Shark Tank in 2018, we were projecting hitting about five and a half million dollars all things considered. Remember, this is early in our season. Our season really hits its stride somewhere in April, May, June somewhere, but we absolutely started to see some sales impacts because first there was one and then there were two and then there were five and then there were dozens and dozens and dozens.

First day really popped up on eBay. Then they popped up on the Amazon EU marketplaces, we sell in most of the Amazon marketplaces. It actually lagged a little bit with Amazon US because due to a quirk of fate, we had brand restriction or brand gating in the US, which prevented sellers from selling on our listing.

Steve: How do you get brand new gating by the way? What did you have to go through to get that?

Kevin: You have to know the right people. No, that’s not true. Brand restriction, which is the actual term that Amazon uses, we all say brand gating. Amazon doesn’t really like that term. But brand restriction is granted on a case by case basis. And it’s rarely, rarely granted. My supposition is often it’s granted these days as a result of arbitration or litigation of some kind. In my case, our brand was a very early participant in something called the Launchpad program. And the Launchpad program was what Amazon was terming an incubator for little brands to help them grow.

And I think that our rep at some point, just basically flipped the switch on the back end, we didn’t get any proactive notice about it. We didn’t even know it had happened until we had an authorized reseller try and list the product and bump into the gating screen or restriction screen, which says, hey, you need written permission in order to sell this brand. Honestly, there was a ton of rejoicing in our ranks when we found that. We were like, yay, we’re gated, we’re safe, it’s good. And then gating went away.

Steve: They took it away?

Kevin: They didn’t take it away. As best as we can figure, there was a big upgrade in the Amazon Brand Registry system in May, April, May of last year to Brand Registry 2.0 which offers a whole bunch of new IP enforcement tools to sellers, which is great. But when we upgraded it, we think it did something on the back end of Amazon that just refreshed our records. Amazon has zero record of us ever being restricted but we totally were. In retrospect, I really wish that we’d taken screenshots and had some sort of proof that we had restriction in place because once it went away, Amazon just said, no, you weren’t. We had really no way to do anything about it.

So basically, hours after gating went away, we had our first hijacker on Amazon. And for your audience, the difference between a hijacker and say an imitator is that the hijacker actually lifts on your listing. So they undercut your price and they sell a counterfeit or alternate version of your product. And they steal the Amazon buy box, which gives you the best opportunity for sale. This is different from somebody just listing and another product that similar or even a counterfeit of your product in parallel.

And it’s much more damaging because the listing that we had established over several years of operations had 1,200 reviews, it had over a four star ranking. It had keyword relevance all over the map. We were pushing traffic to it externally through media activities like Shark Tank and our own Facebook activities. So it was horrifying because we had all of these dollars that were floating around there in marketing and all of those dollars were basically going to Chinese fakes.

Steve: So these fakes, these are the guys that were copying your packaging, everything, your customer service numbers, everything exactly, except it was made in China.

Kevin: Except it was made in China. Well, it was all inferior quality. I like to quip that had they done a better job with the counterfeit, everything would it be a lot better for everybody because the counterfeit was such low quality that it just didn’t work. My device is — it is a little complicated as far as a spinning brush, and they just sort of slapped it together. So my brand was then on a product that just didn’t function very well. So the next thing that happened is because it was being sold on my listing on Amazon, I got just a flood of one star reviews. So I had something like 150 one star reviews in a row, just it was funk, a POS etc.

Steve: So those who weren’t malicious right, those were legit one star reviews.

Kevin: Oh yeah, that wasn’t one of these scenarios where somebody is like paying to hurt me. These are real customers who thought they were buying my product and instead got a fake version that was a piece of junk. And they got on the internet and they told the world. That was a giant deal. So we went from number one in the number of categories to just off the first page, sales plummeted by 50% plus on those listings, and that’s not even including the issues that we had with the hijackers.

Steve: How did they get the buy box? Were they just drastically undercutting the price? Is that what happened?

Kevin: Sure, yeah. We had both FBM, so fulfilled by merchant hijackers at extremely low prices that were shipping direct from China. And we had FBA hijackers, who were either directly placing their inventory in Amazon under their own seller name, or they were commingling their inventory in Amazon based on just the UPC.

Steve: Let’s talk a little bit about that. So first of all, if you wouldn’t mind defining commingling for the audience, that’d be great.

Kevin: So commingling is seems to me that it’s on the way out. But a few years ago, Amazon, it was really hard to the idea that you could have what you call fungible inventory. So we all know what a UPC is, the labels in individual product. Well, from Amazon’s perspective, if two products have the same UPC, they’re the same product. So if you Steve in California are selling let’s just say a coke, and I’m in Utah selling a coke and they both have the same UPC, and we’re selling it on Amazon, from the consumers’ perspective, as long as those products are identical. It doesn’t matter if Amazon grabs your piece of inventory or my piece of inventory, because they’re fungible, they’re the same thing right?

Steve: Yeah.

Kevin: That breaks badly when you have a counterfeit situation. Because in the vast fulfillment centers of Amazon, what happened was, we ended up with a boatload of products that had our UPC on them, but were fakes. So I would end up selling a product to someone that totally legit, I’d have the buy box, but an Amazon fulfillment center would grab a fake off the rack, and then they’d ship that to that customer. So now the customer gets a fake that I actually sold. And then they go back and they write a one star review.

Now, I go back to Amazon and say, hey Amazon, you know we’re having a fake problem, a counterfeit problem, help me out here, this one star review is clearly related to it. And Amazon says no way. Look here, this buyer Steve is connected to one of your orders. And since they’re connected to your order, you sold it to them and go on, prove to us that the inventory we shipped is fake, and just can’t. The flip side is the fake seller would occasionally sell a real unit to their people. So somebody would buy a real Brush Hero for 9.99 or 12.99, and get my real product.

Steve: So what’s confusing to me is I remember, you were featured in Inc. Magazine recently and it said that you are the only seller of your product. So what are the chances that someone else would be selling it and so what advantage did you have on commingling your inventory?

Kevin: It was encouraged by Amazon early on in that from an Amazon fulfillment efficiency perspective a lot of my inventory tends to go to Stockton, the Stockton fulfillment center for whatever reason. But if I have an East Coast customer and some East Coast seller of the product had the product and inventory over there, they’d far rather be able to give the amazon customer one day delivery than two or three day delivery by having to airfreight it from Stockton.

Imagine what that would cost if all my inventory was in Stockton, and I had a New York customer and Amazon needs to meet their prime promise for New York, yeah, a New York customer, they’re going to have to fly that thing all the way across the country. And they’ll do it so they can satisfy that customer. But when they analyzed it, they thought oh well, inventory is inventory, all the UPCs are the same. So why not just pick the one from New York? It also saved some complexity in my warehouse. Most of my volume actually comes off Amazon. It is from retail and from my direct channels. So if I’m having to sticker Amazon inventory with FN SKUs, it just adds complexity, it adds a little cost etc. In retrospect, it was a huge mistake. So if you take one thing away from this Amazon sellers, don’t ever commingle your inventory, don’t do it.

Steve: So what you just said implies that you have resellers that are actually selling your product legitimately, right?

Kevin: No, I don’t. I have pretty tight channel control. In various times that has happened. It’s not something we encourage, it’s not any part of our strategy. And in our reseller agreements, we actually prohibit it now. But for a brief time, we thought that it might be a good idea. That’s also a horrible idea. If you can control Amazon, you should control Amazon.

Steve: Okay. All right. So in terms of – all right, so obviously, you complained to Amazon. And what happened after that? First of all, what is Amazon’s takedown policy for this sort of thing?

Kevin: So we have three different types of protection in Amazon. We have well, three different types of intellectual property protection in general. We have utility patents, US and some international utility patents, we have our trademarks which are registered with a USPTO and we have general copyright protection. In Amazon land, in excess of 85% of our successful take downs, actually just at large, 85% of our successful take downs are related to copyrights. And the reason why is there is something called the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, which requires marketplaces like eBay, Amazon, even Google or others to make a reasonable effort to remove infringing copyright material once it’s reported.

So they’re pretty clean and clear reporting mechanisms and Amazon for saying, hey, this is clearly our image. Where it gets really complicated is when a seller who may or may not be in your listing by the way, a lot of these copyright claims are, they’re not hijacking our listing, they’re actually creating a parallel listing, and then they steal our images. So there’s a picture of me standing there cleaning my neighbor’s dog, literally. And that’s something that’s in one of our listings. And it’s pretty obvious that it’s me, and we can point to the copyright and Amazon will take that down, sometimes in as little as 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, not a big deal.

Where it really stinks is when there’s a hijacker or there’s somebody who’s not superficially using copyrighted material. You actually have to purchase the item, and demonstrate the copyright or trademark infringement. So again, my brand is Brush Hero. So I bet if you looked on one of the Amazons right now, you’d find something called 360 brush cleaner. And 360 brush cleaner at this point has done away with stealing my images but they’re still using the box. So I have to buy the product, have it shipped from China, which can take two or three weeks and then photograph the box, which always still includes pictures of me, and then report the box. Meanwhile, that listing has been sitting up and active for two or three weeks, and it’s been siphoning off small amounts of my traffic the whole time.

The most insidious example of this was over Black Friday, Cyber Monday weekend. I was on — you should never go on vacation that particular weekend. Yeah, in e-commerce world, you pretty much give up Thanksgiving. But I was in San Francisco with my family. And right around four o’clock on Thanksgiving afternoon, we had seven hijackers pop up on our listing, because they knew full well that it being a US holiday, followed by Black Friday, followed by a weekend followed by Cyber Monday, it wasn’t likely that Amazon was going to be able to take down those listings.

So even though we reported them by 4:30 on Thanksgiving, it took until Tuesday or Wednesday for them to go down. So on one of the biggest sales weekends of the year, and this was just a few months ago, we didn’t own our buy box for significant portions of the time. And that could have directly cost us $30,000 over that weekend. It’s sort of hard to quantify. But they’re smart. They know what they’re doing. They know how the system works, and they know how to work it.

Steve: All right, so you just presented two problems. So it sounds like the parallel listings are not really a problem. Is that accurate?

Kevin: No, they are definitely a problem. They’re out there. They look a lot like our product. They generally have low star rankings.

Steve: But they’re not pretending to be you. It’s just like another piece of competition from your perspective, right?

Steve: Yeah. Yeah, at this point, it’s less of a problem now because we’ve been very effective in our whack a mole efforts. I looked last evening, and we have 7,200 individual intellectual property actions since May.

Steve: Oh my gosh, okay. Do you automate this process or is it just like a real manual process?

Kevin: We use — last year, when it was really starting to ramp up, at one point we employed three different intellectual property whack a mole firms. I mean, that really is the best way to describe them. These are firms that specialize in identifying keywords, images, multilingual references to your product in market places all over the world. And they’ve established API, or in some cases manual reporting mechanisms through those. And just every single day, they’re refining and reporting more.

I also have a virtual assistant who spends a chunk of every day doing our own internal checks and then adding those to the firm we use, which the firm that we landed on is one called Pointer Brand, which is out of the Netherlands. They’ve been a very good partner. And we now have a lot of data as far as who these people are, where they’re coming from, what the countries are, etc.

Steve: Okay, so you went to Amazon and there’s this process for getting them taken down. So presumably, once you actually get the product in hand, you take a picture, and they’ll take it down, right. But obviously more pop up faster than you can take them down. So what can you do about that?

Kevin: Well, we are a participant in the transparency program; it hasn’t fully kicked in yet. But that’s an individual unit labeling program that provides a born on date, and basically a unique identity for each unit. So if you were to use your Amazon consumer app and scan one of these little QR codes on the back of my product, it would say built in Salt Lake City in November of 2018 because that’s when we initiated that particular production run that the stickers are using. Amazon is supposed to prohibit units that don’t have the transparency code affixed to them from entering circulation. But we have yet to see that kick in. It’s in process, I have faith in it, but it hasn’t fully kicked in yet.

Similarly, there’s an FBM version that requires fulfilled by merchant sellers to demonstrate that they have the QR codes through photographic evidence. But that is in beta and hasn’t fully rolled out yet either, so other ways to prevent this from happening.

Steve: So before it came back up on the transparency program, why hasn’t it kicked in yet exactly, or what hasn’t kicked in yet?

Kevin: It’s a big rollout for Amazon, and they’re still basically trying to figure it out. We enrolled in transparency in mid-2018 and it has, it’s still rolling out. The fulfillment centers are still dealing with how to find these codes and identify them and scan them accurately etc.

Steve: Are you paying money for this right now?

Kevin: So yes, you pay five cents a code plus you have the sticker itself, which is it can be a center too and then you have to adhere it. So I would say I’m spending 10 cents a unit to make this happen. There’s no subscription fee, there’s no recurring fee that’s tied to it. Given the issues I’ve had and the sort of financial impact we’ve had, to me it was a no brainer to at least give it a try to see if it would work.

Steve: It’s really new so I’m not sure what the procedure is. So let’s say someone gets a fake, are you supposed to have that customer report that code to Amazon?

Kevin: So they wouldn’t be able to have a code. It should never make it into the Amazon system. These things are — they look like little QR codes, and like a data matrix and every single one of them is unique. Unlike an FN SKU which is the Amazon unit identifier within the fulfillment system, you can print those right on a box and it’s not going to change. Every single unit I have has a slightly different QR matrix that is machine readable. Theoretically, those are encrypted and it would be very, very difficult for somebody to spoof them. They can spoof one and copy it over and over again but Amazon is supposed to pick up on that.

Steve: In case you haven’t been following the latest e-commerce news, most of the states in the US are now requiring you to collect sales tax even if you don’t have a physical presence in that state. And as you can imagine, keeping track of every state sales tax rules can be a nightmare. Now instead of pulling your hair out, you should let a tool like Avalara take care of your sales tax headaches for you. Avalara simplifies sales tax with real time tax calculations, and automatic return filing.

And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super simple to set up. So even if you have no idea how to get started with sales tax, Avalara can help you get registered in a snap so you can focus on getting back to business. Join over 20,000 businesses already automating sales tax compliance. Simply put, Avalara is tax compliance done right. Find out more at Avalara.com. That’s A-V-A-L-A-R-A.com. Now back to the show.

Right, okay, and that infrastructure is not in place yet right, the detection and enforcement?

Kevin: It is in place. It’s just it doesn’t feel like it’s at full force yet. We know that we still have hijackers, and we know that we still have fakes. This is one of — I feel pretty positive about this program. And I feel that Amazon will get it under control, they will recognize this issue. This is one of the ways that they have to mitigate it. And I absolutely see down the road, everyone who’s in any sort of sensitive category, like toys or nutraceuticals or high counterfeit items, you’ll see Amazon pushing everybody towards this program, I’m sure.

Steve: So that actually solves a problem at the end customer. But is there anything that you can do at the source to like shut down the manufacturers themselves?

Kevin: So we have — in 2018, we filed for a pile of Chinese intellectual property documents. So we filed for utility patents, for trademark protection, for copyrights, etc. Those are all going through the Chinese patents in the intellectual property system right now. And had we had the trademark in particular filed in China, we would have had a lot more teeth. Alibaba has been a decent partner as far as taking down trademark violations because they recognize the bad press it creates, but some of the others less so. And they want to see that there’s actually a Chinese violation. In my opinion, the Chinese tend to respect Chinese law a little bit more than they do other laws. So had I had those pieces in place before, I may have been able to stem the tide.

Steve: Did they register the trademark in China though?

Kevin: They did.

Steve: Oh my god. Okay.

Kevin: So they registered my patents, they registered my trademarks; they even tried to register some of my copyrights. We’ve won some of the trademark battles; we’re probably going to lose the patent battles. But we’re actually trying at this point just to invalidate their patents based on the fact that there was prior art as in the product is already out there. So you don’t get to patent it. But it’s expensive. And I think this is it’s a good point to be made. People say, oh, what do you wish you’d done differently? Well, the company was headed towards $3 million in revenue.

Had I known what was going to happen to me at that sort of scale, it probably would have made sense for me to file for the Chinese trademarks then. And it’s ended up costing me almost $50,000 to do that. So that’s not an easy thing to do for a small company that’s growing really rapidly. I would way rather spend that $50,000 on most of a new person or a new product or whatever. But instead, I’ve been playing whack a mole. So before we went on Shark Tank, which that was never a sure thing, right. It’s not like you know you’re going to go and you know you’re going to air. But we were on an upswing, things were going in the right direction. So it would have been smart for us to invest in that sort of protection before we grow.

Steve: So trademark is $50,000 in China?

Kevin: Well, but by the time you go through a reputable firm and register for multiple categories, and in our case, we had to battle down the previous filers of our trademark. So there was some back and forth, not necessarily litigation, but there was a lot of administrative process that we had to go through. Had we filed before there was anyone, it would have been quite a bit less than that. I don’t have a particularly good number. We also went through a large US law firm DLA Piper, because at that point we just needed to make it happen and make it happen right. I’m positive that if you found local council, you could pay a lot less.

Steve: But once you have the trademark, I guess your point is you could have shut these people down?

Kevin: Faster and easier. It would have stemmed the tide. Just picture it like a funnel at the very top of the funnel, it’s like an inverted funnel are the manufacturers. And as far as we know, we had at least five distinct manufacturers making the product. And that comes from an analysis of the fakes that we’ve seen and their mold lines and things like that. They’re all slightly different from each other. And if those guys are getting battered down when they’re doing their first test runs, they may decide not to proceed with the run. But we also think that they made hundreds of thousands of units.

And although we’ve been very successful in battling them, they’re still out there, and they’re still out there in big piles, and they’re devalued because their customers don’t want to buy them because they know that we as the brand are going to go after them with vigor. So now they’re pretty much dumping the inventory. We’re seeing listings popping up. Yesterday we had one pop up in Bangladesh; we see them in like Bolivia, and really crazy places. Those of you who backpack and travel, you might well see my product in like third world market places, because the Chinese are now selling them at a loss just to get rid of the inventory.

Steve: I want to talk a little bit about I guess the value of a patent. I mean, I can’t even imagine how much money, it sounds expensive everything that you’ve done. I don’t know if you have a number for that. But when you get a patent, which you had both the trademark and a patent like how truly valuable is that?

Kevin: So when I tell people what I do, I’m really not just Brush Hero, we own a couple of different patent lines, or we have licenses for a couple of different patent lines. And that was what we built our business on this idea that we could test products, figure out what works, license the patents or acquire the patents and then grow from there and the patent would give us some level of protection. In those 7,200 take downs, I think at last count we had something like 23 that were patent related. So 7,200 intellectual property take downs and 23 the grounds were patent.

And we suspect those were basically accidents. Somebody like Alibaba just — we claim whatever we can, and Alibaba maybe clicked the box that said patent. And the reason why is the big platforms aren’t in the business of arbitrating patents. You just think about Amazon and one garlic press versus another garlic press, one has a patent in one doesn’t, how the heck is Amazon supposed to make the difference between them. So if you pursue a patent action in Amazon, they say that’s great, show us the court order. And pursuing a court decision for patents can cost you $100,000 each.

It’s also sort of worthless, because given the whack a mole aspect of this, if you were to get one amazon seller shut down under a patent, it’s pretty easy for them to just shift their inventory to another seller name, and you take down lanky one and then two days later, you’ve got lanky two who pops up. And guess what, that’s a different seller. So now you have to go through the court order again. That is enormously frustrating. So for superficial, tactical, intellectual property enforcement, the patents have not been useful to us.

Steve: Okay, so I guess the next question is, should that be a priority for someone?

Kevin: Well, think of it this way. We are — now we have pretty broad distribution in these big retailers. And we are establishing this category of the hose power water brush, right. And if we didn’t have the patent, all of this work that we’ve done could easily be replicated by people who are real and big and can just crush us. So I’m not saying they would do this. But imagine somebody like AutoZone, who runs a lot of their own private label products. If we didn’t have a patent on this, we spent all of these dollars developing the category. And it would be pretty easy for them to go out and make their own version of it, and basically shut us down.

Steve: I guess that’s the case for people that play by the rules, right? But let’s say someone in China decided to create a better mousetrap than you did and sell it. It doesn’t sound like there’s much you could do, right?

Kevin: No, there’s really not much I can do.

Steve: So it’s basically a projection.

Kevin: [Overlapping 00:33:50] small scale.

Steve: Yeah, it basically protects you from people who play by the rules, which I guess is like US manufacturers or whoever obeys those laws, right?

Kevin: Sure. At the end of the day, that’s what the big business is, right? So I’m growing past the point of these kind of little transactional issues and now I’m gaining attention of big players. And my business was definitely hurt by the Chinese but my business could be ended if someone really big decided just to eat my lunch.

Steve: I’m kind of curious how you recovered off of that Amazon listing. So you’re getting 150 or whatever negative one star reviews and I imagine they’re just coming in on a regular basis. What do you do at that point, or what did you do at that point?

Kevin: This was a rough week; we eventually shut down that listing. And this was a listing that was doing seven figures a year, and was first in a number of keywords and a number of categories. And for the Amazon sellers out there they know how valuable that is. But once Amazon declined to help us with removing the reviews, we just couldn’t let it sit there with a 3.6 rating. It was having huge impact on the rest of our business. We would go visit a big retailer and the first thing the retailer would do is they go look at Amazon and they’d see 150 one star reviews.

So it wasn’t just about our direct sales. It was actually just it was hurting our brand everywhere. So we shut down the listing. We happened to have vendor central listing or vendor Express listing from our days in Launchpad that was a similar product that could be adapted. And we revived that one which had more like 150 reviews. And honestly, its stars weren’t awesome for other reasons, but it was way better than what we were looking at. So we shut down the awesome listing with 1,200 reviews, and we relaunched another one with 150. And to date we have not recovered our ranking. We have not recovered our velocity, we have we have less keyword relevance, etc.

Steve: What’s to stop the hijackers from finding this new listing and starting this process all over again?

Kevin: Oh, they have.

Steve: Oh they have, okay.

Kevin: Absolutely, they found it within days. We did get Amazon to fully close the old listing, which impaired the inventory that all the hijackers had and the fakes had. So they had to re-sticker everything, they had to call back inventory that probably hurt them a little bit. But as soon as the new listing was there, they re-stickered for this listing and sent it back in. But we were more geared up to fight them. So we take down seven or eight a day at this point.

Steve: Oh my God, that’s crazy.

Kevin: And it’s not just Amazon that’s everywhere, eBay is the worst, eBay makes up probably 90% of the claims. But yeah, we take down a bunch every single day. And we’re just faster about it and we’re better about it. If you were to do some brand search on us, you’d also see that we make clear that there are counterfeits out there. It’s painful, because I will end up with fakes in Google PLAs, which are product listing ads as well. So most of our direct to consumer sales come through Facebook advertising, which then leads to Google searches for our brand, which can yield a non-Amazon fake, say a Shopify store or a drop shipper, who has — they’re undercutting us in the PLA. So we have to fight that too.

Steve: So Kevin, I kind of want to, we talked about a bunch of stuff in this interview, I just want to kind of turn it into like a little summary of if you had to start all over again and you knew you were going to get on Shark Tank, for example, or you were going to get mass exposure, what are the steps that you would have taken ahead of time to mitigate this disaster?

Kevin: I think one, I would have been being more aware of international intellectual property, particularly in China. So I would have spent the money early on to get the protection that I need in China.

Steve: Which includes what, sorry?

Kevin: Trademark in particular, copyright filings, I would have filed for registered copyrights. This is something we haven’t touched on yet. But when at the bottom of your website, you put copyright My Wife Quit Her Job 2019; you are claiming the rights to the imagery and the copy on your website. But you’re not actually registering that. And in order to have any teeth in court, you need to register your copyright. You can do this pro se which means on your own with the USPTO. It’s actually a really simple process to take your website, to download a PDF version of it and submit the whole website to the USPTO as an actual registered work.

At the end of the day, after eight to 12 months, you receive a registration number. And that means that as opposed to reaching out to someone and saying, hey, you’re infringing, take it down, you can now reach out and say, hey, you’re infringing on this specific copyright registration. And that entitles us to statutory damages, which can be 10X per incident, actually, something like $30,000 per incident. So if you’ve taken six of my images, the statutory damage can be $180,000 for just the number of incidents, plus loss of income plus whatever you took in plus some sort of multiplier, it has a lot of teeth. But it takes a long time. So I would have done that. I would have filed…

Steve: So the regular copyright is not worth very much is that what you’re saying?

Kevin: Oh, it’s good as a tool for takedowns but you can’t really go to court and sue…

Steve: For damages.

Kevin: For damages with it.

Steve: Got it okay.

Kevin: It’s just a tool you can use to take down and obviously have everything copyrighted. Another thing that we do now that I wish we’d done is we do very tiny watermarks in all of our images, because a lot of the platforms are highly automated. So imagine if there’s a image of my brush that is 45 degrees to the right, it’s pretty easy in Photoshop just to flip that. So it’s 45 degrees to the left, and the sort of dumb AIs that are behind the reporting systems. I won’t pick that up necessarily. So what we do is we bury pixel level watermarks. They’re not obvious, but they’re pixel level watermarks in the images. So even if it’s skewed or distorted, we can point to that mark and say no, no, no, no, this is a derivative of our original work.

Steve: I see. So even manipulating the image and receiving in Photoshop, the watermark still gets preserved.

Kevin: Unless they know how to find it. And most of them are pretty lazy to be honest.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: I’m trying to think of other things that we may have done. Transparency wasn’t there?

Steve: Well, okay. How about — I mean, assuming today, right?

Kevin: Yeah, transparency? Oh, yeah, I’d absolutely do transparency. That’s super important.

Steve: Where does – so if we could just prioritize all these steps, it seems like trademark is probably the most important one. Where does the transparency program fall into that?

Kevin: Well, I would say registering your copyrights. Even though that seems it’s just so easy to do and it has a long timeline to it. It costs $135 to file something like that, 150, whatever it is, but it takes eight to 12 months. Next, I would say the trademarks in China. And again, it would just be estimating, but 15 to $20,000, in multiple categories to file original trademarks, and figure that will take a year right. Transparency, because well, our experience with transparency is it’s taken six, eight months to happen. But we were one of the first companies, as far as I know to start down that road. I suspect if you started transparency now, it could be live in even a matter of two or three months. So think of it as far as timelines of things that you need to do and dependencies that you need to do.

Steve: Where does filing a patent internationally fall into this in terms of priority?

Kevin: Well, for me my business model is predicated on those patents. So patents can take a long time, and they can be very, very expensive to maintain. You want to know that you have some sort of commercial value in your product before you are going to spend all of that money. For me, that would be lightweight testing of a concept. Basically, minimum viable product stuff where you have the concept, you have the idea, put up a landing page, see if anybody cares. And if I’m really excited about it, and I’m going to invest in it, at that point, I would probably pursue the patent path. But to be clear, I license existing patents so I don’t have to do that.

Steve: Got it, no, no. Okay. That’s clear. What about your hijacker strategy now? Like let’s say, I’m sure a lot of people listening out there have hijackers and piggy backers. What is your strategy for getting them off right now? It sounds like it’s an automated — it’s not automated, but you have like a procedure for it now, right?

Kevin: So given the volume of my problems, I’m using one of these IP monitoring firms has been really useful for me. But that’s about $24,000 a year we’re paying the firm to help hold our hand. Once you understand how the process works, and how the Brand Registry reporting process works, it’s pretty straightforward to develop SOPs that you could implement internally. We just haven’t done it yet. But you can do it yourself based on scale. What you’re not going to catch yourself are the crazy things that are appearing in other countries, like the Bangladeshi listing like I would — I actually did catch that one. But generally speaking, you are going to be focused on the marketplaces where you sell. And meanwhile, your brand is being trounced in Brazil or other places. So you might find five years down the line that your brand reputation is ruined, because you haven’t been monitoring in these other countries.

Steve: Okay. But within the US, it’s as simple as going on the Amazon Brand Registry site for your brand and then reporting a violation there.

Kevin: Yes, the piece that’s really painful is the recognition that you have to buy the fake and a lot of people get stuck in this rut where they’re like, well, it’s obviously a fake. And Amazon says, well prove it. I actually had an Amazon employee telling me once that it was possible that I had shipped bulk product to some retailer in China who is now shipping it back from China one at a time at a quarter of the price that I was charging.

Steve: Crazy.

Kevin: Crazy. So, you can’t really fight the gorilla, you have to learn the rules of the Amazon jungle. And one of them is if you have a hijacker, do not try and fight them and prove to them that it’s a fake, you actually have to buy it. And we just hit this point, we buy them, we expedite them, we get them as fast as we can, we take pictures of them and then turn those around and submit those to Amazon. Super, super frustrating in the case of FBM from China, because of the time lag involved.

Steve: And I have a higher level question for you, Kevin. Has this been worth all the stress? I mean, that the Amazon Marketplace for your product?

Kevin: Oh, that’s a good question. I had a good life before. Yes, I mean, I am an entrepreneur. This is a neat brand. We’ve done neat things with it, we continue to grow. Even in the middle of this, we grew by 80% year over year. We could have grown by a lot more. This cost me the ability to acquire a new brand or invest in a new brand or develop new employees. But I am bullish on Amazon. I think there are big changes afoot as Amazon realizes the impact on their own brand of counterfeits, and you can see it coming.

There were big actions in vendor central just a couple of weeks ago, the implementation of this project zero thing that they’ve announced, which will, in my opinion, end up being the universal adoption of transparency codes. Amazon is not going away anytime soon, and the naysayers out there like if you just walk away and you don’t participate, you’re leaving a lot of money on the table. So for me, it is worth it. It’s agonizing and it’s painful. And boy, it really was like waking up every day and getting kicked in the shins, but I’d probably do it again.

Steve: Okay. One thing I really appreciate about you, Kevin, is you actually decided to fight this. Not only did you fight it on your own, but you also got press coverage in Inc. Magazine, which I will link to underneath this interview. And I’m just kind of curious, I know there’s a lot of people who are getting violated out there. How did you manage to get Inc. to take your article and take your story live in public?

Kevin: So obviously, this was a huge mess for us. I had more faith than I should have in the Amazon system. And we contacted so many well-meaning awesome Amazon employees who absolutely could help us. We hit the director level within the transparency program. And even that person was at the end of the day only able to basically toss the information over a fence with a no reply email, he couldn’t make anything happen. So we decided that maybe the way to do this was to shine a light on the issue.

And so we put together a press release, telling our whole story, the Shark Tank thing, sort of American, this American entrepreneurial journey that we’ve had, and the fact that Amazon basically didn’t care at the end of the day. And then we targeted major media outlets that we thought might care. And more importantly, we thought that they might be read by Amazon people. Inc. was three or four down on that list. We solicited The Wall Street Journal, New York Times, LA Times, and Money, Fortune, etc. And Inc. was the first one that bid. A reporter actually a bureau chief of San Francisco reached out to me. And it turned into a many week affair as far as interviews and back and forth, and me serving his background, making sure that there’s — there are a lot of anecdotes about that.

I’ve had a lot of Amazon adventures. But there are things I know that have happened to other people within our e-commerce community that haven’t happened to me directly. So I was then a resource for the reporter to go find those people and interview those people so that he could get directly quotable information about things like false positive reviews, or review dumping or some of the black hat stuff that’s floating around out there. And I just tried to collaborate with them as much as possible. I had no idea where it was going to go. They did get an exclusive on the story.

So once they picked up on it, we couldn’t solicit the story to others. But I didn’t really know if it was going to get published or what was going to happen. And then they announced that they were flying a photographer out from LA to Salt Lake City to meet with me. At that point, I realized, well heck, this is actually going to be a real story if they’re going to spend that sort of money to do that. And we did a whole photo shoot at our 3PL in Salt Lake, and they had me look pensively into the distance.

Steve: That was a really good shot actually; you look like the president of the United States.

Kevin: My kids love it. My staff thinks it’s hilarious, smiley, happy guy. And the photographer was like, dude, stop smacking, you’re supposed to be pensive.

Steve: Well, Kevin, I am very happy to spread the word about the article, and all the experiences that you’ve had. And it’s important that anyone who’s selling on Amazon to be aware that these things can happen, especially if you get media attention for your product.

Kevin: Absolutely, yeah.

Steve: So Kevin, where can people find you online if they have any other questions, or if any other press outlets want to get a hold of you?

Kevin: So BrushHero.com is our major retail site. I’m on LinkedIn under Kevin Williams. I’m pretty easy to find out there as well. I’m happy to help out as much as possible. I’m definitely seeking more media attention if we can get it. I think the story is an interesting one to tell. And it’s important that people actually understand this sort of dark side of Amazon and e-commerce.

Steve: Cool. Well, Kevin, I appreciate your time. Thanks for coming on.

Kevin: All right, Steve. Cool.

Steve: All right, take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now even though Amazon is doing their best to fight the counterfeits on their platform, it’s a fairly large problem that is going to be very difficult for them to solve. For more information about this episode, go to Mywifequitherjob.com/episode262.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants and you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So, head on over to Mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s Mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any parameter that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. If you want to give it a try, it is free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

261: How My Student Kym Campbell Makes $400K/Year Helping Women With Their Fertility

261: How To Use Challenges To Grow Your Business With Kym Campbell

Today I’m really happy to have Kym Campbell on the show and Kym is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course.

But her story is different compared to the other students in my class in that she doesn’t sell any physical products.

Instead, she’s taken her business SmartFertilityChoices.com to over $400K in revenue this past year with a membership site and digital courses. As it turns out, marketing is marketing and it applies to both physical and digital products online.

Today, Kym and I discuss how she grew her business based on what she learned in the class.

Want To Learn How To Start A 6 Figure Ecommerce Store?

Create  A Profitable Online StoreDid you enjoy listening to Kym’s story? If you would like to create your own profitable online store and join a community of like minded entrepreneurs, then sign up for my full blown course on how to create a profitable online store.

My course offers over 100+ hours of video and includes live office hours where you can ask me questions directly.

If you want to learn everything there is to know about ecommerce, be sure to check it out!

What You’ll Learn

  • How to use SEO to grow your traffic
  • How to use challenges to gain email subscribers
  • Kym’s Google Adwords strategy

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m happy to have another student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course on the podcast Kym Campbell. Now Kym runs Smartfertilitychoices.com and grew to over $400,000 in revenue this past year based on many of the concepts she derived from the class. And in this interview, we’re going to find out exactly how she did it.

Before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Whether you are getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale, Klaviyo offers fast, simple and repeatable ways to grow. And with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing, build your customer relationships and automate your online sales. And it’s now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences. So I want to introduce Klaviyo’s his new entrepreneur growth guide. Packed with must read blog posts, case studies and getting started content, this guide helps you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth.

Now moving to a new marketing platform can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and growing fast with proven technology and countless support resources. Now you can actually check out this content for free right now Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, that’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com/mywife.

I also want to give a shout out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what does Privy do? Well, Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms. And I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prices in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this. And when I implemented this form email signups increased by 131%.

I’m also using their new cart saver pop up feature to recover abandoned carts as well. So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve and try the tool for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve, now onto the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Kym Campbell on the show. Now Kym is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course. But what is different about her story compared to some of the other students in my class is that she hasn’t created or it she’s not selling any physical products online. Instead, she’s taken her business Smartfertilitychoices.com to over 400k in revenue this past year, based on many concepts that she’s learned in the class. And as it turns out, marketing is marketing, and apparently it applies to both physical and digital products online. And also Kym has some tricks up her sleeve that she’s going to share with us today on how she builds traffic and customers. And with that, welcome the show Kym, how you doing today?

Kym: I’m doing well Steve, thanks so much for having me.

Steve: So Kym, please let the audience know about your business, what exactly you sell and how you got started with this.

Kym: Sure. So I’ll go into the origin story, I’ll try to not be too long winded about it. So I used to actually play music for a living. And I don’t know if you know many musicians, but being a musician is actually quite a difficult profession to be in. So even though I was signed to a small label, and I had a deal in Japan, I actually did all my own publicity, all my own marketing, tour booking, etc. So I was working during the day doing the business side of things, and then playing gigs at night and touring. I wasn’t making a lot of money at that point, because the music industry was quite broken with the internet coming in and people downloading music for free. But it was something I was really passionate about.

But I met my husband in my late 20s and I was heading into my 30s, we were starting thinking about having kids and I realized that it wasn’t really the lifestyle that I wanted because I didn’t want to be away from my family. My mom was a single working mom and I grew up in daycare and didn’t see her that much. So I just wanted something different for my kids. So in 2015, I started doing a lot of research and I came upon things like Pat Flynn’s podcast, four hour workweek, and that really resonated with me, because the idea of lifestyle design and creating a business where I could eventually be really available to my kids, do something I was passionate about and also actually earn money was very appealing.

So at the time, my husband and I were also trying to get pregnant, and we’d been struggling with infertility for quite a while. And I’d been diagnosed as well with PCOS, and we kind of climbed up the ladder of fertility treatments. So it was kind of a natural thing to think, okay well, that’s something that I could start a blog about and write about. So I started my blog in middle of 2015 and opened up a bunch of different social media accounts, Instagram, Pinterest, etc. And I kind of did the classic thing that you’re taught, because I was listening to a lot of podcasts at the time where you create a lead magnet. So for example, I had a fertility checklist and kind of used that to start collecting email addresses.

And then I created an autoresponder series and the second email in the series, I just had the second email that was it, asking what were people struggling with the most? And that kind of helped me understand that the most common question people had were diet changes and how I was doing that to just help manage PCOS. So that was quite exciting for me. And I came up with the idea of doing a free 30 day diet challenge. So I think I might have gotten the idea from your podcast actually with simple green smoothies.

Steve: Oh, yeah, that’s right, with [inaudible 00:06:44], that’s correct.

Kym: Yeah. So I was like, oh, that would work so well for what I’m trying to do. So I created this 30 day diet challenge.

Steve: So Kym, let’s back up a little bit just for the listeners. I know I was going to ask you what PCOS but if you wouldn’t mind just explaining that very briefly and how many people it affects?

Kym: Sure. Yeah, so PCOS stands for polycystic ovarian syndrome. And it’s a hormone disorder that affects about 15 to 20% of women. It can cause a range of symptoms, including irregular periods, acne, weight gain, [inaudible 00:07:23] and it’s also quite common to struggle with infertility. So that was kind of how I was diagnosed in my late 20s.

Steve: But it is treatable without drugs.

Kym: That’s right. That’s right. But I think the reason that our business has done so well is that a lot of women, when they do go see a doctor, it’s not — they’re normally given the pill, or put on Metformin. But actually, the number one treatment for PCOS is diet and lifestyle changes. But a woman doesn’t have that sort of time with the doctor; it takes more than 15 minutes. So there is really this niche that needed to be served that wasn’t being served, where they needed someone who could really stick with them, and hold their hand while they make these massive lifestyle changes and diet changes.

Steve: Okay. So the best way to treat this is through a lifestyle change and that’s kind of where your content comes in.

Kym: That’s right, exactly yeah.

Steve: So let’s talk about your blog real quick. How do you get traffic to the blog?

Kym: So it started out with social media. That was kind of our main driver. At the first it was Instagram, then later probably Pinterest was a bigger driver than Instagram. But now it’s our blog. So for the last year, we’ve just seen tremendous growth. And that was just because of our blogging strategy really, we just kind of doubled down on SEO and blogging and that’s really where we’ve seen massive growth.

Steve: Okay, so most of your traffic comes from Google search.

Kym: That’s right, yeah.

Steve: So can we talk about how you come up with the content? Or did you just start writing about your own problems and the traffic just came? Or was it a very deliberate strategy to get traffic?

Kym: In the beginning, it wasn’t super deliberate and I was just kind of writing about my journey. But we didn’t see much traffic at all from that. So it wasn’t until I actually bought your course so that was the end of 2017. And you have like an entire section on SEO. So I went through all of that, I was listening to podcasts. And I started to become really intentional about the way that we did our blogging. And that’s when we started to see a massive increase in traffic.

Steve: Okay, so can we talk a little bit about that strategy that you use specifically?

Kym: Sure, yeah absolutely. So basically, the first step is I’m just trying to pick a keyword that I want to go for that’s really relevant to our challenge, because that’s really where all of our signups come from. And then people that do the challenger, it’s quite similar to what the program is. So we really try to stay within really relevant keywords to our product and to our challenge. And so then we basically — so I actually co-write with my husband. So he’s got a postgraduate degree in food science, and we spend about a month co-writing, and just write like the most epic blog post ever, basically.

Steve: By epic like what is the length of one of these typical posts?

Kym: Yep. So around probably 6,000 minimum to about 11,000 words.

Steve: Wow okay. It’s like small book.

Kym: Yeah, it’s massive. But it works and it actually suits our personalities really well, because we’re just perfectionist and I think we’d probably struggle to write something under that. And it’s a massive topic. These keywords that we’re choosing, you kind of need that many words to do it justice and to write the best blog post that exists on the internet about that topic.

Steve: Can we talk about that a little bit. So at 11,000 posts, wouldn’t it make sense to like split into two different keyword sets? Or are you targeting just one keyword set for that monster post?

Kym: Basically just one keyword set. So they’ll be like — so for example, I’ll give you an example. PCOS diet, that’s like a huge one for us, because it gets about maybe, I think in America 18,000 searches a month. And that one’s probably about, I don’t know, 9,000 words or so. And within it, we’ll try to — so PCOS diet will obviously be in the URL and the title, the metadata description and obviously, throughout the blog, and some of our headings, section headings. And then we kind of will put more ones that are similar to PCOS diet, like best diet for PCOS, so I’ll pick five or six of those, and we’ll just put them in. But what I find is if we organically can rank for that main keyword, we’ll actually start showing up for like a ton of other ones just organically that we haven’t even tried to rank for.

Steve: And in terms of backlinks, do you have a strategy there?

Kym: No, we actually haven’t focused on backlighting at all, but we’ve still been able to rank between every blog post we’ve done for 2018, between probably one and four on Google for those keywords.

Steve: Nice.

Kym: Yeah, it’s great. I mean, I think some of the other things that we do within the blog posts that I think have helped is citations. So we have between like 25 and 50 scientific references within these big pieces. And I think it was the Morse Podcast I was listening to where they were kind of talking about how do you show Google that you’re an expert? And citations was one of them. And that’s just something that we just naturally do anyways because we’re very science based.

Steve: Yeah. For these citations, are you linking out then to these?

Kym: We are.

Steve: Okay.

Kym: Yeah, that’s right. Yep. So I think that kind of shows Google, okay, she’s linking out to all these scientific references. I mean, that’s the theory at least.

Steve: Yes. Yes. And would you say then that your content is like light years better than what else is out there on the front page?

Kym: Yes. Yes by far yeah.

Steve: All right. And is this a popular topic? Or I don’t know what tools you use. Maybe it’s a good time to talk about what tools you use, but what difficulty of keywords do you typically target with your blog?

Kym: So I mean, I mostly just use Keyword Planner to be honest.

Steve: Really okay.

Kym: Yeah. And I’ve just gotten really familiar with all of the keywords because I spend a lot of time on spreadsheets looking at the keywords and also just kind of identifying questions that, really common questions that people ask that they just ask over and over again in like different ways. But I mean, I did use, like I got a free subscription to Ahrefs. And I did kind of look at the competition farther into 2018. Like for example, PCOS diet, that’s like 40.

Steve: Yeah, that’s got to be.

Kym: No, no, sorry. That’s 20. That’s 20. So it’s actually quite a low…

Steve: It not bad actually.

Kym: Yeah, it’s not, although we were just able to rank for one that was 40, and gets maybe, I don’t know, 20,000 searches a month. But that took a lot longer to rank.

Steve: Do you find that your articles just naturally attract backlinks? I don’t know if you’ve looked at the backlink process.

Kym: Yeah. Well, I knew you’re going to grill me about all this because I’m on the podcast. So I’ve done — I was like, oh my goodness, I have to go back and start. So I did, I actually just looked at backlinks. And it’s really interesting, because we are starting to accumulate a ton of backlinks just naturally from ranking one, two or three for those keywords. So yeah, I mean, for me, like I just didn’t feel like — we only have so much time and I felt like we’re really good at writing these epic blog posts. And I just wanted to see how we could do without back linking and I think it’s working. I think we’re starting to just get those backlinks naturally.

Steve: Yeah, no, I mean, when you put out a publication that is easily light years better than the rest, Google recognizes that. And I’m sure that people who are searching for that topic are sticking on your posts for a very long time as well.

Kym: That’s it. Yeah, exactly, exactly.

Steve: Prior to this interview, we had talked about ways to kind of accelerate getting into the search results, would you care to share that strategy?

Kym: Sure. Yeah. So this is quite an interesting one. I hadn’t heard anyone talk about it on a podcast before and I’m a total podcast junkie. So I should know. So we had — my cousin actually came and visited and he works for Amazon. And he’s a developer. And he helped develop their search algorithm within Amazon. And he kind of studied the Google search algorithm as best he could before that, and I was kind of grilling him when he was visiting, saying, what can I do, we’re not ranking for anything, our site is quite new. We have really low domain authority, what can I do to try to rank these blog posts?

And he said, well, you could try something which he had tried, I think, for a few websites he had created where he actually ran Google AdWords, and just used it as a way to feed Google data about the blog posts to kind of accelerate kind of working the way up the search results. And yeah, so I mean, that’s what I did. So I started running Google AdWords to the blog posts. And I tried to create really clickable titles that would get a really good click through rate. So we used a lot of how tos and listicles. And I basically just set up a campaign; I do manual CPC, set it to like $20. So it’d always show at the very top and outbid everyone else. And it works. So we get really high click through rates, quite low bounce rates, so Google would actually see how popular the post was and that people actually want to stay on it.

Steve: When you set the bid at $20, how much were you actually paying per click just curious?

Kym: Yeah, not that much, so ranged between probably 30 cents and $3. It really depends on what we’re trying to target, the keyword we’re trying to target. But because we had such a high, we’d get quality scores of between eight and 10.

Steve: Sure, yes.

Kym: Yeah, yeah. And we’d get a click through rate of between probably 12% and 30%. I feel like that’s kind of…

Steve: That’s insane actually.

Kym: Yeah. But it’s because it’s a blog post I think, we’re not running these ads where it’s trying to sell something, we’re just leading people to really epic content that they want to stay on the page, they want to read it, they’re ending up – they’re probably going to other pages on our site and I think we got rewarded for that. Yeah, so it wasn’t too expensive.

Steve: I don’t know if you’re going to have this data ready, but I’m just kind of curious what your onsite metrics look like for that monster post. Like how long do people stay on that page?

Kym: I don’t know. I don’t know to be honest.

Steve: Unprepared Kym, I’m ashamed.

Kym: I knew you were going to ask that question. I mean, I think from the past, looking back, maybe a couple of minutes, but I think it’s hard I think because they’re such epic posts, there’s probably a lot of people will like read it and like, oh my goodness, this is like a book. But what we did to kind of help aid that is we do create, like all of our blog posts or listicles. So at least, if people go on there, they can at least kind of get to where they want be within the post. But then of course, we would have those people who would stay on it forever. And I would think that it’s those sorts of metrics that Google is looking at. I don’t really know what our average time on page is to be honest.

Steve: Do you do any other media like YouTube or podcast or anything like that?

Kym: Yeah. So we just do Instagram, Pinterest. I mean, I started a Facebook page and Twitter, but that really doesn’t do anything for us. But Instagram in the beginning was our biggest driver. And it’s probably about, I don’t know, maybe 15% now of our signups, but probably I think it’s about 60% now is Google.

Steve: One thing I did also want to talk to you about is your email list growth strategy because it’s pretty intricate from the way you were describing it to me earlier. And I cut you off earlier when you’re talking about this 30 Day Challenge, so let’s talk about how that works.

Kym: Sure, sure. So I would say that the reason that our email list has grown so much is because of the challenge, like for sure by far. Probably 90%, 95% of the people that sign up to our list do it because they sign up for the challenge. And I think the reason that it’s so popular and we get so many signups is because we just give so much value within that challenge. Like you could literally charge for it, like it could be a month long course that you could charge for, we just really went all out.

It took a couple months to build. So we give weekly meal plans and shopping lists. And we have a pretty intricate social media strategy. So we’re posting every day on, we’ve got a Facebook group where we post every day, and we do it on Instagram as well, we’re sending out emails daily. We have nutritional video lessons that we send out probably for the first half of the challenge and mindset videos where we’re trying to just help people I guess have a growth mindset because it’s a pretty major thing to change your diet. It’s actually really difficult to do.

Steve: It’s not just a diet, it’s a lifestyle change right?

Kym: That’s right, exactly. Yeah, I mean the challenge is just diet, it’s then our paid program where we actually focus on additional lifestyle changes like stress management and exercise.

Steve: Let’s talk about that. You mentioned you give so much away in this 30 Day Challenge. Does it overlap a lot with your 10 week program?

Kym: No, I don’t think so. I think if anything, it really complements it. And because changing your lifestyle is massive, you can only tell people so much in a free 30 Day Challenge. And we also just focus on diet. And I think it takes a lot longer than 30 days for you to be able to kind of make these changes. And also we go into so much depth in like nutritional lessons and we have an intuitive eating program within the paid program. We have a sugar rehab module. So it’s just so much more value that I think if anything, the challenge really prepares people to be able to do the program because there’s so much in there.

Steve: In case you haven’t been following the latest e-commerce news, most of the states in the US are now requiring you to collect sales tax even if you don’t have a physical presence in that state. And as you can imagine, keeping track of every state sales tax rules can be a nightmare. Now instead of pulling your hair out, you should let a tool like Avalara take care of your sales tax headaches for you. Avalara simplifies sales tax with real time tax calculations, and automatic return filing.

And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super simple to set up. So even if you have no idea how to get started with sales tax, Avalara can help you get registered in a snap so you can focus on getting back to business. Join over 20,000 businesses already automating sales tax compliance. Simply put, Avalara is tax compliance done right. Find out more at Avalara.com. That’s A-V-A-L-A-R-A.com. Now back to the show.

So how do you get me to sign up for the challenge? Like what am I supposed to get out of this 30 Day Challenge?

Kym: Basically just support in learning how to change your diet and actually helping you implement it. So I mean that’s where like these weekly meal plans have been just incredible. I think that’s the biggest reason why people sign up is that are actually getting weekly meal plans. They’re tailored to women who want to manage the PCOS through diet. There’s a lot of information out there on how to change your diet and it’s really confusing, and a lot of people are saying different things. And not many people are giving recipes.

So I think with the challenge, it’s like they have one person who’s giving them scientific backed information, who’s giving them video lessons, who’s giving them these weekly meal plans and kind of holding their hand and we’ve got a really good community element to it as well. So I mean, it basically sells itself like people just — it’s like, oh my goodness, this is free. Everyone just wants to sign up because there’s so much value in it.

Steve: Does the challenge have to change or is it the same challenge that…

Kym: No, it’s actually the same challenge every time. I mean, it’s so intricate, I think it’d be pretty crazy to have to do it again, or even change the meal plans because we’ve done the meal plans to the point of where you use a certain element from one dinner, you use the extra tomato for your next meal. It was like two months of work to actually create the meal plans and the shopping lists. But what’s interesting is we do find that women are doing it over and over again. So I didn’t actually expect that. Yeah and there’s actually a lot of women who end up doing it multiple times before they’re even ready to do the program.

Steve: How does the lead then work from the challenge to the 10 week program that you sell?

Kym: Yeah. So we basically start — how do we do it? So we send out — so the challenge — probably three days before the challenge starts, we start basically sending people emails every single day. And I think it’s day seven, we start kind of exposing them to the fact that we have this paid program. So we start actually sending out sales emails. But we run like an early bird special. And that’s kind of how it’s like, oh, if you’re — because people are actually the most excited about implementing changes we found during the beginning of the challenge. We used to kind of only start telling people about the program at the end of the challenge, and it actually seemed to work a lot better, kind of telling them about it in the beginning makes people very excited.

Steve: Yeah that makes sense.

Kym: Yeah. So we basically have like a little banner for when people go to our different videos on the challenge pages, we start sending out sales emails about this early bird special. And that’s pretty much it. We don’t sell it on our social media channels at all, because we found that that didn’t really work very well. So it’s mostly just via email. And then it’s just on our challenge pages as well.

Steve: What is the price point of the 10 week program?

Kym: So we we’ve split it into so it’s tiers. So we’ve got three different price points. And so we’ve got like a Kickstarter, which is 147, we’ve got a lifestyle membership which is 247. And we’ve got a premium which is 347. But we end up selling almost all the spots just through the early bird specials. I don’t know if you — it might be an interesting story if your audience does want to hear about how we majorly failed when we first commercially launched it because we realized people were really price sensitive.

Steve: I love a good story, yeah go for it.

Kym: So yeah, so when we first started the challenge, we right away pre sold the program to the first set of challengers, because I kind of had the idea for the program at the same time I had the idea for the challenge. And it pre sold really well. So we made about — we presold at twice, we made about $25,000 and we hadn’t actually built it yet. And I think it was about a 5% conversion rate on each both times that we sold it. So that said to me, okay, oh great, people are going to — this is definitely going to work. So we built the program, my husband took three months off; we put a lot of time and effort into it. We hired a developer and we hired a couple staff and spent quite a lot of money and built it. Everyone went through it, we had like a beta program. People loved it. And then we launched it commercially. But I increased the price to the price points that I just told you. And we launched it to literally crickets. I think really like four sales.

Steve: Really?

Kym: Yeah.

Steve: For 349 price point or the $149 price point?

Kym: So we had the three price — I think we had that three tiered price point and at that point nobody bought anything.

Steve: Huh, okay.

Kym: Yeah, it was crazy. We totally freaked out. And so we basically, we sold it to four people. And so we had to say, look, we’re not going to run the program. And we pulled the program and we basically surveyed everyone who we had launched it to and hadn’t purchased. And the majority of the people said it’s too expensive. We’re not willing to pay that much. And that was really hard for me because I was like, well, it’s actually worth this much like I had gone kind of looked at what else was out there, what other programs that were similar. And I just kind of thought our program blew everyone else’s out of the water, like it was pretty cool. And I was well, what do I do, because I don’t really want to lower the price and make it look like a cheap program because it’s not. It’s actually a really valuable digital product.

And so I thought, okay well, maybe I could run an early bird special and discount it. And then people still — it’s still I feel like it doesn’t lose its value as much. It’s still like kind of placed as a high value product but it is at the price point that people are actually willing to pay for it. So that’s what we did.

Steve: That’s interesting.

Kym: Yeah, and it works really well.

Steve: What’s the discount for the early bird special?

Kym: So we actually, we run two different early bird specials. So we run for the first half of the challenge, we run a 50% off.

Steve: Oh wow, that’s significant, okay.

Kym: It’s significant yeah. I mean, that’s what people seem to be willing to pay, like we tested a bunch of different price points and that seemed to be the one that sold it really well. So we do 50% off for the first hundred spots. And then after those spots are filled, we’ll do 35% off for the next hundred spots. And then after that, we’ll go full price.

Steve: And what is the breakdown in the different tiers and why did you decide to do tiers in the first place?

Kym: So being a podcast junkie, that was kind of like a no brainer for me to do the tiered strategy, because I thought well, people get to decide how much they want, how much they want to pay and how much they want to get. And I think that it works really well for selling the program. And sorry, what was the original question just how we came up with the tiers?

Steve: So one, why you do the tiers and two, what is the distribution of sales among the tiers?

Kym: Okay. Yeah. So basically to sell it better. I thought the tiered pricing would work really better and I think it does because I would say we get an even distribution throughout the tiers, but we definitely get the most premium sales so the most expensive, because with the premium, you get like a customizable meal plan where you can actually customize your meals, customize your shopping list and there’s a few other goodies, but that would be the main one. And that seems to be what people really want the premium for.

Steve: There’s a reason why I asked you that because a long time ago I had three tiers as well. And I found that the students that weren’t getting the stuff in the highest tier were less likely to be successful and that was a moral dilemma for me.

Kym: Oh, interesting.

Steve: So what I ended up doing is I just upgraded all the lower people to the highest one and I just did away with that. This is a long time ago of course.

Kym: Yeah. I mean, I have heard some really pretty amazing success stories from women who have done the lowest tier. So I think it works. And I think because the program is so big, and it can be overwhelming because there is so much information that some women only want to focus on diet, which is what our Kickstarter tier offers. Whereas other women actually want to try to do it all, they want to change their diet and also add in exercise and stress management. So I don’t know, I think it works just for our niche quite well.

Steve: And do you — is your launch like evergreen or is it literally like a launch where it closes and then you open it again?

Kym: It’s live. And the reason it’s live, and I don’t think we’ll ever go evergreen is because the live element of the challenge and of the program is probably like the coolest thing about it and I think what attracts people to it the most. So having this community of women that are going through the same thing that are making these changes together, it’s just really amazing, and it works really well. And I think taking that live element out would just make it not as valuable. And also obviously it helps for creating scarcity, etc.

Steve: Sure, so this 30 Day Challenge, does that mean you just do it once a month?

Kym: We do it once a quarter.

Steve: Once a quarter okay.

Kym: So we’ve worked it out where we could run the challenge up to four times during the year because it’s 10 weeks, and then we run a challenge leading up to each program.

Steve: I see. And then the 10 week program, what happens after 10 weeks?

Kym: So yes, I mean, after 10 weeks the program ends and then people go into an alumni group. But what we’ve found that was actually quite interesting is that a lot of women were doing the program multiple times. And so we created like an alumni discount price. And anyone who’s done the program before can purchase it again for $29 for the original tier, like membership level that they purchased that and that’s actually been really popular, and also really valuable to us because all of these women that have already done the program before and are in our Facebook group are like amazing. They’re answering the questions for us. They’re providing inspiration and support for the other women.

Steve: It’s very interesting actually, so they’re having a much lower price for the same content?

Kym: That’s right, but because all the content is downloadable, really the only aspect they’re getting is if they bought the premium, they get the customizable meal plan, which can be quite useful and it generates a shopping list. But it’s more so that live element of being in that group. So for me, that seemed like a reasonable price, because it’s almost like, because we were thinking for a while about creating a membership site or something like that. But I think creating that just alumni, we call it an alumni repeat special kind of — works really well.

Steve: It’s interesting. So this Facebook group for the 30 Day Challenge, does it reset every time you do it?

Kym: It doesn’t, it doesn’t. And if you want to talk about our Facebook group, your audience might actually find it interesting.

Steve: Yeah, let’s talk about it.

Kym: It’s pretty cool. Yeah, so we’ve got about I think over 30,000 people in our group now. And it’s become really, really valuable to us. We do spend quite a lot of time and they’re like admitting, but at the same time, it’s actually become like quite a good source of leads for us. So we get probably 15% of our program purchases and signups come from the Facebook group alone, we get a lot of social proof. So within our Facebook group, we get a ton of people posting success stories daily, like really amazing success stories, which I think is great social proof that what we’re teaching people works really well.

And it also is really great for inspiring others to show, okay, I can do this, this is possible, because I do find that with a lot of women, they just really struggle to make the changes. So being in kind of this group atmosphere where they’re seeing these success stories is really powerful. It drives a lot of traffic to our website. Yeah, and we post in there quite a bit.

Steve: Can we talk about back in the day when the group was zero people, how did you kind of foster the interaction between the members?

Kym: Yeah, I mean, it grew so quickly that it was pretty easy to do that, because we launched the Facebook group at the same time we launched the chat. We actually just created the Facebook group in order to have a place to host the challenge on social media. And it just grew really quickly. So basically I think at the time I was using Meet Edgar. So I would just post blog posts in there. I just created discussion topics. I would post some lead magnets like diet cheat sheets and checklists. We do weekly giveaways. It was yeah, it just really naturally happened.

Steve: How did you get people to join the 30 day challenge in the first place, or is that just kind of organic through SEO?

Kym: Originally, it happened because of social media. So Instagram probably was our main one. So we would basically tell everyone on Instagram we’re doing this free challenge, we post about it quite a bit. And then because we would be posting the challenge like day by day, similar to how like simple green smoothies does it day by day within Instagram, people would be like, oh, what’s this challenge, I better sign up. So that kind of would funnel people on to our email list. And then we would say, look, if you’re doing the challenge, this Facebook group is a really great place to join as well if you want to do the challenge on there.

So Instagram was the main one, and then Pinterest, basically driving people to blog posts from Pinterest. And within all of our blog posts, we talk about the challenge a lot. We might talk about the challenge too much but I think it works really well. And it also like we include success stories from the challenge within all of our blog posts. And so that’s kind of now where most of our leads are coming from is people finding us in search, reading these blog posts, hearing about the challenge, the success stories, and then signing up from there.

Steve: I know you mentioned a customizable meal plan in your premium package. How does that work? Do you like hand create meal plans for these people or?

Kym: We do, we do? And it took us about nine months to build the program. It was like a really — it was a massive passion project I would say. Yeah, so we basically — it’s got about 200, over 200 recipes now in it. And yeah, it was a really big job. And we basically took it — I mean if you find it interesting, took a plug in, and then customized it to create this kind of customizable meal plan. So we basically create a meal plan that people get over the 10 weeks, we drip it out, it’s always nine days in advance. And we basically say, look, this is what you’re having for breakfast, lunch and dinner. And there’s a recipe index so if people want to, they can switch out a recipe that they don’t want that we’ve put in their meal plan for dinner and switch it out for something else. And they can add in snacks and drinks and then that will populate out a shopping list.

Steve: Nice. Nice. I kind of wanted to kind of end this interview talking about physical products and your strategy. I know you didn’t end up selling physical products and I was just kind of curious the decision to not do that. And why do you want to sell physical products in the first place because this was kind of already going on even beforehand.

Kym: It was. I mean, for me, it was a lot about — when I was thinking about physical products it was really about how do I diversify? We’ve created this program, and we’d created a few eBooks and it was just kind of trying to brainstorm what to do next, what to create next. And I had the idea of — I was seeing other bloggers, I think that was really the influence for me, starting to put physical products into their stores. And I thought okay, maybe that’s something I should do. And I was basically a huge fan of yours and a longtime listener on your podcast and knew that you had a course. I don’t think I’ve ever actually read your blog or gotten an email from you. I literally was like, oh, I love him, I love his podcast.

Steve: Interesting, okay.

Kym: Yeah, I went straight away and bought your course because I thought if anyone is going to teach me how to do physical products, it’s got to be Steve. So I signed up for your course and I did a lot of your lessons. And a lot of them helped me just for digital, for our digital products, SEO and Facebook advertising. And you pretty much go into literally anything you possibly need to know if you’re going to be online. But after doing your course, I was like, oh man; this is tough, like physical products.

Steve: You know what I was just thinking that would work for you Kym would be some sort of journal or accountability journal.

Kym: Well, that’s so funny you say that Steve, because that’s like the one thing that I’ve decided I actually might do. That’s so funny that you say that.

Steve: Oh okay yeah, just for the listeners out there, we didn’t have this conversation beforehand.

Kym: No.

Steve: And that’s like a really low, pretty simple thing to source. And it’s low risk.

Kym: Yes, yes. And I actually have a lot of notes and I’ve done a lot of brainstorming. And I do think I’ll do it. It’s just hard for me to justify it only because I feel like it would be a lot more work than creating an eBook.

Steve: Yes for sure, yes it would be.

Kym: It is, it’s a lot more work. But I do think that if it’s something that would really benefit my audience, then I’ll do it. It’s just a matter of time.

Steve: Yeah, yeah.

Kym: Yeah. I mean, so that’s I guess that’s where we’re at with the whole physical products thing.

Steve: Okay. I mean, I think it would add value. I mean, granted, I don’t exactly know what your 10 week program is like, but it seems like having something physical too as an accountability tool would add value to your 10 week program?

Kym: Yes, yeah. So I mean, there’s a few different things, we could do a workbook that goes along with it that people could purchase with the program. But I also love the idea of having something like lower priced products because we get about a 2%, 3% conversion rate on the program. And there’s heaps of women — I’m saying heaps, because I’ve lived in Australia for so long. But there’s a lot of women who do our challenge who just can’t afford a program or don’t think it’s worth the money. So I think having some sort of lower price point product would be really useful for them.

Steve: So Kym, where can people find more about you and your program and 10 or 15% have this ailment. And so, I’m willing to bet that a lot of listeners out here are probably experiencing some of the symptoms. So where can people find you online?

Kym: Yeah, sure. So I’ve got two different websites. So Beatpcos.com and that’s where we host the challenge and where our program is. And then my blog is Smartfertilitychoices.com.

Steve: Just curious, why did you decide to split that into two different sites?

Kym: Yeah, so with Smart Fertility Choices, I came up with a name originally when I was blogging a lot about fertility. And we’ve kind of niched down a lot into just serving women specifically with polycystic ovarian syndrome and doing that through diet and lifestyle changes. So it just, I’m really struggling at the moment of actually what to do if I want to move my blog over to Beatpacos.com. I’m just a bit nervous about the technical aspects, but it’s just that I just needed to do the name change because Smart Fertility Choices just didn’t make a lot of sense.

Steve: So does Beat PCOS have monster content on it, or is it just for the challenge?

Kym: No. It’s just — yeah, at the moment it’s like a bunch of pages selling the program. And then we run the challenge on there as well. So we basically open pages up during the challenge that we then send people to via email with the videos and meal plans.

Steve: Got it, I would not change. It’s very risky and it’s not worth it.

Kym: Oh, interesting.

Steve: I had friends who tried to switch domains to something that they bought that was a little more appealing. And I have one friend actually right now, he lost 85% of his traffic and he’s been hiring SEOs and whatnot, and they still haven’t got it back. He’s considering switching back again now. It’s unpredictable.

Kym: That’s so interesting. Okay.

Steve: Some people experience like a 30% loss and it comes back within a couple of months; other people just lose the traffic. Most people don’t have the stomach to sit through like more than like four months’ worth of significantly lower traffic, but it has happened with some of my colleagues. So it’s hit or miss.

Kym: Okay, that’s really, I’m so glad you said that. Yeah, I am – that’s something I was actually going to email you about. So it’s one less email you have to get from me.

Steve: So Kym, thanks a lot for coming on the show. I mean, I know I learned a lot and I’m sure the listeners got a lot of value out of it as well.

Kym: Yeah, it’s my pleasure.

Steve: All right, take care again. Thanks a lot.

Kym: Thanks Steve.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now when it comes to online marketing, it doesn’t matter whether you sell digital products or physical products, the principles of selling are all the same. For more information about this episode, go to Mywifequitherjob.com/episode261.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. Now if you want to give it a try, it is free. So, head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to Mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s Mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.Mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

260: Introducing The 5 Minute Pitch Podcast Episode 1 With Dawn LaFontaine

260: Introducing The 5 Minute Pitch Podcast Episode 1

The 5 Minute Pitch is a Shark Tank like show where 32 contestants pitch us their business for the chance to win $50,000 in prize money.

Think of it like an NCAA style basketball tournament for small companies!

The judges are Scott Voelker, Greg Mercer, Mike Jackness and myself and we’ve put all of the episodes in a podcast for your enjoyment.

Right now we are running a contest where we’re giving away over $6000 in prizes.

Click Here To Enter The Contest

What You’ll Learn

  • What the 5 Minute Pitch is all about
  • A pitch from our first contestant Dawn LaFontaine

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Coming soon

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

259: How To Rank For Competitive Keywords In Google With Jimmy Daly

259: How To Rank For Competitive Keywords with Jimmy Daly


Today, I’m really happy to have Jimmy Daly on the show. Jimmy runs Animalz.co, which specializes in content marketing for SAAS companies. They are responsible for ranking many of the successful SAAS companies out there in Google search and clearly know what they are doing.

In this episode, Jimmy and I are going to discuss the most important aspects of content marketing and how to rank in search.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Animalz was founded
  • How to formulate an effective content strategy
  • Keyword research and SEO factors to consider
  • How to come up with great titles
  • The myth of building an audience
  • The biggest mistake content marketers make

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Coming soon

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

258: A Recap Of Sellers Summit 2019 With Toni Anderson

258: A Recap Of Sellers Summit 2019 With Toni Anderson

We’re doing a special episode today. Sellers Summit 2019 just ended so I brought my partner Toni Anderson on the show to do a recap of the event.

The Sellers Summit is a conference that we throw every year. This is our 4th time and the show is all about bringing ecommerce entrepreneurs together and learning new strategies on how to sell physical products.

Today we’re going to talk about what worked, what didn’t and some key takeaways.

What You’ll Learn

  • The theme for this year’s event
  • What we did differently this time
  • How we improved the conference in 2019
  • An overview of the speakers and sessions
  • Where Sellers Summit will be next year

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Avalara.com – Handling sales tax is complicated. Fortunately, Avalara simplifies sales tax with real-time tax rate calculations and automatic return filing. And the best part is that Avalara already integrates with your existing accounting, e-commerce and marketplaces like Amazon, so it’s super easy to setup. Click here and get a FREE TRIAL.

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. So I just got back from my annual e-commerce conference the Sellers Summit last week, and after sleeping for the past seven days to recover, I am finally ready to do a recap of the event in today’s episode. Now, overall it was easily the best Sellers Summit that we’ve ever held. And to help me out, I invited my partner in crime Toni Anderson back on the show to help me with this recap.

Before we begin, I want to give a shout out to Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over 30% of my revenues. Now Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every mail. Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you could try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

I also want to give a shout out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms. And I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prices in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this. And when I implemented this form email signups increased by 131%.

I’m also using their new cart saver pop up feature to recover abandoned carts as well. So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve, now onto the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today we are doing a special episode because I’m not interviewing anyone on the show. Now instead, I brought Toni Anderson back on the podcast to do a recap of Sellers Summit 2019. Now if you don’t know Toni by now you probably haven’t listened to many episodes, she is my partner in crime for the event. And this is actually appearance number six I think for her on the show.

Anyway, Sellers Summit is a conference that we throw every year. This is our fourth year. And the show is all about bringing e-commerce entrepreneurs together and learning new strategies on how to sell physical products online. And today we’re going to do a recap of the event, what worked, what didn’t and some key takeaways. And with that, welcome back to the show for the sixth time, Toni, how you doing today?

Toni: I’m doing great. Do I get a special sticker for sixth time alumni?

Steve: You get an Oh Gee sticker, perhaps?

Toni: All right, all right.

Steve: Well, I haven’t gotten any negative feedback from you coming on yet. So until I do, I’ll keep you coming back for more.

Toni: All right, keep up the positive emails guys, come on.

Steve: So I haven’t actually had a chance to look over our survey results. Every year after the event, we send out a survey. But I know you probably have, you’ve probably been very diligent about looking at it. How was the feedback for this year?

Toni: Well, I think as usual, we received a lot of positive feedback from the event. Most people say that it met or exceeded their expectations, which always makes me feel really happy. And I think the main reason why we get that feedback every year, and this is actually they say this in a survey, is it’s the small group mentality that we have about the event.

Steve: Absolutely. I mean, in terms of networking, we actually haven’t really strayed from the original formula since we first started, right, a really small, tight, intimate event.

Toni: Well, I think that is what makes people feel comfortable at the event and makes them — I think it helps them learn even more, because not only are they learning in the sessions, but they now have friendships that they’ve built outside of just going to the event. These people communicate with each other all year round and so they’re able to catch up with old friends. And then after the sessions, talk about the things they’ve learned and continue to learn, even though there’s not a speaker actually presenting it.

Steve: And you know community building isn’t exactly my forte, but I think we’ve built like a pretty good community. What do you think?

Toni: I like them? I think they’re pretty cool.

Steve: Yeah, I like everyone there, which is strange for me, it’s unusual for me.

Toni: It’s not strange for me, I like everybody. But it’s really fun I think for us too thinking back on that first year. And we did something really cool this year that was mostly your idea to recognize…

Steve: It was?

Toni: Yeah, I think so.

Steve: Okay.

Toni: Recognize our original members I guess we’ll call them are people that have come to Sellers Summit every single year. And to me, that was a really big deal because our first year even though I had done events in the past, we had never done an event together and I’d never done an e-commerce event. And so these people took a big risk I think with us the first year giving us their money and expecting to learn something, and hopefully we delivered for them because they keep coming back. But it was cool to recognize that core group of people that have been coming back for four years.

Steve: Yeah, we gave out these cool t-shirts that said Sellers Summit oh geez for the people who had been all four years. And then all of the alumni who had come back before, they had special stickers on their badges to denote that they’d been there before.

Toni: And we had I think a core of maybe 12 or 15 original four time attendees, but our three time attendees is actually a pretty large group of people. I would say that’s 50 to 60.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay, I didn’t realize that. I didn’t have the numbers in front of me.

Toni: Yeah, we’re not going to be able to afford t-shirts for them. They’re just going to keep getting stickers. But it’s cool to see those same people like Rick and Natalie and those people come back year after year, because they really do feel like friends at this point.

Steve: Yeah. And as usual, we stuck to the standard formula. We catered lunch every day, everyone eats together and we have cocktail parties every single night. We also make sure no one eats alone. So we have these dinner signup sheets where people can just have dinner together and arrange their own meals. So this past year, I think that was one difference that the reason why I enjoyed this year more than past years, I feel like the caliber of attendee was even better than all the prior years. Would you agree with that?

Toni: Oh, absolutely. I actually, I’m just getting all these facts together. So they’re a little bit fresh in my mind. But I think we have 77% of our attendees are selling full time already. So this is their real job. This isn’t a side hustle. And I think 81% of our attendees, or maybe it’s higher than that have been selling for more than a year. So the experience level with our attendee has really skyrocketed from our first year.

Steve: Yeah. And what I like to see is like everyone who I’d met in prior years, their business had grown significantly this year. And it was just really fun to kind of talk about what they’ve done to grow their businesses. And some of the people who have attended, their business has really blown up, like three to five x in just a single year, and that actually made me feel really happy.

Toni: Yeah, it’s fun to catch up with those people. I think one of our oh geez, Chris Nelson, when he came in the first year, he had his — I think he had already purchased business or started business. But he was doing I think a couple of thousand a month, which isn’t bad. That’s a great start to a business. But I mean, at this point, he has his own building. He’s got I don’t even know how many employees now, I think 13 or 14, he’s doing seven figures. And it’s cool to see his progression over the past four years. And we have a lot of people like him in our group.

Steve: Yeah, it’s been really amazing. Now, before we get into the key takeaways, anything we did differently this year than last year?

Toni: We expanded our masterminds, so I cannot remember how many we had in 2018. But this year we had six mastermind groups. So it’s almost half our attendees were in a mastermind, which is pretty cool. And we expanded the amount of 1 million plus masterminds. So I don’t remember what we had two years ago, but this year, we had four masterminds dedicated to sellers with a million or more in revenue. So I think that was something that we did new this year.

Steve: So just for the benefit of the listeners who don’t know what the mastermind is, we sell a special pass where we actually screen attendees to make sure they made at least $250,000, or $1 million, respectively. And what the mastermind is, is we lock ourselves in a room, we cater and food and we spend the entire day helping each other with their businesses. Everyone gets a chance to be in the hot seat where they can tell the group what’s working with their business and then one question that the rest of the group can help them with.

And then everyone basically in the group helps that one person a lot of time with their issue. Personally, the mastermind is the most rewarding part of the conference for me, and I just really love how open and comfortable everyone is, and how willing everyone is to reveal their problems and their triumphs.

Toni: Absolutely.

Steve: Sorry, I interrupted you, where were you going?

Toni: No, that’s okay. No, I agree with you. And I think it’s interesting because that’s what I’ve received the most feedback on post event. I’ve got people emailing me, messaging me on Facebook saying, we love the mastermind. We want more, we want more, can we have more days? They want it, they want have a mastermind for a week I think. So that’s really cool to see these people that have been with us for a couple of years too and in the masterminds just continuing to want to continue those relationships with each other, continue growing with each other, and that they feel comfortable enough to want to continue those relationships even outside the Sellers Summit.

Steve: And what was your personal opinion of this year’s mastermind compared to last year’s?

Toni: Actually, what was interesting to me is that I think this is another a little bit of a change for us is that at least in my mastermind group, we had a lot more people that weren’t primarily Amazon sellers. So I think in my group, we were 60% off Amazon, completely off Amazon, so some of these people have never sold a product on Amazon at all. So I think that was the biggest change for me is seeing people in the group that are really smart with marketing and content and email and Facebook ads and being able to have those conversations in addition to all of the Amazon conversations that we have at the event.

Steve: You stole my answer.

Toni: Oh my gosh, I’m sorry.

Steve: You always do this to me; you always steal what I was going to say. So basically Amazon is getting a lot more cutthroat. In my keynote, I mentioned that over 40% of the top sellers are now based in China, there’s rampant piracy. I think one of the statistics I quoted was one in three listings, at least in the clothing category are counterfeit listings. And so there’s now a big impetus for people to get their listings off Amazon and establish their own audience. So a lot of my mastermind this year, at the one that I ran at least was focused on building a presence outside of Amazon and building your own brand.

Toni: Well, and I think part of the reason why we have the same answer is because I gave both of our groups a lot of non-Amazon sellers. I think you and I love all the other side of things, too. And so for our personal knowledge, I think we are able to contribute a lot more on the off Amazon space as well for that group.

Steve: Yeah, no, absolutely. And I don’t want to just focus on the mastermind. So for the regular attendees who have a regular pass, we also have kind of — I don’t want to call it a mastermind, but it’s kind of like a pseudo mastermind, right with the roundtables?

Toni: Oh, absolutely. It’s just a shorter version basically, where we get our speakers and other mentors. Some of them are former speakers at the event. And everyone leads a small table discussion for about an hour to an hour and 15 minutes, where attendees and speakers and some of our sponsors lead them to get together and discuss in-depth the topics that the speakers talked about during their session, or even topics that we didn’t get a chance to cover in sessions. Like this year, I did one on content marketing, which we didn’t really cover in a session, but it allowed people to sit around and talk about how do you start a blog? What kind of content should you be creating? How do you get that content out there? And we do that every year. And that’s one of the things in the feedback that I get when I read these surveys that people want more roundtables more time, because it really facilitates more small group learning, which is what we love.

Steve: Yeah, this is actually the first year I didn’t give a breakout session, mainly because writing the keynote just takes a whole lot out of me. And so I decided to focus my efforts on the round table. And this year in the round table, I covered SEO and conversion optimization. And what was interesting was that Andrew Youderian, he’s a buddy of mine, buddy of ours, he runs the Ecommerce Fuel forums. Every year, he takes a survey of all the merchants in his community. And what was interesting is that almost everyone in that community, their top traffic source was SEO. So SEO is a great way to get free traffic. And in the past two years I would say, I’ve been focusing a lot on SEO, and it’s starting to pay dividends now. And so I kind of went over all my strategies on how to do so.

Toni: Well, and I’ve noticed too, and I think it’s your Profitable Online Store private group, people are starting to ask a lot more questions about that as well. So it’s definitely a topic that people are wanting to learn more about.

Steve: I mean SEO is not dead. And definitely conversion optimization is not dead because a lot of people are driving traffic to their sites when their sites are not quite ready, and then that’s when they fail. And then they blame it on like the ad platform like Facebook ads is dead or Google ads, it’s just not working for me.

Toni: Right. And I think especially with Facebook ads becoming more expensive. If your site is not ready for that traffic, you’re almost wasting your money.

Steve: Yeah, no, absolutely. So one other thing that I forgot to mention is these roundtables, they’re all run by the speakers. And one thing that is really cool about the Sellers Summit is that every speaker hangs around the entire event and mingles with the attendees. And it’s not a big event. So you’re going to see everyone multiple times during the day, including the speakers.

Toni: And that’s another thing that we hear all the time in our post event survey is that they love that everyone is so accessible at the event. And honestly, we’ve had opportunities to have some I would say big name speakers at the event that we’ve decided against having them because we know that they like to show up and then leave. And that’s okay, that’s their thing. But we’ve actually shied away from that because we feel like I mean, I know you are a total believer in this that most of the learning happens after the event at the bar.

Steve: Well, yeah, how would you know that, you never stay up that late?

Toni: I know. I have to get mine in during the session because I’m in bed.

Steve: Yeah, that’s the reason why we have these cocktail parties every night. It is true, that’s my MO. What I’ll do is I’ll get a speaker or someone I want to get to know better to the bar; I’ll get them a couple drinks. I will not drink however. And then I will just simply ask the speaker to reveal everything to me.

Toni: So if you’re coming next year, that’s how you can learn everything.

Steve: Yeah, so I’ll order like two vodka shots, except one is going to be a water shot, which I take and then yeah. It works really well.

Toni: But I totally agree. And that’s actually — and I know we hear this and I know this is tough you and I have been to a ton of events together that we don’t run, it is hard sometimes to have those conversations because it is loud. And no matter where you do them, it’s going to be loud because you have 150 people talking, which is why I think the dinner groups are great additional way to have those conversations because it is a little bit small and quieter. It’s a little bit of a smaller group. And then you can continue those conversations at the networking event later on. But the dinner groups are a way to get your foot in the door.

Steve: Yeah, absolutely. I mean, for me, I’m much better in smaller group situations when it comes to being social than it is in like one large group where you can barely get a word in edgewise.

Toni: For sure. I have one more thing that I noticed that we did better this year. I don’t know if it is did better. But one more change that I thought was cool this year is we had a lot more females at the event, which people were very — all the females were very excited to see more females at the event and we’ve had more female speakers. So I think that’s a cool thing because there’s a lot of really amazing female entrepreneurs out there that are doing cool stuff. And it’s fun to get them on stage and get them in front of our group of people.

Steve: That is interesting. Do you know what the breakdown was?

Toni: Of attendees I do not. But everyone agreed with me at the bar that it was more.

Steve: Okay. Well, I didn’t notice like lines for the women’s restroom this time.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Well, it wasn’t like that before. So yeah, clearly there was more females, and the female speakers kicked ass. We’ll get to that in a little bit. So we switch gears and talk about like key takeaways.

Toni: Sure.

Steve: Are you ready?

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: So first off, I started off the conference with my keynote by talking about how Amazon’s growth is slowing. So Amazon has been growing like gangbusters, but believe it or not in Q1 of 2019, they only grew by like 16% or something really low like that. Meanwhile, the percentage of Chinese sellers had been increasing. Last year I think was like at 25%. This year it’s at 40%. And as I mentioned earlier in this podcast, there’s rampant piracy all over the place. And so it is more important than ever to create a strong brand. But a lot of people, they throw on this word brand but specifically what I’m talking about is a brand that is hard to copy.

What I’m talking about here in the keynote is a brand that relies on developing a community of rabid fans. So, all the talks for 2019 were specially curated to help you succeed in 2019 for stuff that is related to strengthening your brand. So Toni and I, unfortunately, we don’t get a chance to attend all the talks, because we’re each in a different room monitoring them. But I thought it’d be interesting to just kind of go down the different talks, and just give our opinion and our key takeaways on some of these talks; do you want to start Toni?

Toni: Absolutely. So, one of my favorite, favorite Sellers Summit speakers is Dana Jaunzemis. And what I love about every talk she’s done for us is that it’s all based on logic and math.

Steve: So that’s what you like about it? I thought you weren’t a math person.

Toni: I do. I’m not a math person, but I like when other people talk about it. But what I love about Dana is that she is very strategic in her business. And this is something I think she used Amazon as her example. But you can use this, whether you sell on or off Amazon. And she basically talked about finding those profit heroes in your business, those products that are the most profitable, and maybe those aren’t your best sellers, which is something to think about. Your best seller might not be your most profitable product. And so she went through this whole process that she uses to evaluate her products.

And so she doesn’t get distracted by other sort of — my gosh, I’m blanking on what they are called, you chasing the rabbit, I can’t think of the right word.

Steve: Shiny objects.

Toni: Shiny objects, yes, she doesn’t get that shiny object syndrome, because she’s so focused on the bottom line and finding those products that are the most profitable and then optimizing those. Things as simple as updating your listing, making some changes and she actually asked a question in the group, how many people go and update their listing on a regular basis? And less than half the room raised their hand. So what I loved about that talk was just sort of going back to the basics that in the back your mind you know you should be doing but most people aren’t. And just walking you through the whole process of how she does that to identify these items and these products in a catalog. And then what she does to sort of optimize them and maximize her profit with those products that are the most profitable for her.

Steve: I wasn’t in that talk but I saw the slides. And one thing that I’ve just noticed in the e-commerce community in general is everyone just talks about revenue, revenue, revenue which is a vanity metric, very few people talk about profit. And that is actually what Dana focuses on. And that’s what everyone should be focusing on really, right. At the end of the day, it’s about how much money you actually get to keep.

Toni: Exactly, exactly. And actually she did a similar talk a couple of years ago and I actually went in and made some adjustments. And I’ve seen my most profitable product increase in sales just based on some of the things I took away from her talk a few years ago. So I’m excited to implement the things that she shared this year, and hope to see more profit growth as opposed to revenue growth.

Steve: Yeah. And while you were in Dana’s talk, I was in Ed Ruffin’s talk on scaling Amazon advertising for growth. And what was interesting about his talk is he was — he kind of outlined his story about how his Amazon PPC strategy has evolved over time. And I don’t want to go into specifics on Amazon PPC in this podcast. But let’s just say that he found a new method that is working much better than the old traditional methods that you may have been hearing about just kind of online or what people have been writing about. And what came out of Ed’s talk, afterwards, I went to talk to him, I said, hey, I would like to switch over to this new strategy.

And so what we’re doing now is Ed and the Seller Lab’s team, they are going to go through my account and convert it to the new way. And we’re going to do a case study; we’re going to document all the numbers and the increase in sales as a result of switching over the strategy. And that’s going to go on the blog.

Toni: All right. And his recording is also available too if you’re interested in since we’re not going to talk about it.

Steve: Yeah, I don’t want to go through the specifics because it can be a little technical.

Toni: For sure.

Steve: But yeah, excellent talk. It was eye opening for me, because I’m not using that strategy right now.

Toni: Awesome. Yeah, I didn’t get to see that one so I’m excited to watch it.

Steve: And then after that, I think you were in Michael Paulson’s of Jungle Scout’s talk.

Toni: I was in; I actually didn’t get to hear all of it. I was running around a bit. But first of all, he’s a great speaker, he was substituting for Greg this year for us and he did a fantastic job. But I think this is — the talk was interesting to me the part that I got to see only because for my business, we’ve had tons of supply issues with our manufacturers. And so I’m always trying to find new suppliers. And this was a whole new strategy on how you do that. And it’s very simple. It’s nothing. It’s something that everybody can do. And something really fun that I don’t think will convert well on the video is he actually had everybody playing a game at the end, where you had to answer questions about importing products and cost of goods.

And it was actually pretty fun to see. And all the results were coming up live on his screen on the big screen in the room. So I hope that conveys well on the video. I’m not sure if it will, because it was a fun — it’s fun to see how much people thought they know and didn’t know about cost of goods and products and things like that. So unfortunately, I didn’t get to hear the whole talk. So that’s another one that I’m waiting for on the recording.

Steve: And while you were in Michaels talk, I was in a talk about the Google Display Network with Ilana Wechsler. And Ilana, it’s a funny story how we met, we met at Traffic & Conversions at the wicked reports booth. And we were both trying to extract information from the guy running the booth and I don’t think we were getting the answers we wanted. And we just ended up talking to each other. And then that’s when I discovered that she knows a lot about advertising. And a lot of people, they’re running Facebook ads, but most people are not running Google Display Network ads.

And so Ilana gave a really great talk. And it got really high reviews in the survey too about how to leverage the Google Display Network, which actually has a much larger reach than Facebook. And one key point from her talk which I’ll reveal is that a lot of your ads that you’re running on Facebook can be used with the Google Display Network with equal efficiency. And so you can easily expand your reach just by adopting some very simple principles with the Google Display Network.

Toni: Yeah, her talk was I think, one of our attendee favorites based on the survey. So I’m excited for that one as well.

Steve: Yeah. And then next up, Mike Jackness gave a talk about how to extract max value from your customers. I wanted to moderate that talk, because I gave Mike a really personal introduction, since we’re good friends. But he delivered. Basically, when a customer comes, he basically documented the entire journey of when a cold customer comes onto your site, how to nurture them into a warm customer. And then once they make a purchase, how to keep them buying over and over and over again. So I think that got really good reviews as well.

Toni: It did. And if you’re not familiar with Nathan Resnick, how old is he? I just have to ask, 22, 24, he seems so young.

Steve: I think he’s 26. I’m not positive. He had his birthday again right during Sellers Summit, as he…

Toni: That’s right. Yes, he did. Yes. We’re so kind to invite him to Florida on his birthday. He actually, every time I hear him talk, I’m just amazed that he’s as young as he is, with the amount of knowledge that he’s gained. And I think he did — I think his story is that he lived in China right as an exchange student when he was a teenager, and is fluent in the language and created a product?

Steve: He speaks better than Andrew for sure, yeah.

Toni: Well, that’s our standard, come on. But Nathan is always very impressive with his knowledge. And I know that we just had a big — I think you actually posted or he might have posted about it in a group about tariffs going up. And so he basically shared a strategy that he’s using to avoid some of those tariffs, by basically bringing your goods through, can I say where? I don’t know what we’re allowed to say and not allowed to say.

Steve: I don’t know. Just go ahead and say it and if we can’t say it, I’ll just edit it out.

Toni: You’ll bleep me out; you’ll just do a big bleep. Basically, by bringing your goods through Mexico and avoiding some of the terrorists and there’s a whole strategy to do it, which we don’t have time to get into on the podcast. But if the tariffs are something that’s really affecting your business right now, this is a talk you must listen to, because it’s a very once again, a very simple strategy, but one that will work and it’s totally legal. And it was funny at the end of the talk, and

I’m not sure this part was recorded, a couple people asked him what I would consider maybe some like black hat strategy things and he was not going to comment. He was not going to — we don’t endorse any black hat at all, from the stage for sure, and I think you and I don’t endorse it on our businesses, either. But people were very interested in being able to use his strategy. And he kept saying to these people that were asking is you can do this and avoid the tariffs, you don’t have to try to trick the system basically, because there’s a whole legal method of how this works.

Steve: Yeah, I don’t think it’s worth the black hat method. And Nathan and I actually talked about this over drinks, of course, and he was telling me they are black hat ways but if you get caught, the penalties are very steep.

Toni: Right. And that’s what he was saying in his talk is it’s not — there’s a system that works legally. So why not try that as opposed to risking, it could be a big risk for your business.

Steve: I mean that the timing of that talk was awesome, because I think like the week before Trump had just raised everything to 25%. And I don’t actually foresee an end to this trade war anytime soon now that they started blocking some other companies like Huawei and SMIC. So, all right, so next up, we had firing on all cylinders, high powered Amazon business sales with Brad Moss. If you guys don’t know who Brad moss is, he’s been on podcast a couple times at this point. He is the former head of Seller Central.

And basically, he did a breakdown of how he analyzes Amazon businesses to basically maximize their sales. And he talks about all the things you have control over and how to analyze different aspects of your numbers and adjust your inputs accordingly. I know that’s kind of vague. It was actually a very detailed talk that I plan on watching over and over and over again to make sure I get every last nugget out of it.

Toni: Which is funny because that’s exactly how I would describe Matt Sanocki’s talk as well. He talked about email deliverability. And I think even when I introduced to him; I said something about this is a talk that you’re going to watch three times before you get all the information, just because he packed a ton in in the 50 minutes. But basically, obviously it’s about email deliverability. And I think for all of us, it stinks to build your list and then have the emails not get to your customer. So he talked about some strategies that you can use to make sure that you’re in the inbox, which is getting harder and harder.

And he talked about different email service providers and the different strategies and how they work with each one. And I actually had a conversation afterwards telling him that like you and I have had issues with Sellers Summit emails not even getting to like Hotmail addresses. And so he had a lot of strategies for what you can do with the emails that are not being delivered. And then also what you can do with the email addresses that are sort of fallen off, so they aren’t opening your emails, they’re sort of dormant and the things you can do with those emails before you just get rid of them all together. So it’s definitely one of those talks that you’ll watch two to three times before you are able to implement everything that you learn.

Cool. I just wanted to take a moment to thank all the sponsors for the Sellers Summit. Without these sponsors the conference would not have been possible. So in no particular order, I want to thank Klaviyo my email marketing platform of choice, HYC Logistics, a freight forwarding company that will hand hold you through the entire process. BigCommerce, my fully hosted shopping cart of choice, Payoneer, the payment platform that I recommend when you’re doing international sales, Viral Launch the keyword tool that I recommend to all Amazon sellers, Privy the email list growth platform that I recommend to all of my students, Avalara, the sales tax platform that I recommend to all e-commerce merchants to handle all their sales taxes, Product Labs, a company that helps six, seven and eight figure Amazon sellers grow exponentially.

Seller Labs, they offer a bunch of tools that I use, including Scope and Ignite, which will help you manage your Amazon PPC. FEInternational, the company that I trust to buy and sell businesses, Second Office, the Filipino VA firm, where I actually found my Filipino VA to which I’ve used for the last year or so and she’s been great. TotalTM and EmergedCounsel, which is the service I recommend to get your trademark, and Drip, the email platform that I use for my blog. It is a superior email marketing solution if you’re in the blogging space.

PickFu which is a polling platform that allows me to make decisions on my product listings like soliciting feedback from real humans, Jungle Scout, which is the de facto standard for Amazon research tools, Gorgias, which is the tool that I use to handle all my customer service, Urtasker, which is a firm that allows you to outsource all of your Amazon tasks. And I used this from recently and they increased my sales over 30%. And finally FreeeUp which is a freelance marketplace where you can find a freelancer that specifically specializes in e-commerce. Once again, I just want to thank all these companies for making Sellers Summit a success this year. Now back to the show.

Next up, we had the four part formula that will explode your business and create a future proof brand with Scott Voelker. You know what’s funny about this is this is actually the first time that I’ve seen Scott speak at Sellers Summit. I mean, he speaks every year, but this is the first time I actually was there to witness the true power of this man. He has tons of energy online. And over the years, he’s changed his focus over to building a brand. And he talks about his framework about building an audience prior to even deciding what product you want to sell. And it is actually the way to go going forward today in e-commerce in my opinion, too.

Toni: Well, and it cracked me up because I was sitting in Brett Curry’s Google Shopping talk and I get a text from you that says something like Scott Voelker has amazing energy or something like that. And I had forgotten that you had never seen him speak live. And is because I’m always in his session and I thought, well, yeah, why do you think I always put him after lunch? But anyway, it cracks me up because I almost laughed out loud in the middle of Brett’s session when I got that text from you, because I’d forgotten that you had not seen him before.

But Brett, he actually did a similar talk last year on Google Shopping. And last year, I went home and I tried to implement it and I got really angry. I think I probably yelled at you Steve and then I gave up. And so this year, he did his talk that basically, if you got stuck last year from his talk, you will be unstuck this year. He basically went step by step through the process of how to set up your ads. And they’re actually pretty inexpensive when you compare them to Facebook, although one caveat he did have in that talk was that they don’t scale the same way so just something to be mindful of if you are interested in Google Shopping ads. But he basically walked us through lots of examples in his slides, lots of best practices. So if you’re interested in Google Shopping, definitely one to watch.

Steve: Yeah. I mean, if Toni can follow it then…

Toni: That’s right.

Steve: That says something right there.

Toni: There is a lowest common denominator for me in that but it was good. And I think you actually maybe talked to Brett during the year and said, hey, we just need a little more information. And it’s a tough subject to cover in 50 minutes if you have zero knowledge of it for sure. But he did a really good job this year in an overview but enough information where you can go do it on your own.

Steve: I mean, this was based on feedback from last year. Last year, I actually told him to do it advanced Google Shopping talk, mainly because that was the talk that I wanted to see for myself. But it turns out that a lot of people are actually aren’t even running Google Shopping. So this year, I asked them to do a more basic talk. And it sounds like it got better feedback this year than last.

Toni: It did. Because if you’re not familiar with Google Shopping at all, which I wasn’t last year, it definitely cleared some things up because there are a few I don’t want to say tricks, but things that aren’t intuitive in Google Shopping.

Steve: Yep. So that was actually all the talks for day one. Day two, we kicked it off with Bill D’Alessandro on how to scale past solo partnership. And I know for me, this resonated with me, because I’ve been a solopreneur almost solopreneur I should say. And a lot of things that Bill said about how he actually succeeded in obtaining the four hour workweek but then he became miserable, because he was making all this money and he had all this free time but it wasn’t satisfying him. And I’ve started to feel this way a little bit in the past year as well. And so I don’t know, did his talk resonate with you at all?

Toni: I actually did not hear all of his talk but this is my recommendation for his talk. As you know or some of you guys know, my nephews are our AV team. And so they film all of our sessions for us. And I heard and they’re in their 20s, they’re early 20s, they’re 20, 22 and they loved this talk. And I feel like anytime you can resonate a talk with a 20 year old who’s just on the first steps of being an entrepreneur, you’ve really hit a home run. So I’m looking forward to watching that one. People were buzzing about this talk afterwards. It was crazy. I could hear people walking out of the room talking about it. So I’m sure it’s worth. I can’t wait to watch it.

Steve: I mean, if you want to grow your team, and basically get past solopreneurship, Bill’s talk was awesome. It was incredible. The only reason I reacted the way I did was because Bill and I we – you know what’s funny about this is we actually had this talk before he created this talk at Ecommerce Fuel. We were kind of debating the merits between solopreneurship and what he’s trying to do, which is build a huge company. And so it was just interesting for him to put all that in an organized fashion in a talk, very valuable. And I know most people actually want to build a big team and a big company. So I’m probably in the minority there.

Toni: You are definitely in the minority.

Steve: Yes. Next up, we had Ezra Firestone talking about Facebook chat bots. What can I say about Ezra man? That guy is an excellent speaker. It was it was funny, it was informative. There was one point actually during his talk where his mic kind of fell off. And Todd, who runs our AV, he was motioning to me; he is like, hey, go and fix it, go up and fix it. And so I went up there. So his shirt had become unbuttoned. So in the middle of this talk, I just walked right up on stage, I buttoned shirt, he kept on talking. I buttoned the shirt, adjusted his mic, and that was that, he didn’t skip a beat.

Toni: That doesn’t surprise me at all.

Steve: But it was an excellent talk about Facebook chat bots. It turns out a lot of people haven’t been using chat bots. So it’s actually a great primer for it.

Toni: Well, and I think the interesting thing about that is that so many people that we talked to throughout the week were — they’d started their business on Amazon, which is pretty typical, and were really either seeing the writing on the wall or feeling the need to diversify. And so I think people were really interested in some of these off Amazon talks, because that’s going to be such a huge component in building their own online store. And so I think that’s one of the reasons.

I mean, Ezra is an amazing speaker, and I know he always does a good job. You and I have seen him at other events. But I think people really were super interested in the email marketing talks and the Facebook marketing. And those sort of talks were really resonating with people, Scott’s and Brett’s talk because so many people are looking at their Amazon sales and looking at the competition and looking at the Chinese competitors and realizing that they have to make a change in their business.

Steve: Absolutely. How’s the email segmentation talk?

Toni: Oh, she’s the boss, Alexandra. She’s amazing from Klaviyo, she just talked about segmentation. And this is actually something that I feel like I’m pretty good at. So I might suck at Google Shopping ads, but I’m pretty good at email. And it was interesting because some of the things that she talked about were so granular, but easy to do, especially within the Klaviyo platform that I’m not doing and it was like these little light bulbs. And I actually spent most of her talk texting other people that I knew in the room saying we need to do this, you should do that.

Think about this for your product, even down to like, if you sell anything, I’m trying to say if you’re like a fashion or jewelry or anything that has colors involved, you can even segment on the colors that people are buying and then creating emails that actually have those colors in them. So if you have a customer that always buys your gold jewelry, right, say you’re selling jewelry, and you can create emails where everything that email is gold tone, including the buy button, right at the VMware button. And so she just gave a lot of tips on how to think about segmentation, which I think I thought that I was doing a great job and thinking about versus…

Steve: You always think you’re doing a great job Toni.

Toni: I do, I do only on email, really. So but I was thinking segmenting on order value or products that they’re purchasing or frequency of purchase. But she got so much deeper and I thought that was really cool. And I think for a lot of people who have multiple SKUs, it’s something that you should be thinking about, and it’s a great way to improve your conversions on your emails.

Steve: Yeah, I mean, a lot of people come and ask me, why should they spend the money on Klaviyo? And her talk is the reason right? You can segment very granularly with all of your emails, and that’s what makes it so powerful.

Toni: For sure. And she knows her stuff. So there was — there’s nothing she didn’t cover either that or in the Q&A. So it’s definitely, it’s one of those other ones that you’re going to watch two to three times to get all the information.

Steve: So how was Trent’s talk about scalable wholesale businesses on Amazon? I asked him to talk because I know that there’s actually a bunch of attendees that sell wholesale, and so I thought I’d asked him to just give his perspective on it.

Toni: I’m not going to lie; I had no idea what he was talking about when he got started. I didn’t really understand the whole wholesale on Amazon business, which I’m sure it’s not shocking to you. But he did a really good job of breaking down from how do you get started into like how do you negotiate the contracts? How do you deal with other sellers? And so he did a really good job of walking people through the steps from if you were like me, and had no idea what wholesaling on Amazon was, to being able to actually, you could take that talk and get started.

Steve: Okay.

Toni: And not — I don’t want to say very easily because it doesn’t. It definitely seems like a difficult process. But it’s definitely a doable thing if that’s something you’re interested in. And it was actually a really well attended talk. I think maybe people were interested in maybe branching out.

Steve: Yeah, absolutely. I mean one thing that’s great about Amazon wholesale is that it is a low risk. I mean there’s always pros and cons to wholesale versus private label. But in general, in terms of monetary risk, Amazon wholesale is a little bit more favorable. You don’t need as much money to get started.

Toni: Yes. And he gave a lot of strategies on the negotiation side, which I thought was good, because there is a lot of negotiating that goes on when you’re trying to get a customer. And so he gave some actual, I don’t want to say they were scripts, but it was close to a script on how you actually approach people and close the deal, which I thought was great.

Steve: Yeah. And while you were in Trent’s talk, I was moderating a panel on transport and tariffs, product sourcing, and protecting your IP from theft. Because I think, I want to say that most of the questions were involved in protecting your own IP, because people are getting knocked off left and right. And what was great about — what came out of that panel was that one, patents are not the best way to protect your product for a variety of reasons. And then Stephen Wagner suggested alternate ways that are a lot less expensive in protecting your IP.

And we also had a bunch of questions about tariffs and getting cheaper prices out of your freight forwarding that both Pam and Nathan Resnick were able to answer. And then Greg, the reason why we had Greg on the panel was because he has all this practical knowledge, because he still sells, I want to say six figures per month in terms of product. And so while everyone else was talking about IP theft and freight forwarding, Greg was actually giving knowledge about what he actually does with his Amazon business. And so it was actually really well done I think.

Toni: Yeah, that should be a good one to watch too, because I actually, I talked to Stephen afterwards. And I think we needed to give him a cough drop or something. He was very talked out after that session, which was great.

Steve: Well, you know me; I got down to every last detail. So if they gave a vague answer, I actually went in just pressed on it until they got tired of talking about it.

Toni: You didn’t let them get away with…

Steve: I didn’t let them get away with vague answers.

Toni: There was no it depends.

Steve: Yeah, you got to test it. Well, no, I don’t want you to tell me what the actual thing is.

Toni: That’s right.

Steve: All right, and then Casey Gauss, you want to come on his session?

Toni: I actually did not get to see a lot of it. I was getting ready to set up for the roundtables that came right after that. But if you’re familiar with Casey, if you’re familiar with Viral Launch, Casey packs in a ridiculous amount of information in a very short period of time. I think this year he had 80 slides. So I have to go re-watch it because I only caught the very beginning of his talk, but he’s so knowledgeable in getting products on Amazon, ranking, driving sales. Their case studies are pretty phenomenal, if you’ve ever taken a look at some of the things that they’ve done at the company. But yeah, he gave a talk on basically how to get your product on Amazon, how to get it to rank without having to give away tons of products.

Steve: One thing I like about Casey is he always talks about his suggestions or his tips and tricks based on data. Because he runs Viral Launch, he actually has tons of data from all the sellers that use his product and that sort of thing. And what he does is he compiles all that information into real strategies that you can implement with your Amazon business.

Toni: And he gave a lot of examples in his talk for the time that I was in there. So it’s definitely one that you want to take a good look at the slides because a lot of that data was on slides in his talk.

Steve: And while you were in Casey’s talk or not in Casey’s talk I should say.

Toni: I was setting up cards on tables.

Steve: Toni is the one running the event and she has to run around while I enjoy myself. At least that’s what she’ll tell everyone. But I was in Molly Pittman’s talk about Facebook ads. And I don’t know about you guys but Facebook ads has changed dramatically in just the past year. Because a lot more people are using the Facebook platform and it’s become a little bit more saturated, Facebook has been — well, they’ve been getting a lot of flak also with all these data leaks and that sort of thing, also. So they’ve really made a change in terms of the way ads work to favor more engagement. And so Molly just outlined a whole bunch of examples of ads that are working for her that have changed dramatically in just the past year. It was a must watch talk.

Toni: Awesome. And we got a lot of good feedback about her talk as well. And it’s that same theme that we’ve seen this year, of people are just very interested on driving sales off Amazon.

Steve: And this year to close the event, we actually got a closing keynote.

Toni: Well big time. We’re big time now.

Steve: Yes. What do you think of Craig’s talk? Did you stay for this one at least?

Toni: I sat in the front row.

Steve: Oh you did, okay.

Toni: Yeah. I mean, we saw Craig at Ecommerce Fuel Live. And he did a talk on shipping rates, which totally was not relevant for me at all. But he was such a good speaker and he has that Scott Volker personality I feel like.

Steve: He’s different than Scott Voelker, though.

Toni: Well, different but he’s got the same energy level on the stage.

Steve: Yeah, yeah.

Toni: So he’s very engaging. When Scott talks onstage, you pay attention, when Craig talks, you pay attention. And actually, my nephews once again, their feedback was, he’s one of the best storytellers they’ve ever heard and they would listen to him all day. So I actually really enjoyed his talk since I asked him to speak on it.

Steve: You want to tell him what the topic is?

Toni: I’ll let you talk because you actually were a little bit shaken up after his talk it seemed, shaken up is not the right word.

Steve: Okay, so he talked about becoming a purposeful business, basically going beyond just making money and helping the community. And it was just amazing what Craig has done with the community. A lot of us we start our businesses to make money and we don’t really think about like a higher purpose. And I actually talked about this in my keynote, like there’s businesses like Toms, who gives away all these shoes every single year. And the reason why people are loyal to businesses like Toms is because they actually help the community. Now, I’m not saying that you should do it just as an ulterior motive, but it really makes your business a lot more meaningful. And so when stuff gets difficult or whatnot, knowing that you’re actually helping the community will actually keep you going through the hard times.

Toni: And I think one of the interesting things that he talked about is it also gives your employees a reason to stick it out to and I think that’s an interesting tie in that he made in his talk. I think he might have done that in the other talk we heard from as well, but just that they they’re working for something bigger too. And I think that is important. And I thought it was cool too in Sellers Summit with that talk, because I feel like for two or two and a half days, people are just bombarded with information, and strategies and tactics, but at the end of the day, you have to figure out, you have to weed through all of that and figure out what you need to do for your business. And if you have like a bigger goal or a bigger purpose in mind, it helps you sort of weed through the noise and figure out what your business should be doing for your goals and your vision.

Steve: And After Craig talked, that was the official end of Sellers Summit, but we had a bonus session, which was the 5 Minute Pitch live finale. If you guys aren’t familiar with 5 Minute Pitch is a Shark Tank like show that Mike Jackness, Scott Voelker and Greg Mercer now we put together where we gave away $50,000 to one lucky business. And we had five companies come and pitch the audience of Sellers Summit live. And then the audience voted to see which pitch they liked the best and they narrowed it down to the final two. And then we had a panel of seven judges, where we voted to see who the winner was. And we actually handed out a big $50,000 check on stage. It was incredible.

Toni: Yeah, and I didn’t get to go because they had this rule where if you weren’t in the room at like 4:55, they locked the doors and actually had someone guarding the doors because everything was being recorded for your show. And so I actually didn’t finish up with Sellers Summit till later. So I actually wasn’t able to get in. And actually our keynote, Craig couldn’t get in for a while. He stood out there waiting. But what I heard from everybody was that the tension in that room was like palpable, right? People were like sweating and nervous. And this was in the audience, not even the people pitching.

Steve: I was really nervous because over the course of the season, I’d become emotionally attached to these people. And with so much on the line, I could tell they were really nervous. I don’t know, I felt something, I was whispering to Jackness during the thing, which probably got picked up on the mic. I was like, oh man, I’m so nervous for all these contestants. So we’re actually turning that into a podcast, which will be available I think in the next couple of weeks or so. So if you want to catch up and binge watch and all the episodes, they will be available on iTunes pretty soon.

Toni: But it was a packed house for that. And I heard it was amazing. And congratulations to the winner who I don’t think we can say yet, but congratulations.

Steve: We cannot say yet, but it will be revealed soon enough.

Toni: And I have to say like I’m most bummed that I missed the giant check. I really wanted to see a giant check in real life so I’m bummed that I did not get to see that.

Steve: Okay, well, that’s kind of unusual. I can buy you a check if you want.

Toni: Do you watch the Office?

Steve: I do of course.

Toni: Do you remember when they did the fun run and they were going to present the giant check that the giant check itself cost like $300 and they’d only raised like $500?

Steve: The giant check is kind of pricey yeah.

Toni: I just wanted to see one in real life after the Office. It’s a bucket list. I just need to see a giant check.

Steve: Give it to Toni to not want to see the talks; she just wants to see the giant check.

Toni: That’s right. And how cool for the winner though. I mean, that is a really cool experience for everybody. And I’m glad that Sellers Summit got to be a part of that this year.

Steve: Yeah, absolutely. So I hope you guys who are listening are interested in these talks, we are going to continue to sell the virtual pass. When do we usually close those? I don’t even remember.

Toni: We don’t keep them for sale forever only because the content is constantly changing or the information is constantly changing. So we want the content to be fresh. So I think we keep them for sale for about six weeks.

Steve: Yeah, for about six weeks, I would say. So maybe in August I guess we’ll close on those sales. But those tickets are available. If you want to check out all the sessions, if you didn’t get a chance to attend the event, we’ll keep that card open for six weeks or so. And I can tell that the reception for this year’s event was good because right now we’ve already sold a bunch of tickets for the following year, which is always a good sign.

Toni: Last year we sold out — well for 2019, our tickets were gone by mid-February. So a lot of conferences pretend like they’re sold out but then they have held tickets back. When we sell out, we sell out; we don’t have any extra tickets. And it actually got so bad this year that Steve had to post in our Facebook group needing an extra ticket, because I would not sell him a ticket because we were totally maxed. So if you’re thinking about going for 2020, grab your ticket now. One, they’re not as expensive; the price goes up as time goes on. But we never have another sale. So it’s not like the price is going to be low on Black Friday or anything like that.

Steve: Yeah, we don’t do that.

Toni: The price is the price. We don’t mess around. Like that’s how it works. And two, don’t be like Steve. Don’t be in the Facebook group crying in March saying that you need a ticket because the gatekeeper is not going to get you one.

Steve: I think you just wanted to see me beg.

Toni: I did. I did. I didn’t have a ticket, though. I really didn’t.

Steve: I think you enjoyed it because prior to posting on the Facebook group, I was like, come on, I just need one, give me one ticket woman. And then you were like, I don’t know. Maybe I could be pissed.

Toni: Here’s the thing, though, here’s the thing, I am loyal to our attendees. And the one thing that we hear every single year, the reason why people come to Sellers Summit again and again, is because they love that it’s small. So if I keep selling tickets, we don’t stay small. So I have to be loyal to the people that are loyal to us. And that’s why.

Steve: Now you’re making me out to be the bad guy trying to expand this conference.

Toni: I know, but I do think that’s why people love it. And I think that’s why people keep coming back because it’s so easy to meet people. And it’s so easy to connect with the speakers. And it’s easy to connect with the sponsors, like everyone is just like – it’s like silly, but a big happy family.

Steve: We’re going to keep it small. If anyone asks, we are not increasing the size of the event. It’s going to stay small, intimate, we’re all going to eat together still. And that’s just the type of conference that I want to attend, quite frankly. And all the sessions are going to be strategy focused. There’s not going to be any fluff, and that sort of thing because that’s just the way that we like things.

Toni: well, I think for us personally, when we attend events, it’s time away from our families. It’s money that we’re spending. If this isn’t going to help us grow our businesses, it’s probably not worth our time and money investment. And so that’s how we feel for our attendees as well. So that’s why we keep creating a conference that does and Sellers Summit does.

Steve: So Toni, where’s the event next year? I know we have everything booked already.

Toni: It is. It is in Fort Lauderdale. So all of you who we’re not a fan of the elevators in Miami, that will be a problem no more. All of our sessions are actually even on the same level next year. So we are in Fort Lauderdale in May, we are May 6th to the 8th and it is the same hotel, The Westin that we’ve been at before so it is right on the beach. There’s actually a walkway directly to the ocean. People like Kevin [inaudible 00:54:19] can get their morning swim before the event and tons of restaurants, everything is really walkable. So we are back at the Westin in Fort Lauderdale.

Steve: Awesome. And by the time this episode comes out, the sales pitch should be up over at SellersSummit.com. Anything else you want to add Toni?

Toni: I hope to see you guys next year.

Steve: Yeah, same here.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now we are selling virtual passes to Sellers Summit 2019 for the next six weeks. So if you want to catch the recorded sessions for yourself, head on over to SellersSummit.com. For more information about this episode, go to Mywifequitherjob.com/episode 258.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful, you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. Now if you want to give it a try, it is free. So, head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to Mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s Mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.Mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!